Table_of_Contents_Tab09.

qxd 06/02/2004 20:02 Page 9-1

Relays and Timers

Table of Contents

General Information
• Quick Selection Table Page 9-4
• Contact Switching Data Web/CD
• Surge Suppression Solutions Web/CD
• Low Energy Selection Criteria Web/CD
NOTE: This information is available on the Industrial Controls
Catalog CD-ROM (pub. no. A115-CA002A-EN-C) or on the
industrial Controls Catalog Web site www.ab.com/catalogs.

General Purpose Relays

• Bulletin 700-HA Tube Base Relay Page 9-15
• Bulletin 700-HB Square Base Relay Page 9-27
• Bulletin 700-HD Flange Mount Square Base Page 9-33
Relay
• Bulletin 700-HF Square Base Relay Page 9-37

Interposing/Isolation Relays
• Bulletin 700-HC Miniature “Ice Cube” Relay Page 9-42
• Bulletin 700-HK “Slim Line” Relay Page 9-46
• Bulletin 700-HL Terminal Block Relay Page 9-50
• Bulletin 700-HP PCB “Pin” Style Relay Page 9-55

Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs 9-1

Table_of_Contents_Tab09.qxd 06/02/2004 20:03 Page 9-2

Relays and Timers

Table of Contents, Continued

Latching Relay
• Bulletin 700-HJ Magnetic Latching Relay Web/CD
NOTE: Information for these product lines are available on the
Industrial Controls Catalog CD-ROM (pub. no. A115-CA002A-
EN-C) or on the Industrial Controls Catalog Web site
www.ab.com/catalogs.

Power Relays
• Bulletin 700-HG Power Relay Web/CD
• Bulletin 700-HHF Flange Mount Power Relay Web/CD
NOTE: Information for these product lines are available on the
Industrial Controls Catalog CD-ROM (pub. no. A115-CA002A-
EN-C) or on the Industrial Controls Catalog Web site
www.ab.com/catalogs.

DIN Rail Mounted Timing Relays

• Bulletin 700-FE Economy Timing Relay Page 9-59
• Bulletin 700-FS High Performance Timing Page 9-63
Relay

Socket Mounted Timing Relays

• Bulletin 700-HNC Miniature Timing Relay Page 9-70
• Bulletin 700-HNK Ultra-Slim Timing Relay Page 9-76
• Bulletin 700-HR Dial Timing Relay Page 9-82
• Bulletin 700-HS Timing Relay Web/CD
• Bulletin 700-HT Timing Relay Web/CD
• Bulletin 700-HV Timing Relay Web/CD
NOTE: Information for these product lines are available on the
Industrial Controls Catalog CD-ROM (pub. no. A115-CA002A-
EN-C) or on the Industrial Controls Catalog Web site
www.ab.com/catalogs.

Digital Timing/Counting Relays

• Bulletin 700-HX Multifunction Digital Timing Page 9-94
Relay
• Bulletin 700-HXM Preset Counter/Timing Page 9-103
Relay

9-2 Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs

Table_of_Contents_Tab09.qxd 06/02/2004 20:03 Page 9-3

Relays and Timers

Table of Contents, Continued

NEMA Heavy-Duty Industrial Relays

• Bulletin 700-P Heavy-Duty Relay Page 9-110
• Bulletin 700S-P Heavy-Duty Safety Control Relay Page 9-124
• Bulletin 700-ZP Self-Monitoring Relay Assembly Web/CD
• Bulletin 700-N Industrial Relays Page 9-127
• Bulletin 700-R, -RM Sealed Switch Relays Page 9-133
• Bulletin 700-RTC Solid-State Timing Relay Page 9-138
• Bulletin 700-PS/852S Solid-State Timing Relays Page 9-142
• Bulletin 849/849A Pneumatic Timing Relay Web/CD
• Bulletin 841 Automatic Alternator Web/CD

IEC Industrial Relays

• Overview Page 9-145
• Bulletin 700-CF Control Relay Page 9-149
• Bulletin 700S-CF Safety Control Relay Page 9-160
• Bulletin 700-M Miniature Control Relay Page 9-165

Solid-State Relays
• Bulletin 700-SA Tube Base Relay Page 9-171
• Bulletin 700-SC “Ice Cube” Relay Page 9-175
• Bulletin 700-SE Flat Pack Relay Page 9-180
• Bulletin 700-SF Square Base Relay Page 9-185
• Bulletin 700-SH “Hockey Puck” Relay Page 9-188
• Bulletin 700-SK “Slim Line” Relay Page 9-195

Single-Loop Temperature Heater Controllers

• Bulletin 900-TC Digital Temperature Controller Page 9-199
• Bulletin 900-CONV Interface Converter Page 9-214
• Bulletin 900 900Builder™ Software Page 9-218

Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs 9-3

Bulletin_700TOC_a.qxd 06/02/2004 20:14 Page 9-4

General Information
Quick Selection Table For Relays

Bulletin No. 700-HA 700-HB 700-HD 700-HF

Type General Purpose Relay General Purpose Relay General Purpose Relay General Purpose Relay
Blade Style Quick Connect
Pin Style Terminals,Standard Terminals,
ON/OFF Flag Indicator, Electrical Standard ON/OFF Flag Indicator,
Flange-mounted, Blade-style Square Base, Plug-in Quick
Schematic on Face, Clear Cover Electrical Schematic on Face,
Features Quick Connection Terminals, Connect Solder Terminals,
for Visual Inspection, Optional Clear Cover for Visual Inspection,
Clear Cover for Visual Inspection Optional Push-to-test and LED
Push-to-test and Manual Optional Push-to-test and
Override, Optional LED Manual Override,
Optional LED
Contact Ratings
Contact Form DPDT, 3PDT DPDT, 3PDT DPDT, 3PDT DPDT, 3PDT, 4PDT
Contact Type Single, Bifurcated Single Single Single
Contact Material AgNi, AgNi + Gold AgCdO AgCdO AgCdO
Max. operating
current under 10 A 15 A 15 A 10 A
resistive load
700-HA 10V 50mA
Min. permissible
700-HAB 6V 30mA 10V 50 mA 10V 50 mA 10V 50 mA
load
700-HAX 6V 1mA
Coil Ratings
AC: 6V, 12V, 24V, 48V, 110V,
AC: 6V, 12V, 24V, 120V, 208V,
120V, 208V, 230V, 240V, 277V AC: 6V, 12V, 24V, 120V, 240V AC: 6V, 12V, 24V, 120V, 240V
Coil Voltage 240V
DC: 6V, 12V, 24V, 36V, 48V, 60V, DC: 6V, 12V, 24V, 48V, 110V DC: 6V, 12V, 24V, 48V, 110V
DC: 6V, 12V, 24V, 48V, 110V
80V 110V, 125V, 140V, 220V
80…110% of Nominal Voltage at 80…110% of Nominal Voltage at 80…110% of Nominal Voltage at 85…110% of Nominal
50 Hz 50 Hz 50 Hz Voltage at 50 Hz
Permissible Coil 80…110% of Nominal Voltage at 80…110% of Nominal Voltage at 80…110% of Nominal Voltage at 85…110% of Nominal
Voltage Variation 60 Hz 60 Hz 60 Hz Voltage at 60 Hz
80…110% of Nominal Voltage at 80…110% of Nominal Voltage at 80…110% of Nominal Voltage at 80…110% of Nominal
DC DC DC Voltage at DC
Electrical Ratings
Pole-to-pole: 2000V Pole-to-pole: 2500V Pole-to-pole: 1500V Pole-to-pole: 1500V AC
Dielectric
Contact-to-coil: 2000V Contact-to-coil: 4000V Contact-to-coil: 1500V Contact-to-coil: 1500V AC
Withstand Voltage
Contact-to-frame: 2000V Contact-to-frame: 2500V Contact-to-frame: 1500V Contact-to-frame: 1500V AC
Electric Service 200,000 minimum, 500,000
100,000 minimum 100,000 minimum 100,000 minimum
Life (cycles) minimum (DPDT)
Reference
CE, cULus, cURus, ABS, IMQ, CE, cULus, cURus, ABS, IMQ,
Certifications CE, UR, CSA, ABS, IMQ, RINA CE, UR, CSA
RINA RINA
700-HN100, 700-HN101, 700- 700-HN153 700-HN116, 700-HN138, 700-
Socket Cat. No(s). 
HN125, 700-HN126 700-HN154 HN139
Page Number page 9-15 page 9-27 page 9-33 page 9-37

9-4 Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs

Bulletin_700TOC_a.qxd 06/02/2004 20:14 Page 9-5

General Information
Quick Selection Table For Relays

Bulletin No. 700-HC 700-HK 700-HL 700-HP

Type Interposing/Isolation Relay Interposing/Isolation Relay Interposing/Isolation Relay Interposing/Isolation Relay
Ideal for PLC Interfaces, Built-in
Pin Style Terminals,Standard
Coil Surge Protection, Fully
ON/OFF Flag Indicator, Electrical
Optional Pilot Light, Assembled Relay/Sockets,
Schematic on Face, Clear Cover PCB “Pin Style” Mounting,
Features Built-in Retainer Clip, Standard LED, Relay or Solid-
for Visual Inspection, Optional 5 mm Pin spacing
Low Switching Capacity state Output
Push-to-test and Manual
Optional: Leakage Current
Override, Optional LED
Suppression Solution
Contact Ratings
SPDT (1 c/o)
Contact Form 2PDT, 4PDT SPDT, DPDT 2PDT
1 N.O. (SSR)
Contact Type Single Single Single Single
Contact Material AgNi, AgNi + Gold AgCdO, AgCd+Gold AgSnO AgNi, AgNi + Gold
Max. operating
10 A (2PDT)
current under 5 A (DPDT), 10 A (SPDT) 6 A (SPDT), 2 A (SSR) 8A
7 A (4PDT)
resistive load
Min. permissible 10V 1 mA (Gold), 10V 10 mA 10V 50 mA (Silver), 5V 10 mA 12V 6 mA (72 mW) Silver 5V 5 mA (50 mW) Gold,
load (Silver) (Gold) 8V, 2.5 mA (20 mW) Gold 5V 5 mA (300 mW) Silver
Coil Ratings
AC: 12V, 24V, 48V, 110V, 120V,
AC: 6V, 12V, 24V, 120V, 240V AC: 6V, 12V, 24V, 120V, 240V 230V, 240V AC: 6V, 12V, 24V, 120V, 240V
Coil Voltage
DC: 6V, 12V, 24V, 48V, 110V DC: 6V, 12V, 24V, 48V, 110V DC: 12V, 24V, 48V, 125V, 230V, DC: 6V, 12V, 24V, 48V, 110V
240V
80…110% of Nominal Voltage at 85…110% of Nominal Voltage at 85…110% of Nominal Voltage at 80…110% of Nominal Voltage at
50 Hz 50 Hz 50 Hz 50 Hz
Permissible Coil 80…110% of Nominal Voltage at 85…110% of Nominal Voltage at 85…110% of Nominal Voltage at 80…110% of Nominal Voltage at
Voltage Variation 60 Hz 60 Hz 60 Hz 60 Hz
80…110% of Nominal Voltage at 80…110% of Nominal Voltage at 80…110% of Nominal Voltage at 73…150% of Nominal Voltage at
DC DC DC DC
Electrical Ratings
Pole-to-pole: 1600V Pole-to-pole: 1500V AC Pole-to-pole: —
Dielectric Pole-to-pole: 2000V
Contact-to-coil: 1600V Contact-to-coil: 1500V AC Contact-to-coil: 4000V
Withstand Voltage Contact-to-coil: 5000V
Contact-to-frame: 1600V Contact-to-frame: 1500V AC Contact-to-frame: 1500V
Electric Service
100,000 minimum 100,000 minimum 100,000 minimum 100,000 minimum
Life (cycles)
Reference
CE, cULus, cURus, IMQ, ABS, CE, cULus, cURus, IMQ, ABS,
Approvals CE, UL, UR, CSA CE, cURus, cULus, ABS, IMQ
RINA RINA
700-HN103, 700-HN128, 700- 700-HN121
Socket Type  700-HN123
HN104 700-HN122
Page Number page 9-42 page 9-46 page 9-50 page 9-55

Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs 9-5

Bulletin_700TOC_a.qxd 06/02/2004 20:14 Page 9-6

General Information
Quick Selection Table For Relays

Bulletin No. 700-HG 700-HHF 700-HJ

Type Power Relay Power Relay Magnetic Latching Relay
Panel Mount with Screw Terminals, Optional
Socket Mounted, Ideal for
Features Magnetic Blowouts for Switching DC Loads, Flange Mounted, Optional LED
Lighting Applications
Optional Snap Action Switch
Contact Ratings
SPST-N.O.-DM, SPDT,
Contact Form SPST-NO-DM, DPDT, 3PDT SPDT, DPDT (Single or Dual Coil)
DPST-N.O., DPDT
Contact Type Single Single Single
Contact Material AgCdO AgCdO AgCdO
Max. operating
current under 30 A 20 A (3PDT), 25 A (DPDT), 30 A (SPDT) 10 A
resistive load
Min. permissible 10V 50 mA
10V 50 mA 10V 50 mA
load 10V 100 mA (3PDT)
Coil Ratings
AC: 24V, 120V, 240V, 277V, 480V AC: 24V, 120V, 240V AC: 24V, 120V, 240V
Coil Voltage
DC: 12V, 24V, 48V, 110V, 220V, 250V DC: 6V,12V, 24V DC: 12V, 24V
85…110% of Nominal Voltage at 50 Hz 85…110% of Nominal Voltage at 50 Hz 85…110% of Nominal Voltage at 50 Hz
Permissible Coil
85…110% of Nominal Voltage at 60 Hz 85…110% of Nominal Voltage at 60 Hz 85…110% of Nominal Voltage at 60 Hz
Voltage Variation
80…110% of Nominal Voltage at DC 80…110% of Nominal Voltage at DC 80…110% of Nominal Voltage at DC
Electrical Ratings
Pole-to-pole: 2200V AC Pole-to-pole: 2200V AC Pole-to-pole: 1500V AC
Dielectric
Contact-to-coil: 2200V AC Contact-to-coil: 2200V AC Contact-to-coil: 1500V AC
Withstand Voltage
Contact-to-frame: 2200V AC Contact-to-frame: 2200V AC Contact-to-frame: 1500V AC
Electric Service
100,000 minimum 100,000 minimum 100,000 minimum
Life (cycles)
Reference
Certifications CE, UL, CSA CE, UR, CSA CE, UR, CSA
700-HN153
Socket Cat. No(s).  
700-HN154
Page Number ✶ ✶ ✶

✶ Information for these product lines are available on the Industrial Control Catalog CD-ROM (pub. no. A115-CA002A-EN-C) or on the Industrial Controls catalog
Web site www.ab.com/catalogs.

9-6 Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs

Bulletin_700TOC_a.qxd 06/02/2004 20:14 Page 9-7

General Information
Quick Selection Table For Timing Relays

700-HR52, -HRP,
Bulletin No. 700-FE 700-FS -HRS, -HRT, -HRV 700-HRM/-HRC 700-HRF
Type DIN Rail Timer DIN Rail Timer Multifunction Timer On-Delay Timer Twin Timer
Dial Timing Relays
5 A Contact Rating Dial Timing Relays
Multiple Programmable 5 A Contact Rating
Timing Ranges Multiple Programmable
Tube Base Pin Style Timing Ranges Independent ON and OFF
Only 17.5 mm wide, Terminals Tube Base Pin Style settings
5 A Contact Rating, Multi-Voltage Inputs Terminals 14 time ranges
Features Electronic Timing Relay
Multifunction or Timed Contacts and Multi-Voltage Inputs 8-pin models available
Single Function Instantaneous Contacts Timed Contacts and Dial Timing Relays
Transistor Outputs Instantaneous Contacts UL508
Single Function and Multi- Transistor Outputs
Function Single Function and Multi-
7 Different Operating Function
Modes
Control Outputs: DPDT Timed, Transistor DPDT Timed, Transistor
SPDT, DPDT,
Time Limit 1 N.O. or SPDT Timed SPDT SPDT DPDT Timed
2 N.O. + 1 common
Instantaneous Timed/Instantaneous Timed/Instantaneous
On-Delay On-Delay
Off-Delay Off-Delay
One Shot One Shot
Repeat Cycle Off Start
Operation Modes: Repeat Cycle-Pulse 11 Different Timing Modes Repeat Cycle Off Start On-Delay
Repeat Cycle On Start
Fleeting Off-Delay Repeat Cycle On Start
Pulse Converter Signal On/Off-Delay
Star Delta On-Delay One Shot
Time Range 0.05 s…10 h 0.05s…60 h 0.05 s…300 h 0.05 s…300 h 0.05 s…300 h
24V AC/DC 12…48V DC 12…48V DC 12V DC
12V DC
110…240V AC 24…48V AC 24…48V AC 24V AC/DC
Supply Voltage 24V…48V DC
24V…48V AC/DC 100…240V AC 100…240V AC 48…125V DC
24V…240V AC
24V…240V AC 100…125V DC 100…125V DC 100…240V AC
Contact Rating at
6A 8A 5A 5A 5A
120V AC
Certifications cUR, UL, CE cUR, UL, CE cURus, CE, ACA cURus, CE, ACA cURus, CE, ACA
700-HN100 OR 700-
HN101 700-HN100 700-HN100
Socket Cat. No(s).  
700-HN125 OR 700- 700-HN125 700-HN125
HN126
Page Number page 9-59 page 9-63 page 9-82 page 9-82 page 9-82

Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs 9-7

Bulletin_700TOC_a.qxd 06/02/2004 20:15 Page 9-8

General Information
Quick Selection Table For Timing Relays

Bulletin No. 700-HRY 700-HRQ 700-HNC 700-HNK

Type Star-Delta Timer True Off-Delay Timer Miniature Timer Ultra-Slim Timer
Ultra-Slim Timing Relay
A wide star-time range Dial Timing Relays
Four Different Operating Modes 4 Different Operating Modes
(up to 120 s) Long power Off-Delay Times
DIN Rail Mount with Socket Three Operating Voltages
Features Star-delta transfer time range 11-pin and 8-pin models are
Pin Configuration Same as DIN Rail Mount with Socket
(up to 0.5 s) available
Bulletin 700-HC Relay Pin Configuration Same as 700-
UL Recognized UL Recognized
HK Relay
Control Outputs:
SPST (Star, Delta) Timed
Time Limit DPDT Timed 4PDT SPDT, DPST-NO
SPST - NO Instantaneous
Instantaneous
On-Delay On-Delay
True OFF-delay Timer One Shot One Shot
Operation Modes: Star-Delta
True OFF-delay Timer w/reset Repeat Cycle Off Start Repeat Cycle Off Start
Repeat Cycle On Start Repeat Cycle On Start
Time Range 0.5 s…120 s 0.05 s…12 min. 0.1 s…10 h 0.1 s…10 h
48V DC 12V DC
12V DC
100…120V AC 24V AC/DC 24V AC/DC
Supply Voltage 24V DC
200…240V AC 100…240V AC 48…125V DC
24V AC
100…125V DC 100…240V AC
Contact Rating at
5A 5A 5A 5A
120V AC
Certifications cURus, CE, ACA cURus, CE, ACA cURus, CE, ACA cURus, CE, VDE, ACA
700-HN100 700-HN100 OR 700-HN101 700-HN103 700-HN121
Socket Cat. No(s).
700-HN125 700-HN125 OR 700-HN126 700-HN128 700-HN122
Page Number page 9-82 page 9-82 page 9-70 page 9-76

9-8 Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs

Bulletin_700TOC_a.qxd 06/02/2004 20:15 Page 9-9

General Information
Quick Selection Table For Timing Relays

Bulletin No. 700-HT 700-HV 700-HS 700-HX 700-HXM

Repeat Cycle Timing Square Base Timing
Type Tube Base Timing Relay Digital Timer Digital Counter/Timer
Relay Relay
World’s Smallest Compact Preset
Digital Timer Timer
5 A Contact Rating Built-in Prescaling for Counter
Negative Transmissive Operation
LCD Display Finger Protection Terminal Block
Pin Style Terminals
Blade Style Terminals, 10 Functions or Modes to Meet VDE0106/P100
Single Range or Fixed Pin Style Terminals,
Single Range or Fixed Environmentally Panel Surface Compatible with
Features Timers Single Range Timer,
Timers Available as -ON Friendly—Flash Memory, NEMA 4/IP66
Available as -ON or - Repeat Cycle
or Off-Delay No Battery Six-language Instruction Manual
OFF Delays
NEMA B300 Rated Provided
NEMA 4/ IP66 Environmentally Friendly—Flash
DIN or Panel Mount Memory, No Battery
Capable Negative Transmissive LCD
Display
Control Outputs:
Time Limit DPDT DPDT DPDT SPDT SPDT
Instantaneous
Signal On-Delay 1 and 2 On-Delay
Signal Off-Delay Repeat Cycle
One Shot Signal Off-Delay
Timing Operation On-Delay On-Delay Repeat Cycle Off Start One Shot
Repeat Cycle
Modes: Off-Delay Off-Delay Repeat Cycle On Start Accumulative
Signal On/Off-Delay On/Off-duty Adjustable-
Power On-Delay 1 and 2 Repeat Cycle
Twin Timer Cumulative Counter Multi Mode
Time Range 0.1 s…30 min. 0.1 s…30 min. 0.1 s…180 s 0.05 s…300 h 0…9999 h
12V DC
24V DC 12V DC
24V DC 12…24V DC
24V AC 24V AC
Supply Voltage 24V AC 24V AC 24V DC
120V AC 24V DC
120V AC 100…240V AC
240V AC 120V AC
240V AC
Contact Rating at
10 A 10 A 12 A 5A 5A
120V AC
cURus, CE, NEMA
Certifications UR, CSA, CE UR, CSA, CE UR, CSA, CE cURus, CE, NEMA 4/IP66, ACA
4/IP66, ACA
700-HN100 OR 700-
HN101 700-HN100 700-HN153 700-HN100
Socket Cat. No(s). 
700-HN125 OR 700- 700-HN125 700-HN154 700-HN125
HN126
Page Number ✶ ✶ ✶ page 9-94 page 9-103
✶ Information for these product lines are available on the Industrial Control Catalog CD-ROM (pub. no. A115-CA002A-EN-C) or on the Industrial Controls catalog
Web site www.ab.com/catalogs.

Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs 9-9

Bulletin_700TOC_a.qxd 06/02/2004 20:15 Page 9-10

General Information
Quick Selection Table For Relays

700-CF and
Bulletin No. 700-S-CF 700-M/MB 700-P and 700S-P 700-PK 700-R
Type Control Relay Miniature Control Relay Heavy-Duty Control Relay Heavy-Duty Control Relay Sealed Switch
Mechanically Linked Five Contact Styles,
Smallest Size, Long Life, Five Contact Styles, Hazardous Location
Contacts, Timer and Latch Mechanically Linked
Low Power Consumption, Mechanically Linked Ratings, Long Life in Dirty
Operations, Switch up to Contacts, Timer and Latch
Features Mechanically Linked Contacts, Timer and Latch Environment, Timer and
600V AC and DC Options, Switch up to
Contacts, Switch up to Options, Switch up to Latch Options, Switch
700S-CF for Safety 600V AC and DC 700S-P
600V AC and DC 600V AC and DC 600V AC, 300V DC
Circuits for Safety Circuits
Contact Form 4-12 Poles Double Break 4-8 Poles Double Break 2-12 Poles Double Break 2-12 Poles Double Break 2-8 Poles
Contact Type Cross Stamp, Bifurcated X-Mark and Bifurcated Bifurcated Double Break Double Break Sealed Switch
Contact Material Silver, Gold Silver-Copper Silver-Nickel Silver-Cadmium Oxide Sealed Switch
Electrical
Max. Current AC 25 A (Relay)
15 A 10 A 20 A 5A
Resistive 10 A (Adder Deck)
24V 10 mA (Silver) 17V, 30 mA (700-M) 10V, 50 mA 1 mA, 5V with Bulletin
Min. load 1 mA, 5V
12V 8 mA (Gold) 17V 5 mA (700-MB) 5V 1 mA (sealed switch) 700-CPR
12…600V AC 24…480V AC 24…600V AC 24…600V AC 24…240V AC
Coil Voltage
9…250V DC 12…220V DC 6…600V DC 6…600V DC 24…250V DC
Coil Voltage 85…110% AC Coils, 85…110% AC Coils, 85…110% AC Coils, 85…110% AC Coils, 85…110% AC Coils,
Pickup 80…110% DC Coils 80…110% DC Coils 80…110% DC Coils 80…110% DC Coils 80…110% DC Coils
Dielectric
2640V 2640V 2640V 2640V 2640V
Withstand
Reference
Electric Service 1.2 million at 10 A 1.5 million at 10 A 120V 1.5 million at 10 A
800K at 10 A 120V AC 1.5 million at 5 A 120V AC
Life (cycles) 120V AC AC 120V AC
Certifications UL, CSA, CE UL, CSA, CE UL, CSA, CE UL, CSA, CE UL, CSA, CE
Sockets DIN Rail or Panel Mount DIN Rail or Panel Mount Panel or Rail Mount Panel or Rail Mount Panel or Rail Mount
page 9-110 and
Page Number page 9-149 page 9-165 page 9-110 page 9-133
page 9-124

9-10 Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs

Bulletin_700TOC_a.qxd 06/02/2004 20:15 Page 9-11

General Information
Quick Selection Table For Industrial Timing Relays

Bulletin No. 100-ETA 196-MT3 700-RTC 700-PS

Solid-state Timing Module Solid-State Timing Module
Type Solid-state Timing Relay Solid-state Timer
(for 700-CF relays) (for 700-M relays)
Self-contained or external
Changes all contacts on Bulletin Timed and instantaneous potentiometer.
100-C contactors 35 mm DIN Rail Mounting contacts. Sealed contacts for Continuous carrying current of 5
Features
and Bulletin 700-CF control Adapter harsh environments and A AC or DC.
relays into timed contacts hazardous locations. Stand alone or mount on 700-P
or &00-R.
Control Outputs:
4 instantaneous to timed
Time Limit 4 timed contacts on relay 8 output contacts 3 output contacts
contacts
Instantaneous
Timing Operation On-Delay On-Delay On-Delay
On-Delay
Modes: Off-Delay Off-Delay Off-Delay
Time Range 0.1…180 s 0.1…30 s 0.05 s…64 min. 0.1 …120 s
24V AC
110…240V 110…120V AC
50/60 Hz 110…250V AC/DC 220…240V AC 110…120V
Supply Voltage
24V DC 50/60 Hz 24V DC 50/60 Hz
110…250V DC 120V DC
240V DC
Page Number page 9-152 page 9-166 page 9-138 page 9-142

Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs 9-11

Bulletin_700TOC_a.qxd 06/02/2004 20:15 Page 9-12

General Information
Quick Selection Table For Industrial Timing Relays

Bulletin No. 100-FPT 700-PT

Penumatic Timing Module
Type Pneumatic Time-Delay Timer
(for 700-CF relays)
Timing function works independently of the supply voltage. Relay Continuous carrying current of 10 A, Contacts of N.O. and N.C.
Features
contact operates instantaneously. Continuous adjustment type. Open Type Without Enclosure. Mounts on 700-P relay.
Control Outputs:
Time Limit 2 timed contacts 1 open, 1 closed
Instantaneous
Timing Operation On-Delay On-Delay
Modes: Off-Delay Off-Delay
Time Range 0.3…180 s 0.1…60 s
110…240V
24…600V AC
Supply Voltage 50/60 Hz
6…600V DC
110…250V DC
Page Number page 9-152 page 9-110

9-12 Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs

Bulletin_700TOC_a.qxd 06/02/2004 20:15 Page 9-13

General Information
Quick Selection Table for Solid-State Relays

Bulletin No. 700-SH 700-SE 700-SC

Type Hockey Puck Flat Pack Miniature, Ice Cube Socketed
Compatible w/700-HN103 or 128 socket,
Panel/DIN Mount, High Current, Protective
Features Panel/DIN Mount, Low Profile LED Status & Zero-cross AC Switching
Cover, LED Status
Options
Load Type AC (47…63 Hz) AC (47…63 Hz) AC (47…63 Hz) DC
Load Voltage 3…52.8V DC or
19…264V AC, 180…528V AC✶ 75…264V AC 75…264V AC
Range 3…125V DC
Load Current Max. 3A @ 48V DC, or 2A
6 A/40 A† 5 A/20 A† 3A
(Continuous) @ 110V DC
10 mA @ 200V AC5
Max Leakage
5 mA @ 100V, 10 mA @ 200V, 20 mA @ 400V 5 mA @ 100V, 10 mA @ 200V 5 mA @ 100V AC mA @ 50V DC, or
Current to Load
0.1mA @ 100V DC
Zero Cross Load
Yes Yes (optional) Yes (optional) N/A
Switching
Equivalent
Electromechanical
Form A Form A Form A
Relay Contact
Arrangement
5…24V DC,
Rated Control
5…24V DC, 100…120V AC, 200…240V AC 5V DC, 12V DC, 24V DC 100…110V AC, 5...24V DC
(Input) Voltage
200/220V AC
Yes (optional for 48V
LED Indicator Yes No Yes (optional)
DC)
Panel w/o heat sink, Panel or DIN w/heat Panel w/o heat sink, Panel or DIN w/heat
Mounting Method Panel or DIN w/socket
sink sink
Dielectric Strength 2500V AC, 50/60 Hz, 1 min. 2000V AC, 50/60 Hz, 1 min. 1500V AC, 50/60 Hz, 1 min.
Certification cURus, CE , TÜV✶ cURus, CE, TÜV cURus, CE, VDE
Max. Ambient
Operating -30…80 °C (no condensation) -30…80 °C (no condensation) -30…80 °C (no condensation)
Temperature
Page Number page 9-188 page 9-180 page 9-175
✶ 180…528V load voltage range units do not have CE approval.
† With heat sink.

Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs 9-13

Bulletin_700TOC_a.qxd 06/02/2004 20:15 Page 9-14

General Information
Quick Selection Table For Solid-State Relays, Continued

Bulletin No. 700-SF 700-SA 700-SK

Type Square Base, Socketed Tube Base, Socketed Slim Line, Socketed
Compatible w/700-HN116 Compatible w/700-HN100,
Compatible w/700-HN121 socket. Supports Input (sensor) module or
Features socket, LED status, zero-cross 125,108, and 202 socket, LED
Output (SSR) module
AC switching status, zero-cross switching
Output Module Input Module
AC
Load Type AC (47…63 Hz) DC DC AC
(47…63 Hz) DC AC (47…63 Hz) DC
47…63 Hz)
Load Voltage 4 … 60V DC, 40 Field Input: Field Input:
75…264V AC 3 … 52.8V DC 75…264V AC 3 …125V DC 75 … 264V AC
Range … 200V DC 60… 264V AC 6.6… 32V DC
Load Current Max. 2A @ 60V, 1.5A Supply Current: Supply Current:
3A 5A 3A 2A
(Continuous) @ 200V 0.1 … 100 mA 0.1 … 100 mA
5mA @ 100V
Max Leakage 5 mA @ 100V,
AC, 10mA @ 5mA @ 50V DC 5 mA @ 125V 1.5 mA 1 mA 5 µA 5 µA
Current to Load 10 mA @ 200V
200V AC
Zero Cross Load
Yes N/A Yes N/A Yes (optional) N/A No N/A
Switching
Equivalent
Electromechanical
Form A Form A Form A
Relay Contact
Arrangement
Rated Control
4V DC or 24V DC 5…24V DC 5 … 24 V DC 5 … 24 V DC 5 … 24V DC 5 … 24V DC
(Input) Voltage
LED Indicator Yes Yes Yes
Mounting Method Panel or DIN w/socket Panel or DIN w/socket Panel or DIN w/socket
Dielectric Strength 1500V AC, 50/60 Hz, 1 min. 1500V AC, 50/60 Hz, 1 min. 4000V AC, 50/60 Hz, 1 min.
Certification cURus, CE, VDE cURus, CE, VDE cURus, CE, TÜV
Max. Ambient
Operating -30…80 °C (no condensation) -30 … 80 °C, (no condensation) -30 … 80 °C (no condensation)
Temperature
Page Number page 9-185 page 9-171 page 9-195

9-14 Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs

Bulletin_700-HA.qxd 06/02/2004 20:30 Page 9-15

Bulletin 700-HA
General Purpose Relays
Overview/Product Selection
Προδυχτ Σελεχτιον

Bulletin 700-HA Table of Contents

y 10 A Contact Rating
Product Selection . . . this page
y DPDT, 3PDT
y Pin Style Terminals Accessories . . . . . . . . . 9-18
y Standard ON/OFF Flag Indicator Specifications . . . . . . . 9-21
y Options: LED, Push-to-Test and Manual Override, Socket Mounted Approximate
Surge Suppressor Module, or Multifunction Timer Dimensions . . . . . . . . . 9-24
y Contact Choices: Standard Silver Nickel, Bifurcated Silver Nickel, or Standards Compliance
Bifurcated with Gold Plating and Certifications
See Specification Table In This
Section.

Bulletin 700-HA Tube Base Relay with PIN Terminals (Single Contact) —
Mechanical ON/OFF Indicator included✶
Wiring Diagrams
Description Contact Rating U.S./Canada International Coil Voltage Cat. No.†‡§
6V AC 700-HA32A06
12V AC 700-HA32A12
24V AC 700-HA32A24
120V AC 700-HA32A1
240V AC 700-HA32A2
277V AC 700-HA32A27➤
DPDT 6V DC 700-HA32Z06
2-pole
12V DC 700-HA32Z12
2 Form C 10 A
Single AgNi Contact 24V DC 700-HA32Z24
B300
36V DC 700-HA32Z36
48V DC 700-HA32Z48
60V DC 700-HA32Z60
80V DC 700-HA32Z80
110V DC 700-HA32Z1
125V DC 700-HA32Z01
700-HN100 140V DC 700-HA32Z3
Sockets 700-HN125
700-HN204 220V DC 700-HA32Z2➤
6V AC 700-HA33A06
12V AC 700-HA33A12
24V AC 700-HA33A24
120V AC 700-HA33A1
240V AC 700-HA33A2
3PDT 6V DC 700-HA33Z06
3-pole
12V DC 700-HA33Z12
3 Form C 10 A
Single AgNi Contact 24V DC 700-HA33Z24
B300
48V DC 700-HA33Z48
60V DC 700-HA33Z60
80V DC 700-HA33Z80
110V DC 700-HA33Z1
125V DC 700-HA33Z01
700-HN101 140V DC 700-HA33Z3
Sockets 700-HN126
700-HN205 220V DC 700-HA33Z2➤
✶ For Time Module and Surge Suppressor Module, see page 9-19.
† LED Option: Add suffix (-4) to the selected Bulletin 700-HA Relay Cat. No., except for the 240V AC Units, add (-4L).
‡ Push-to-test, Manual Override, and LED Option: Add suffix (-3-4) to the selected Bulletin 700-HA Relay Cat. No., except for the 240V AC units, add (-3-4L).
§ Push-to-test and Manual Override option: Add suffix (-3) to the selected Bulletin 700-HA relay.
➤ LED not available for 220V DC and 277V AC coils.

Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs 9-15

Bulletin_700-HA.qxd 06/02/2004 20:30 Page 9-16

Bulletin 700-HA
General Purpose Relays
Product Selection, Continued

Bulletin 700-HAB Tube Base Relay with PIN Terminals (Bifurcated Contacts) —
Mechanical ON/OFF Indicator included✶
Wiring Diagrams
Description Contact Rating U.S./Canada International Coil Voltage Cat. No.†‡§
6V AC 700-HAB2A06
12V AC 700-HAB2A12
24V AC 700-HAB2A24
120V AC 700-HAB2A1
DPDT 240V AC 700-HAB2A2
2-Pole 277V AC 700-HAB2A27➤
2 Form C
Bifurcated AgNi 6V DC 700-HAB2Z06
6A
Contacts 12V DC 700-HAB2Z12
24V DC 700-HAB2Z24
36V DC 700-HAB2Z36
48V DC 700-HAB2Z48
110V DC 700-HAB2Z1
700-HN100 125V DC 700-HAB2Z01
Sockets 700-HN125
700-HN204 140V DC 700-HAB2Z3
6V AC 700-HAB3A06
12V AC 700-HAB3A12
24V AC 700-HAB3A24
3PDT 120V AC 700-HAB3A1
3-Pole 240V AC 700-HAB3A2
3 Form C
Bifurcated AgNi 6V DC 700-HAB3Z06
6A
Contacts 12V DC 700-HAB3Z12
24V DC 700-HAB3Z24
48V DC 700-HAB3Z48
110V DC 700-HAB3Z1
700-HN101 125V DC 700-HAB3Z01
Sockets 700-HN126
700-HN205 140V DC 700-HAB3Z3
✶ For Time Module and Surge Suppressor Module, see page 9-19.
† LED Option: Add suffix (-4) to the selected Bulletin 700-HAB Relay Cat. No., except for the 240V AC Units, add (-4L).
‡ Push-to-test, Manual Override & Pilot Light Option: Add suffix (-3 -4) to the selected Bulletin 700-HAB Relay Cat. No., except for the 240V AC units, add (-3 -
4L).
§ Push-to-test and Manual Override option: Add suffix (-3) to theselected Bulletin 700-HA relay.
➤ LED not available.

9-16 Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs

Bulletin_700-HA.qxd 06/02/2004 20:30 Page 9-17

Bulletin 700-HA
General Purpose Relays
Product Selection, Continued

Bulletin 700-HAX Tube Base Relay with PIN Terminals (Bifurcated Contacts with Gold Overlay) —
Mechanical ON/OFF Indicator Included✶
Wiring Diagrams
Description Contact Rating U.S./Canada International Coil Voltage Cat. No.†‡§
6V AC 700-HAX2A06
12V AC 700-HAX2A12
24V AC 700-HAX2A24
120V AC 700-HAX2A1
DPDT
240V AC 700-HAX2A2
2-Pole
2 Form C 277V AC 700-HAX2A27♣
Bifurcated AgNi 6V DC 700-HAX2Z06
Contacts with Gold 6A
12V DC 700-HAX2Z12
Overlay Sockets
24V DC 700-HAX2Z24
36V DC 700-HAX2Z36
48V DC 700-HAX2Z48
110V DC 700-HAX2Z1
700-HN100 125V DC 700-HAX2Z01
Sockets 700-HN125
700-HN204 140V DC 700-HAX2Z3
6V AC 700-HAX3A06
12V AC 700-HAX3A12
24V AC 700-HAX3A24
3PDT
120V AC 700-HAX3A1
3-Pole
3 Form C 240V AC 700-HAX3A2
Bifurcated AgNi 6V DC 700-HAX3Z06
Contacts with Gold 6A
12V DC 700-HAX3Z12
Overlay Sockets
24V DC 700-HAX3Z24
48V DC 700-HAX3Z48
110V DC 700-HAX3Z1
700-HN101 125V DC 700-HAX3Z01
Sockets 700-HN126
700-HN205 140V DC 700-HAX3Z3
✶ For Time Module and Surge Suppressor Module, see page 9-19.
† LED Option: Add suffix (-4) to the selected Bulletin 700-HAX Relay Cat. No., except for the 240V AC Units, add (-4L).
‡ Push-to-test and LED Option: Add suffix (-3-4) to the selected Bulletin 700-HAX Relay Cat. No., except for the 240V AC units, add (-3-4L).
§ Push-to-test and Manual Override option: Add suffix (-3) to the selected Bulletin 700-HA relay.
♣ LED not available.

Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs 9-17

Bulletin_700-HA.qxd 06/02/2004 20:30 Page 9-18

Bulletin 700-HA
General Purpose Relays
Accessories
Αχχεσσοριεσ

Description Pkg. Qty. Cat. No.

Screw Terminal Tube Base Socket — Panel or DIN Rail Mounting; Guarded Terminal
Construction. 8-Pin for use with DPDT Bulletin 700-HA Relays, -HX Timing Relays, -HT (On-Delay) 10 700-HN100
and -HRM, -HRC and -HV (Repeat Cycle) Timing Relays. Order ten or multiples of ten
Cat. No. 700-HN100

Screw Terminal Tube Base Socket — Panel or DIN Rail Mounting; Open Style Construction. 8-
Pin for use with DPDT Bulletin 700-HA Relays, -HT (On-Delay) and -HRM, -HRC and -HV (Repeat 10 700-HN125
Cycle) Timing Relays. Order must be for 10 sockets or multiples of 10. No retainer clip required.

Cat. No. 700-HN125

Screw Terminal Tube Base Sockets — Panel or DIN Rail Mounting. Guarded Terminal
Construction
10 700-HN101
11-pin for use with 3PDT Bulletin 700-HA relays, -HR and -HT (Off-Delay) timing relays. Order must
be for 10 sockets or multiples of 10.
Cat. No. 700-HN101

Screw Terminal Tube Base Sockets — Panel or DIN Rail Mounting. Open Style Terminal
Construction
10 700-HN126
11-pin for use with 3PDT Bulletin 700-HA relays, -HR and -HT (Off-Delay) timing relays. Order must
be for 10 sockets or multiples of 10.
Cat. No. 700-HN126
8-Pin Socket — Can Be Used With or Without Timing Attachment or Surge Suppressor
Screw Terminal Tube Base Sockets — panel or DIN Rail mounting. Guarded terminal construction. 10 700-HN204
Used with DPDT Bulletin 700-HA Relays. Order must be for 10 sockets or multiples of 10.

11-Pin Socket — Can Be Used With or Without Timing Attachment or Surge Suppressor
Screw Terminal Tube Base Sockets — panel or DIN Rail mounting. Guarded terminal construction. 10 700-HN205
Used with 3PDT Bulletin 700-HA relays. Order must be for 10 sockets or multiples of 10.
Cat. No. 700-HN205

DIN (#3) Symmetrical Rail

35 mm x 7.5 mm x 1 m long 10 199-DR1
Zinc-plated, yellow chromated

Cat. No. 199-DR1

9-18 Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs

Bulletin_700-HA.qxd 06/02/2004 20:30 Page 9-19

Bulletin 700-HA
General Purpose Relays
Accessories, Continued

Description Pkg. Qty. Cat. No.

Diode Surge Suppressor✶
10 700-ADR
Voltage Range: 6…220V DC used with 700-HN204 and 700-HN205 socket
Diode with LED Surge Suppressor✶
10 700-ADL1R
Voltage Range: 6…24V DC used with 700-HN204 and 700-HN205 socket
Diode with LED Surge Suppressor✶
10 700-ADL2R
Voltage Range: 28…60V DC used with 700-HN204 and 700-HN205 socket
Diode with LED Surge Suppressor✶
10 700-ADL3R
Voltage Range: 110…220V DC used with 700-HN204 and 700-HN205 socket
Varistor with LED Surge Suppressor✶
10 700-AV1R
Voltage Range: 6…24V AC used with 700-HN204 and 700-HN205 socket
Varistor with LED Surge Suppressor✶
10 700-AV3R
Voltage Range: 110…240V AC used with 700-HN204 and 700-HN205 socket
RC Surge Suppressor✶
10 700-AR1
Voltage Range: 6…24V AC/DC used with 700-HN204 and 700-HN205 socket
RC Surge Suppressor✶
10 700-AR2
Voltage Range: 110…240V AC/DC used with 700-HN204 and 700-HN205 socket

On-Delay Time Module✶ Voltage Range: 12…24V AC/DC used

1 700-AT1
with 700-HN204 and 700-HN205 socket

One Shot Timing Module✶ Voltage Range: 12…24V AC/DC used

Cat. No. 700-AT2 1 700-AT2
with 700-HN204 and 700-HN205 socket
Multi-Function Multi-Range Time Module✶
Voltage range 12…240V AC 50/60 Hz and 12…240V DC, with a voltage variation of 85…110%.
Repeat accuracy of ±1%. Reset time <50 ms. Refer to page 9-23 for Specifications.
Eight (8) Timing Modes
Eight (7) Timing Ranges:

1. 1 s 0.05 s…1 s

2. 10 s 0.5 s…10 s

3. 100 s 5 s…100 s
1 700-HT3

4. 10 min 0.5 min…10 min

5. 100 min 5 min…100 min

6. 10 hours 0.5 h…10 h

7. 100 hours 5 h…100 h

Cat. No. 700-HT3 LED Indicator

✶ Suppressors and Time Modules easily plug into sockets (Cat. Nos. 700-HN204 and 700-HN205). For use with Bulletin 700-HA relays.

ATTENTION: Cat. No. 700-HT3 is wired with signal “S” connected to “A1”. See wiring diagram marked on the timer module.

Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs 9-19

Bulletin_700-HA.qxd 06/02/2004 20:30 Page 9-20

Bulletin 700-HA
General Purpose Relays
Accessories, Continued

Description Pkg. Qty. Cat. No.

Retainer Clip for Cat. Nos. 700-HN100, -HN101, -HN200, -HN201, -HN204,
and -HN205 Sockets with Bulletin 700-HA Relays✶ 10 700-HN157
Secures relay in socket. Order must be for 10 clips or multiples of 10.

Sample Retainer Clips

1492-MS5X12
1492-MS6X9
1492-MS6X12
1492-MS8X9
1492-MS8X12
Relay Identification Snap-in Markers‡
Snap-in markers fit on top of Bulletin 700-HA relay covers. The following are
100
blank cards. Squares slip into molded slot on top of Bulletin 700-HA or 700-
HB relay cover.
1492-MP-Blank

Snap-in markers
Pre-printed identification tags — contains 10 sheets of pre-printed and
blank tags. Each sheet contains 13 sets of the markings CR…9CR, TR…9TR,
10 700-N40
M…9M, F, R, 1S, and 117 blank tags. Tags are peel-off with sticky backing for
easy placement on relays.

Blank identification tags — contains 10 sheets of blank identification tags

for customer specialized printing. Each sheet contains 546 blank tags. Tags 10 700-N41
are peel-off with sticky backing for easy placement on relays.

✶ See Bulletin 700-HA Relay, Socket, and Retainer Clip Reference Chart below.
‡ For pre-printed marker cards, turn to the following 1492 sections: 1492-SM5X12_, 1492-SM6X9_,1492-SM8X9_,1492-SM8X12_,1492-MP_

Relay Type Socket Retainer Clip

700-HN100 700-HN157
700-HA32
700-HN125 Not Required§
700-HAB2
700-HN204 700-HN157
700-HAX2
700-HN200 700-HN157
700-HN201 700-HN157
700-HA33
700-HN101 700-HN157
700-HAB3
700-HN126 Not Required§
700-HAX3
700-HN205 700-HN157
§ Design of these sockets holds the relays securely and does not require retainer clips.

9-20 Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs

Bulletin_700-HA.qxd 06/02/2004 20:30 Page 9-21

Bulletin 700-HA
General Purpose Relays
Specifications✶
Σπεχιφιχατιονσ

Cat. No. 700-HA…

Electrical Ratings
Pilot Duty Rating† NEMA B300
Rated Thermal HA = 10 A – 120V, 240V
Current (,th) HAB/HAX = 6 A – 120V, 240V
Rated Insulation Voltage (Ui) 250V IEC – 300V UL/CSA
Inductive Make Break Hp

120V AC 30 A 3A 1/3
Contacts
240V AC 15 A 1.5 A 1
General Purpose 10 A, 240V AC
Resistive 10 A, 30V DC
HA = 10V, 50 mA
Min. Low Energy Permissible Load
HAB= 6V, 30 mA HAX = 6V, 1 mA
Pickup: 80…110% of Nominal Voltage at 50 Hz
Permissible Coil Voltage Variation 80…110% of Nominal Voltage at 60 Hz
80…110% of Nominal Voltage at DC
AC Coils 50 Hz 60 Hz
Inrush 3.3 VA 2.85 VA
Coil Consumption ±10%
Sealed 2.2 VA 1.9 VA
DC Coils 1.3 W
20% of nominal V AC
Must Dropout Voltage
10% of nominal V DC
50 MΩ (700-HA and 700-HAB)
Max. Contact Resistance
30 MΩ (700-HAX)
Design Specification/Test Requirements
Electrical
Dielectric Withstand Voltage
Pole-to-Pole 1000V
Contact to Coil 3600V
Contact to Frame 4000V
Electrical Life (Operating) 100,000 min.
Mechanical
Degree of Protection
IP 40
(Open Type) IEC 529
Mechanical Life Cycles (AC/DC) > 20 x 106/ 50 x 106
Switching Frequency Operations 3600/HR
Coil Voltages See Product Selection
Max. Pickup 10 ms
Operating Time
Max. Dropout 10 ms
Maximum Operating Rate 4 Ops/s
Endurance 5G
Vibration
Operational 2.5 G
Endurance 50 G
Shock
Operational 9G
Environmental
Operating AC/DC –40…+70 °C
Temperature
Storage AC/DC –40…+100 °C
Altitude 2000 m (6560 ft)
Construction
Insulating Material Molded High Dielectric Material
Enclosure Transparent Dust Cover
700-HA: 10 A– AgNi
Contact Material 700-HAB: 6 A–Bifurcated AgNi
700-HAX: 6 A–Bifurcated/Gold Plating AgNi
Terminal Markings on Socket In accordance with EN50 0005
8-Pin Socket — 700-HN100, -HN125, -HN204
Sockets
11-Pin Socket — 700-HN101, -HN126, -HN205
Certifications CE, cULus listed, IMQ, RINA, ABS
✶ Performance Data – See page Important 2, Industrial Controls Catalog.
† NEMA Rating Chart is on page 19 of publication 700-SG003B-EN-P.

Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs 9-21

Bulletin_700-HA.qxd 06/02/2004 20:30 Page 9-22

Bulletin 700-HA
General Purpose Relays
Specifications, Continued✶

700-HA Relay Performance Graphs

Contact life vs. AC1 load at 1,800 cycles/h Breaking capacity for DC1 load at 1,800 cycles/h. Load reduction factor vs. cos φ
A = load applied to 1 contact
B = load applied to 2 contacts in series
C = load applied to 3 contacts in series

Time Module Cat. No. 700-HT3

Electrical Ratings
Operating Voltage Range 12…240V AC (50/60 Hz) 12…240V DC
0.1 W (12V)
Power Consumption
1.0 W (230V)
Mechanical
Degree of Protection of Input (B1) Terminal IP 20 (Guarded Terminal)
1.0 x 0.2 mm2…2.5 mm2 (24 AWG…14 AWG)
Input Terminal Wire Range
2.0 x 0.2 mm2…1.5 mm2 (24 AWG…16 AWG)
Input Terminal Torque Range 0.45…0.8 Nm (4…7 lb-in.)
LED Indicator Red
Repeat Accuracy† ±1%
Recovery Time <50 ms
3 DIP Switches, 7 Ranges (set from 5…100% of range):
Selectable Timing Ranges
1 s, 10 s, 100 s, 10 min, 100 min, 10 h, 100 h
3 DIP Switches, 8 Modes:
1. Power On–Delay
2. Power On One-Shot
3. Power On Repeat Cycle, On Start
Selectable Timing Modes 4. Signal On-Delay and Signal Off-Delay
5. Signal Off-Delay
6. Signal On-One-Shot
7. Signal Off-One-Shot
8. Signal On and Signal Off Watchdog Monster
Adjustable Trimmer Scale Accuracy ±5% of Time Range
Environmental
Operating –20 °C…+50 °C (–4 °F…+122 °F)
Temperature
Storage –55 °C…+85 °C (–67…+185 °F)
Altitude 2000 m (6560 ft)
Construction
Enclosure Gray Plastic Housing
Mounting with Socket Only 8- or 11-Pin Socket with Module Plug
700-HN204 (8-Pin with Plug)
Sockets
700-HN205 (11-Pin with Plug)
Certifications CE, UL listed, CSA, CE-Marked (per EU Low Voltage Directive 73/23 EEC 93/68 EEC)
Standards EN 60947-4-1, EN 60947-5-1, CSA 22.2, UL 508, Nema/EE MAC compliant, ICS-2 compliant
✶ Performance Data - See page Important-2, publication A115.
† At constant voltage and temperature.

9-22 Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs

Bulletin_700-HA.qxd 06/02/2004 20:30 Page 9-23

Bulletin 700-HA
General Purpose Relays
Specifications, Continued

Timing Charts, Cat. No. 700-HT3 Multi-Function Time Cat. No. 700-HT3 Timing Modes, Time Description, Timing
Module (t = Time Range 0.05 s…100 h) Charts, and DIP Switch Selections

Terms:
U is Power Input
R is Relay Output
S Signal, +A1 Socket, B1 Timer
t is the resulting Time Delay (Red LED)

1. Power On-Delay 5. Signal Off-Delay

Apply power (U) to timer. Relay contacts (R) change state after time Apply power (U) to timer. When the signal (S) is closed, the relay
delay (t) is complete. Contacts return to their shelf state when power contacts (R) change state immediately. When the signal is opened,
is removed. Terminal B1 is not used in this mode. the time delay (t) begins. If the signal is closed before the time delay
is complete, the time delay is reset and the relay remains energized.
When the time delay is complete, the contacts return to their shelf
state. Contacts return to their shelf state when power is removed.

2. Power On One-Shot
Apply power (U) to timer. Relay contacts (R) change state
immediately and the time delay begins. When the time delay (t) is
complete, contacts return to their shelf state. Contacts return to 6. Signal On One-Shot
their shelf state when power is removed. Terminal B1 is not used in Apply power (U) to timer. When the signal (S) is closed, the relay
this mode. contacts (R) change state immediately and the time delay (t) begins.
After the time delay begins, opening or closing the signal will not
reset the time delay. When the time delay is complete, the contacts
return to their shelf state. Contacts return to their shelf state when
power is removed.

3. Power On Repeat Cycle, On Start

Apply power (U) to timer. Relay contacts (R) change state
immediately and the time delay (t) begins. When the time delay is
complete, the contacts return to their shelf state for time delay (t)
(time on = time off). This cycle will repeat until the power is 7. Signal Off One-Shot
removed. Terminal B1 is not used in this mode. Apply power (U) to timer. When the signal (S) is closed and then
opened, the relay contacts (R) change state immediately and the
time delay (t) begins. After the time delay begins, opening or closing
the signal will not reset the time delay. When the time delay is
complete, the contacts return to their shelf state. Contacts return to
their shelf state when power is removed.

4. Signal On-Delay and Signal Off-Delay

Apply power (U) to timer. When the signal (S) is closed the time
delay (t) begins, after the time delay is complete the relay contacts
(R) change state. Opening the signal starts the time delay, after the
time delay is complete the contacts return to their shelf state. If the
signal is closed or opened before the time delay is complete, the 8. Signal On and Signal Off Watchdog Monitor
time delay is reset. Contacts return to their shelf state when power Apply power (U) to timer. When the signal (S) is closed, the relay
is removed. contacts (R) energize immediately and the time delay (t) begins. If
the signal is opened before the time delay is complete, the relay
remains energized and the time delay is reset. When the time delay
is complete the contacts return to their shelf state. If the signal is
opened after the time delay is complete, the relay contacts energize
immediately and the same time delay begins. Continuous cycling of
the signal at a rate that is faster than the time delay will cause the
relay contacts to remain energized. Contacts return to their shelf
state when power is removed.

Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs 9-23

Bulletin_700-HA.qxd 06/02/2004 20:30 Page 9-24

Bulletin 700-HA
General Purpose Relays
Approximate Dimensions
Αππροξιµατε ∆ιµενσιονσ

Approximate Dimensions are shown in millimeters (inches). Approximate Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes.

Bulletin 700-HA Relay

Cat. No. 199-DR1 DIN Mounting Rail Series B

Cat. No. 199-DR4 DIN Mounting Rail Series B Has No Mounting Holes

Cat. No. A B C D Approx. Shipping Wt.

35 27 7.5 1.02 1.85 kg
199-DR1
(1-3/8) (1-1/16) (19/64) (1/64) (4.07 lbs.) (10/pkg)
35 27 15 2.3 3.68 kg
199-DR4
(1-3/8) (1-1/16) (19/32) (3/32) (8 lbs.) (5/pkg)

9-24 Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs

Bulletin_700-HA.qxd 06/02/2004 20:30 Page 9-25

Bulletin 700-HA
General Purpose Relays
Approximate Dimensions, Continued

Approximate Dimensions are shown in millimeters (inches). Approximate Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes.

Cat. No. 700-HN100 Panel Mounting Cat. No. 700-HN125

Wire Size: 2 x 2.5 mm2 Wire Size: 2 x 2.5 mm2

Single Wire – Up to #12 AWG Single Wire – Up to 12 AWG
Double Wire – 2 x 2.5 mm2 (#2–14 AWG… #2–20 AWG) Double Wire – 2 x 2.5 mm2 (#2–14 AWG…#2–20 AWG)
(Either Solid or Stranded) (Either Solid or Stranded)
Strip Length: 9 mm (3/8 in) – Torque: 0.8 Nm (7 lb•in) Strip Length: 9 mm (3/8 in) – Torque: 0.8 Nm (7 lb•in)

Cat. No. 700-HN101 Panel Mounting Panel Mounting Cat. No. 700-HN126

Wire Size: 2 x 2.5 mm2 Wire Size: 2 x 2.5 mm2

Single Wire – Up to #12 AWG Single Wire – Up to #12 AWG
Double Wire – 2 x 2.5 mm2 (#2–14 AWG…#2–20 AWG) Double Wire – 2 x 2.5 mm2 (#2–#14 AWG…#2–20 AWG)
(Either Solid or Stranded) (Either Solid or Stranded)
Strip Length: 9 mm (3/8 in) – Torque: 0.8 Nm (7 lb•in) Strip Length: 9 mm (3/8 in) – Torque: 0.8 Nm (7 lb•in)

Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs 9-25

Bulletin_700-HA.qxd 06/02/2004 20:30 Page 9-26

Bulletin 700-HA
General Purpose Relays
Approximate Dimensions, Continued

Approximate Dimensions are shown in millimeters (inches). Approximate Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes.

Cat. No. 700-HN204

Wire Size: 2 x 2.5 mm2
Single Wire – Up to #12 AWG
Double Wire – 2 x 2.5 mm2 (#2–14 AWG… #2–20 AWG)
(Either Solid or Stranded)
Strip Length: 9 mm (3/8 in) – Torque: 0.8 Nm (7 lb•in)

Cat. No. 700-HN205

Wire Size: 2 x 2.5 mm2
Single Wire – Up to #12 AWG
Double Wire – 2 x 2.5 mm2 (#2–14 AWG …#2–20 AWG)
(Either Solid or Stranded)
Strip Length: 9 mm (3/8 in) – Torque: 0.8 Nm (7 lb•in)

Cat. No. 700-HT3

Wire Size: 2 x 1.5 mm2 (#2 – 16 AWG…#1–20 AWG)
(Either Solid or Stranded)
Strip Length: 9 mm (3/8 in) – Torque: 0.8 Nm (7 lb•in)

9-26 Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs

Bulletin_700-HB.qxd 06/02/2004 20:36 Page 9-27

Bulletin 700-HB
General Purpose Relays
Overview/Product Selection
Προδυχτ Σελεχτιον

Bulletin 700-HB Table of Contents

y 15 A Contact Rating
Product Selection . . . this page
y DPDT, 3PDT
y Blade Style Quick Connect Terminals Accessories . . . . . . . . . 9-28
y Standard ON/OFF Flag Indicator Specifications . . . . . . . 9-30
y Options: LED, Push-to-Test, and Manual Override Approximate
y Faston 187 (4.8 x 0.5 mm) Dimensions . . . . . . . . . 9-32
Standards Compliance
and Certifications
See Specification Table In This
Section.

Bulletin 700-HB Square Base Relay with Blade Style Quick Connect/Solder Terminations —
Mechanical ON/OFF Indicator Included
Wiring Diagrams
Description Contact Rating U.S./Canada International Coil Voltage Cat. No.✶†§
6V AC 700-HB32A06
12V AC 700-HB32A12
24V AC 700-HB32A24
DPDT
2-Pole 120V AC 700-HB32A1
2 Form C 15 A 240V AC 700-HB32A2
Single AgCdO B300 6V DC 700-HB32Z06
Contact
12V DC 700-HB32Z12
24V DC 700-HB32Z24
48V DC 700-HB32Z48
Sockets 700-HN154 700-HN153 110V DC 700-HB32Z1
6V AC 700-HB33A06
12V AC 700-HB33A12
24V AC 700-HB33A24
3PDT
3-Pole 120V AC 700-HB33A1
3 Form C 15 A 240V AC 700-HB33A2
Single AgCdO B300 6V DC 700-HB33Z06
Contact
12V DC 700-HB33Z12
24V DC 700-HB33Z24
48V DC 700-HB33Z48
Cat. No 700-HB… Sockets 700-HN154 700-HN153 110V DC 700-HB33Z1
✶ LED Option: Add suffix (-4) to the selected Bulletin 700-HB Relay Cat. No., except for the 240V AC Units, add (-4L).
† Push-to-test, Manual Override, and LED Option: Add suffix (-3-4) to the selected Bulletin 700-HB Relay Cat. No., except for the 240V AC units, add (-3-4L).
§ Push-to-test and Manual Override option: Add suffix (-3) to the selected Bulletin 700-HB relay.

Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs 9-27

Bulletin_700-HB.qxd 06/02/2004 20:36 Page 9-28

Bulletin 700-HB
General Purpose Relays
Accessories
Αχχεσσοριεσ

Description Pkg. Qty. Cat. No.

Diode Surge Suppressor
10 700-ADR
Voltage Range: 6…220V DC used with 700-HN153 socket
Diode with LED Surge Suppressor
10 700-ADL1R
Voltage Range: 6…24V DC used with 700-HN153 socket
Diode with LED Surge Suppressor
10 700-ADL2R
Voltage Range: 28…60V DC used with 700-HN153 socket
Diode with LED Surge Suppressor
10 700-ADL3R
Voltage Range: 110…220V DC used with 700-HN153 socket
Varistor with LED Surge Suppressor
10 700-AV1R
Voltage Range: 6…24V AC used with 700-HN153 socket
Varistor with LED Surge Suppressor
10 700-AV3R
Voltage Range: 110…240V AC used with 700-HN153 socket
RC Surge Suppressor
10 700-AR1
Voltage Range: 6…24V AC/DC used with 700-HN153 socket
RC Surge Suppressor
10 700-AR2
Voltage Range: 110…240V AC/DC used with 700-HN153 socket

On-Delay Time Module Voltage

Range: 12…24V AC/DC used with 1 700-AT1
700-HN153 socket

One Shot Timing Module Voltage

Cat. No. 700-AT2 Range: 12…24V AC/DC used with 1 700-AT2
700-HN153 socket
Multi-Function Multi-Range Time Module
Voltage range 12…240V AC 50/60 Hz and 12…240V DC, with a voltage variation of
85…110%. Repeat accuracy of ±1%. Reset time <50 ms. For use with 700-HN153 socket.
Refer to page 9-30 for Specifications.
Eight (8) Timing Modes
Seven (7) Timing Ranges:
1. 1 s 0.05 s…1 s

2. 10 s 0.5 s…10 s
1 700-HT3
3. 100 s 5 s…100 s

4. 10 min. 0.5 min…10 min

5. 100 min. 5 min…100 min

6. 10 hours 0.5 hr…10 hr

Cat. No. 700-HT3 7. 100 hours 5 hr…100 hr

Screw Terminal Socket — Panel or DIN Rail Mounting. Guarded Terminal Construction
11-blade socket for use with Bulletin 700-HB and -HJ relays and -HS timing relays. Order 10 700-HN153
must be for 10 sockets or multiples of 10. Safe separation between coil and contacts.

Cat. No. 700-HN153

Screw Terminal Base Socket — Panel or DIN Rail Mounting. Open Style Construction
11-blade for use with Bulletin 700-HB and -HJ relays and -HS timing relays. Order must be for 10 700-HN154
10 sockets or multiples of 10.

Cat. No. 700-HN154

DIN (#3) Symmetrical Rail

35 mm x 7.5 mm x 1 m long 10 199-DR1
Zinc-plated, yellow chromated
Cat. No. 199-DR1

Retainer Clip for Cat. No. -HN154 open terminal socket with 700-HB relays✶
10 700-HN156
Secures relay in socket. Order must be for 10 clips or multiples of 10.

Retainer Clip for Cat. No. 700-HN153 Sockets with 700-HB Relays✶. Secures relay in socket.
Sample Retainer Clips 10 700-HN158
Order must be for 10 clips or multiples of 10.
✶ Bulletin 700-HB square base relay socket and rotation clip reference chart (see page 9-29).

9-28 Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs

Bulletin_700-HB.qxd 06/02/2004 20:36 Page 9-29

Bulletin 700-HB
General Purpose Relays
Accessories, Continued

Description Pkg. Qty. Cat. No.

1492-MS5X12
1492-MS6X9
1492-MS6X12
Relay Identification Snap-in Markers‡ 1492-MS8X9
Snap-in markers fit on top of product covers. The following are blank cards. Squares 100
slip into molded slot on top of product covers.
1492-MS8X12

Snap-in markers 1492-MP-Blank

Pre-printed identification tags — contains 10 sheets of pre-printed and blank tags.
Each sheet contains 13 sets of the markings CR…9CR, TR…9TR, M…9M, F, R, 1S, 10 700-N40
and 117 blank tags. Tags are peel-off with sticky backing for easy placement on relays.

Blank identification tags — contains 10 sheets of blank identification tags for

customer specialized printing. Each sheet contains 546 blank tags. Tags are peel-off 10 700-N41
with sticky backing for easy placement on relays.

‡ For pre-printed marker cards, turn to the following 1492 sections of publication A115: 1492-MS5X12_, 1492-MS6X9_, 1492-MS8X9_ , 1492-MS8X12_,
1492-MP_.

Relay Type Socket Cat. No. Retainer Clip Cat. No.

700-HN153 700-HN158
700-HB
700-HN154 700-HN156

Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs 9-29

Bulletin_700-HB.qxd 06/02/2004 20:36 Page 9-30

Bulletin 700-HB
General Purpose Relays
Specifications✶
Σπεχιφιχατιονσ

Cat. No. 700-HB…

Electrical Ratings
Pilot Duty Rating† NEMA B300
Rated Thermal
15 A – 120V, 240V
Current (,th)
Rated Insulation Voltage (Ui) 250V IEC-300V UL/CSA
Inductive Make Break Hp

2 -Pole 3 -Pole 2 -Pole 3 -Pole

Contacts 120V AC 60 A 30 A 6A 3A 3/4
240V AC 30 A 15 A 3A 1.5 A 2
General Purpose 15 A, 240V AC
Resistive 15 A, 30V DC
Min. Low Energy Permissible Load 1000 mW (10V, 10 mA)
80…110% of Nominal Voltage at 50 Hz
Permissible Coil Voltage Variation 80…110% of Nominal Voltage at 60 Hz
80…110% of Nominal Voltage at DC
AC Coils 50 Hz 60 Hz
Coil Consumption Inrush 3.3 VA 2.85 VA
±10% Sealed 2.2 VA 1.9 VA
DC Coils 1.3 W
25% of VA
Max. Allowable Leakage
10% of W
Max. Contact Resistance 50 mΩ
Design Specification/Test Requirements
Electrical
Dielectric Withstand Voltage
Pole-to-Pole 1500V
Contact to Coil 6000V
Contact to Frame 4000V
Mechanical
Degree of Protection
IP 40
(Open Type) IEC 529
Mechanical Life Cycles (AC/DC) > 10 x 106/30 x 106
Switching Frequency Operations 3600/HR
Coil Voltages See Overview/Product Selection
Operating Time Pickup 20 ms
(ms) Dropout 4 ms
Maximum Operating Rate 4 Ops/s
Endurance 5G
Vibration
Operational 1.5 G
Endurance 50 G
Shock
Operational 15 G
Environmental
Operating AC/DC –40…+70 °C
Temperature
Storage AC/DC –40…+100 °C
Altitude 2000 m (6560 ft)
Construction
Insulating Material Molded High Dielectric Material
Enclosure Transparent Dust Cover
Contact Material AgCdO
Terminal Markings on Socket In accordance with EN50 0005
Sockets 700-HN153, -HN154
CE, cULus, cURus, IMQ, RINA, ABS, File E3125Guide NLDX 2, cULus Listed, with
Certifications Allen-Bradley socket, CE Marked (per EU Low Voltage Directive 73/23 EEC 93/68 EEC), ABS (American
Bureau of Shipping), File 00-GE 195140-PDA, RINA listed, IMQ listed
Standards EN 60947-4-1, EN 60947-5-1, IEC 947CSA 22.2, UL 508, NEMA/EEMAC, ICS2 compliant
✶ Performance Data – See Important 2, publication A115.
† NEMA Rating Chart is on page 19 of publication 700-SG003B-EN-P.

9-30 Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs

Bulletin_700-HB.qxd 06/02/2004 20:37 Page 9-31

Bulletin 700-HB
General Purpose Relays
Specifications, Continued

Technical Data

Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs 9-31

Bulletin_700-HB.qxd 06/02/2004 20:37 Page 9-32

Bulletin 700-HB
General Purpose Relays
Approximate Dimensions
Αππροξιµατε ∆ιµενσιονσ

Approximate Dimensions are shown in millimeters (inches). Approximate Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes.

Bulletin 700-HB Relay

Cat. No. 700-HN153 Cat. No. 700-HN154

Wire Size: 2 x 2.5 mm2 Wire Size: 2 x 2.5 mm2
Single Wire – Up to #12 AWG Single Wire – Up to #12 AWG
Double Wire – 2 x 2.5 mm2 (#2–14 AWG… #2–20 AWG) Double Wire – 2 x 2.5 mm2 (#2–14 AWG… #2–20 AWG)
(Either Solid or Stranded) (Either Solid or Stranded)
Strip Length: 9 mm (3/8 in) – Torque: 0.8 Nm (7 lb•in) Strip Length: 9 mm (3/8 in) – Torque: 0.8 Nm (7 lb•in)

Cat. No. 700-HT3

Wire Size: 2 x 1.5 mm2 (#2 – 16 AWG…#1–20 AWG)
(Either Solid or Stranded)
Strip Length: 9 mm (3/8 in) – Torque: 0.8 Nm (7 lb•in)

9-32 Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs

Bulletin_700-HD.qxd 06/02/2004 20:41 Page 9-33

Bulletin 700-HD
General Purpose Relays
Overview/Product Selection
Προδυχτ Σελεχτιον

Bulletin 700-HD Table of Contents

y Flange Mounted/Panel Mounted
Product Selection . . . this page
y 15 A Contact Rating
y DPDT, 3PDT Accessories . . . . . . . . . 9-34
y Blade Style Quick Connect Terminals (0.187 x 0.020) Specifications . . . . . . . 9-35
y Solder Terminals (no socket required) Approximate
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . 9-36
Standards Compliance
and Certifications
See Specification Table In This
Section.

Wiring Diagrams
Description Contact Rating U.S./Canada International Coil Voltage Cat. No.
6V AC 700-HD32A06
12V AC 700-HD32A12
24V AC 700-HD32A24
120V AC 700-HD32A1
DPDT 208V AC 700-HD32A20
2-Pole
15 A 240V AC 700-HD32A2
2 Form C
AgCdO Contacts 6V DC 700-HD32Z06
12V DC 700-HD32Z12
24V DC 700-HD32Z24
48V DC 700-HD32Z48
110V DC 700-HD32Z1
6V AC 700-HD33A06
12V AC 700-HD33A12
24V AC 700-HD33A24
120V AC 700-HD33A1
3PDT 208V AC 700-HD33A20
3-Pole
15 A 240V AC 700-HD33A2
3 Form C
AgCdO Contacts 6V DC 700-HD33Z06
12V DC 700-HD33Z12
24V DC 700-HD33Z24
48V DC 700-HD33Z48
110V DC 700-HD33Z1

Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs 9-33

Bulletin_700-HD.qxd 06/02/2004 20:41 Page 9-34

Bulletin 700-HD
General Purpose Relays
Accessories
Αχχεσσοριεσ

Description Pkg. Quantity Cat. No.

1492-MS5X12†
1492-MS6X9†
Relay Identification Snap-in Markers✶
Snap-in markers fit on top of product covers. 1492-MS6X12†
100
The following are blank cards. Squares slip 1492-MS8X9†
into molded slot on top of product covers.
1492-MS8X12†
1492-MP-Blank†
Pre-printed identification tags — contains
10 sheets of pre-printed and blank tags. Each
sheet contains 13 sets of the markings
10 700-N40
CR…9CR, TR…9TR, M…9M, F, R, 1S, and
117 blank tags. Tags are peel-off with sticky
backing for easy placement on relays.

Blank identification tags — contains 10

sheets of blank identification tags for
customer specialized printing. Each sheet 10 700-N41
contains 546 blank tags. Tags are peel-off with
sticky backing for easy placement on relays.

✶ Refer to terminal block marking systems within the Industrial Control Catalog.
† For pre-printed marker cards, turn to the following 1492 sections of publication A115: 1492-MS5X12_, 1492-MS6X9_, 1492-MS8X9_, 1492-MS8X12_,
1492-MP_.

9-34 Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs

Bulletin_700-HD.qxd 06/02/2004 20:41 Page 9-35

Bulletin 700-HD
General Purpose Relays
Specifications✶
Σπεχιφιχατιονσ

Cat. No. 700-HD…

Electrical Ratings
Pilot Duty Rating† NEMA B300
15 A‡ – 120V
Rated Thermal Current ,th
15 A‡ – 240V
Rated Insulation Voltage (Ui) 250V IEC-300V UL/CSA
Make Break
Inductive Hp

2-Pole 3-Pole 2-Pole 3-Pole

Contacts 120V AC 60 A 30 A 6A 3A 3/4
240V AC 30 A 15 A 3A 1.5 A 2
General Purpose 15 A, 240V AC
Resistive 15 A, 30V DC
80…110% of Nominal Voltage at 50 Hz
Permissible Coil Voltage Variation 80…110% of Nominal Voltage at 60 Hz
80…110% of Nominal Voltage at DC
AC Coils 50 Hz 60 Hz
Coil Consumption Inrush 3.3 VA 2.85 VA
±10% Sealed 2.2 VA 1.9 VA
DC Coils 1.3 W
Maximum Contact Resistance 50 mΩ
20% of Nominal V AC
Must Dropout Voltage
10% of Nominal V DC
Design Specification/Test Requirements
Electrical
Dielectric Withstand Voltage
Pole-to-Pole 1500V
Contact to Coil 6000V
Contact to Frame 4000V
Mechanical
Degree of Protection
IP 40
(Open Type) IEC 529
Mechanical Life Cycles (AC/DC) > 10 x 106 / 30 x 106
Switching Frequency Operations 3600/HR
Coil Voltages See Overview/Product Selection
Pickup 20 ms
Operating Time
Dropout 4 ms
Maximum Operating Rate 4 Ops/s
Minimum Low Energy Permissible Load 1000 mN (10V, 10mA)
Environmental
Operating –40…+70 °C
Temperature
Storage –40…+100 °C
Altitude 2000 m (6560 ft)
Construction
Insulating Material Molded High Dielectric Material
Enclosure Transparent Dust Cover
Contact Material Silver Cad. Ox.
Terminal Markings In accordance with EN50 0005
CE, cURus, IMQ, RINA, ABS, File E3125, Guide NLDX 2, CE Marked (per EU
Certifications and Approvals Low Voltage Directive 73/23 EEC 93/68 EEC), ABS (American Bureau of Shipping), File 00-GE
195140-PDA, RINA listed, IMQ listed
Conformity to Standards EN 60947-4-1,EN 60947-5-1,IEC 947,CSA 22.2,UL 508,NEMA/EEMAC ICS2 compliant
✶ Performance Data – See Important 2, publication A115
† NEMA Rating Chart is on page 19 of publication 700-SG003B-EN-P.
‡ 3-pole relays have a 20 A maximum total current rating for all three poles.

Note: Bulletin 700-HD wiring terminals are the quick connect/solder type 4.7mm x 0.5mm (0.187 in x 0.020 in) termination.

Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs 9-35

Bulletin_700-HD.qxd 06/02/2004 20:41 Page 9-36

Bulletin 700-HD
General Purpose Relays
Specifications, Continued

Contact life vs AC1 load at 600 cycles/h. Breaking capacity for DC1 load at 600 cycles/h.
Load applied to 1 contact.
A = for N.O. types
B= other types

Load Reduction factor vs cos φ

Approximate Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions are shown in millimeters (inches). Approximate Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes.

9-36 Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs

Bulletin_700-HF.qxd 06/02/2004 20:46 Page 9-37

Bulletin 700-HF
General Purpose Relays
Overview/Product Selection
Προδυχτ Σελεχτιον

Bulletin 700-HF Table of Contents

y 10 A Contact Rating
Product Selection . . . this page
y DPDT, 3PDT, 4PDT
y Plug-in Quick Connect Solder Terminals Accessories . . . . . . . . . 9-38
y Options: LED, Push-to-Test Operator Specifications . . . . . . . 9-39
Approximate
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . 9-40
Standards Compliance
and Certifications
See Specification Table In This
Section.

Square Base with Quick Connect/Solder Style Terminations

Contact Wiring Diagrams Cat. No.
Description Rating U.S./Canada International Coil Voltage ✶†
6V AC 700-HF32A06
12V AC 700-HF32A12
24V AC 700-HF32A24
DPDT 120V AC 700-HF32A1
2-pole
240V AC 700-HF32A2
2 Form C 10 A
AgCdO Contacts 6V DC 700-HF32Z06
12V DC 700-HF32Z12
24V DC 700-HF32Z24
48V DC 700-HF32Z48
Socket 700-HN116 700-HN116 110V DC 700-HF32Z1
6V AC 700-HF33A06
12V AC 700-HF33A12
24V AC 700-HF33A24
3PDT 120V AC 700-HF33A1
3-pole
240V AC 700-HF33A2
3 Form C 10 A
AgCdO Contacts 6V DC 700-HF33Z06
12V DC 700-HF33Z12
24V DC 700-HF33Z24
48V DC 700-HF33Z48
Socket 700-HN138 700-HN138 110V DC 700-HF33Z1
6V AC 700-HF34A06
12V AC 700-HF34A12
24V AC 700-HF34A24
4PDT 120V AC 700-HF34A1
4-pole
240V AC 700-HF34A2
4 Form C 10 A
AgCdO Contact 6V DC 700-HF34Z06
12V DC 700-HF34Z12
24V DC 700-HF34Z24
48V DC 700-HF34Z48
Socket 700-HN139 700-HN139 110V DC 700-HF34Z1
✶ Pilot Light Option: Add suffix (-4) to the selected Bulletin 700-HF Relay Cat. No. except for the 240V AC units, add (-4L).
† Manual Operator and LED Option: Add suffix (-1-4) to the selected Bulletin 700-HF Relay Cat. No., except for the 240V AC units, add (-1-4L).

Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs 9-37

Bulletin_700-HF.qxd 06/02/2004 20:46 Page 9-38

Bulletin 700-HF
General Purpose Relays
Accessories
Αχχεσσοριεσ

Description Pkg. Qty. Cat. No.

Screw Terminal Socket — Panel or DIN Rail Mounting 8-blade miniature socket for
10 700-HN116
use with DPDT HF relays. Order must be for 10 sockets or multiples of 10.

Cat. No 700-HN116

Screw Terminal Socket — Panel or DIN Rail Mounting

1 700-HN138
11-blade socket for use with 3PDT Bulletin 700-HF relays.

Cat. No. 700-HN138

Screw Terminal Socket — Panel or DIN Rail Mounting, Guarded Terminal

Construction 1 700-HN139
14-blade socket for use with 4PDT Bulletin 700-HF relays.
Cat. No. 700-HN139

DIN (#3) Symmetrical Rail

35 mm x 7.5 mm x 1 m long 10 199-DR1
Zinc-plated, yellow chromated

Cat. No 199-DR1
Retainer Clip for Cat. Nos. 700-HN103, -HN104 and -HN128 Sockets with 700-HC
Relays and Cat. Nos. 700-HN116 Sockets with Bulletin 700-HF DPDT Relays✶ 10 700-HN114
Secures relay in socket. Order must be for 10 clips or multiples of 10.
Retainer Clip for Cat. Nos. 700-HN138 and -HN139 Sockets with Bulletin 700-HF
3PDT and 4PDT Relays✶ 10 700-HN140
Sample Retainer Clips Secures relay in socket. Order must be for 10 clips or multiples of 10.
✶ Bulletin 700-HF Square Base Relay, Socket, and Retainer Clip Reference

Relay Type Cat. No. Socket Cat. No. Retainer Clip

700-HF32 700-HN116 700-HN114
700-HF33 700-HN138 700-HN140
700-HF34 700-HN139 700-HN140

9-38 Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs

Bulletin_700-HF.qxd 06/02/2004 20:46 Page 9-39

Bulletin 700-HF
General Purpose Relays
Specifications✶
Σπεχιφιχατιονσ

Cat. No. 700-HF…

Electrical Ratings
Pilot Duty Rating C300
Rated Thermal Current (,th) 10 A
250V IEC,
Rated Insulation Voltage (Ui)
300 UL/CSA
Inductive Make Break Hp

120V AC 29 A 2.9 A 1/2

Contacts
240V AC 14 A 1.4 A 1/3
General Purpose 10 A, 240V AC
Resistive 10 A, 30V DC
85…110% of Nominal Voltage at 50 Hz
Permissible Coil
85…110% of Nominal Voltage at 60 Hz
Voltage Variation
80…110% of Nominal Voltage at DC
50 Hz 60 Hz
Inrush 2.4 VA 2.1 VA
AC Coils
Coil Consumption ±10% Sealed 1.6 VA 1.4 VA
DC Coils 0.9 W
25% of VA
Max. Allowable Leakage
10% of W
Design Specification/Test Requirements
Dielectric Pole-to-Pole 1500V AC
Withstand Contact to Pole 1500V AC
Voltage Contact to Frame 1500V AC
Mechanical
Degree of Protection Open Type (Sockets)
Mechanical Life Operations 30 x 106
Switching Frequency Operations 3600/hr
Coil Voltages See Product Selection
Operating Time at Pickup 15 ms
Nominal Voltage at 20 °C Dropout 15 ms
Maximum Operating Rate 4 Ops/s
Shock (Mechanical Durability) 100 G
Shock (Malfunction Durability) 20 G
Environmental
–30…+55 °C
Operating
(–22…+131 °F)
Temperature
–55…+85 °C
Storage
(–67…+185 °F)
Altitude 2000 m (6560 ft)
Construction
Molded High
Insulating Material
Dielectric Material
Enclosure Transparent Dust Cover
Contact Material Silver Cad. Ox.
Terminal Markings on Socket In accordance with EN50 0005
8-Blade Socket (DPDT)
Cat. No. 700-HN116
11-Blade Socket (3PDT)
Sockets
Cat. No. 700-HN138
14-Blade Socket (4PDT)
Cat. No. 700-HN139
CSA Certified, File LR75088, UL Recognized, File E3125,Guide NLDX 2, CE
Certifications
Marked (per EU Low Voltage Directive 73/23 EEC 93/68 EEC)
Standards CSA 22.2, UL 508, pr EN 60255-1-0, IEC 255-1-00, IEC 255-0-20
✶ Performance Data – See page Important-2.

Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs 9-39

Bulletin_700-HF.qxd 06/02/2004 20:46 Page 9-40

Bulletin 700-HF
General Purpose Relays
Approximate Dimensions
Αππροξιµατε ∆ιµενσιονσ

Approximate Dimensions are shown in millimeters (inches). Approximate Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes.

Bulletin 700-HF Relay (DPDT) Bulletin 700-HF (3PDT)

Bulletin 700-HF (4PDT)

Cat. No. 199-DR1 DIN Mounting Rail Series B

Cat. No. 199-DR4 DIN Mounting Rail Series B Has No Mounting Holes

Approx.
Cat. No. A B C D Shipping Wt.
35 27 7.5 1.02 1.85 kg
199-DR1
(1-3/8) (1-1/16) (19/64) (1/64) (4.07 lbs.) (10/pkg)
35 27 15 2.3 3.68 kg
199-DR4
(1-3/8) (1-1/16) (19/32) (3/32) (8 lbs.) (5/pkg)

9-40 Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs

Bulletin_700-HF.qxd 06/02/2004 20:46 Page 9-41

Bulletin 700-HF
General Purpose Relays
Approximate Dimensions, Continued

Approximate Dimensions are shown in millimeters (inches). Approximate Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes.

Cat. No. 700-HN116

Wire Size: 2 x 2.5 mm2
Single Wire – Up to #12 AWG
Double Wire – 2 x 2.5 mm2 (#2–14 AWG… #2–20 AWG)
(Either Solid or Stranded)
Strip Length: 9 mm (3/8 in) – Torque: 0.8 Nm (7 lb.in)

Cat. No. 700-HN138

Wire Size: 2 x 2.5 mm2
Single Wire – Up to #12 AWG
Double Wire – 2 x 2.5 mm2 (#2–14 AWG… #2–20 AWG)
(Either Solid or Stranded)
Strip Length: 9 mm (3/8 in) – Torque: 0.8 Nm (7 lb.in)

Cat. No. 700-HN139

Wire Size: 2 x 2.5 mm2
Single Wire – Up to #12 AWG
Double Wire – 2 x 2.5 mm2 (#2–14 AWG… #2–20 AWG)
(Either Solid or Stranded)
Strip Length: 9 mm (3/8 in) – Torque: 0.8 Nm (7 lb.in)

Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs 9-41

Bulletin_700-HC.qxd 06/02/2004 20:51 Page 9-42

Bulletin 700-HC
Interposing/Isolation Relays
Overview/Product Selection
Προδυχτ Σελεχτιον

Bulletin 700-HC Table of Contents

y 7 A or 10 A Contact Ratings
Product Selection . . . this page
y 2PDT or 4PDT
y Standard ON/OFF Flag Indicator Accessories . . . . . . . . . 9-43
y Blade Style Terminals Specifications . . . . . . . 9-44
y Choice of Standard Silver Nickel Contacts, or Silver Nickel With Gold Approximate
Plated Contacts for Low Energy Applications Dimensions . . . . . . . . . 9-45
y Options: LED, Push-to-Test with Manual Override Option Standards Compliance
y Tungsten UL Approvals and Certifications
4-Pole: 5A @ 24V DC See Specification Table In This
2-Pole: 10A @ 24V DC Section.

Bulletin 700-HC Miniature Square Base with Blade Terminals

Wiring Diagrams Cat. No.
Description Contact Rating U.S./Canada International Coil Voltage ✶†
12V DC 700-HC22Z12
24V DC 700-HC22Z24
24V AC 700-HC22A24
2PDT
10 A
2-Pole
C300
2 Form C
R300
Contacts: 120V AC 700-HC22A1
Low energy rating;
10 A = AgNi
(10V, 10 mA)
Contacts

700-HN103
700-HN128 240V AC 700-HC22A2
700-HN104
6V AC 700-HC14A06
12V AC 700-HC14A12
4PDT 24V AC 700-HC14A24
4-Pole
120V AC 700-HC14A1
4 Form C
7A 240 AC 700-HC14A2
Contacts:
Low energy rating;
(10V, 1 mA) 6V DC 700-HC14Z06
7A = AgNiAu
12V DC 700-HC14Z12
Gold Plated
Contacts 24V DC 700-HC14Z24
48V DC 700-HC14Z48
110V DC 700-HC14Z1
6V AC 700-HC24A06
12V AC 700-HC24A12
4PDT 24V AC 700-HC24A24
4-Pole 7A 120V AC 700-HC24A1
4 Form C C300 240V AC 700-HC24A2
Contacts: R300
Low energy rating; 6V DC 700-HC24Z06
7A = AgNi (10V, 10 mA) 12V DC 700-HC24Z12
Silver Contacts 24V DC 700-HC24Z24
700-HN103 48V DC 700-HC24Z48
700-HN128 700-HN104 110V DC 700-HC24Z1
✶ LED Option: Add suffix (-4) to the selected Bulletin 700-HC Relay Cat. No. except for the 240V AC units, add (-4L).
† Push-to-Test and LED Option: Add suffix (-3-4) to the selected Bulletin 700-HC Relay Cat. No., except for the 240V AC units, add (-3-4L).

9-42 Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs

Bulletin_700-HC.qxd 06/02/2004 20:51 Page 9-43

Bulletin 700-HC
Interposing/Isolation Relays
Accessories
Αχχεσσοριεσ

Description Pkg. Qty. Cat. No.

Diode with LED Surge Suppressor
Voltage Range: 6…24V DC 10 700-ADL1
used with 700-HN104 socket
Diode with LED Surge Suppressor
Voltage Range: 28…60V DC 10 700-ADL2
used with 700-HN104 socket
Diode with LED Surge Suppressor
Voltage Range: 110…220V DC 10 700-ADL3
used with 700-HN104 socket
Varistor with LED Surge Suppressor
Voltage Range: 6…24V AC 10 700-AV1R
used with 700-HN104 socket
Varistor with LED Surge Suppressor
Voltage Range: 110…240V AC 10 700-AV3R
used with 700-HN104 socket
RC Surge Suppressor
Voltage Range: 6…24V AC/DC 10 700-AR1
used with 700-HN104 socket
RC Surge Suppressor
Voltage Range: 110…240V AC/DC 10 700-AR2
used with 700-HN104 socket
On-Delay Time Module Voltage Range:
12…24V AC/DC used with 700-HN104 1 700-AT1
socket
One Shot Timing Module Voltage Range:
12…24V AC/DC used with 700-HN104 1 700-AT2
Cat. No. 700-AT2 socket

Screw Terminal Socket — Panel or DIN Rail Mounting; Guarded Terminal Construction.
,th = 10 A per pole. 14-Blade miniature socket for use with Bulletin 700-HC Relays. Order 10 700-HN103
must be in ten or multiples of ten

Cat. No. 700-HN103

Screw Terminal Socket – Panel or DIN Rail Mounting. Guarded Terminal Construction
,th = 10 A per pole. 14-blade miniature socket for use with Bulletin 700-HC relays. This
10 700-HN104
socket has coil and contact separation as well as the ability to plug in optional plug in
modules (700-A** accessories: LED, Surge Suppression, Timing Modules)

Cat. No. 700-HN104

Screw Terminal Base Socket — Panel or DIN Rail Mounting; Open Style Construction
,th = 10 A per pole. 14-Blade miniature socket for use with Bulletin 700-HC Relays. Order 10 700-HN128
must be in multiples of ten

Cat. No. 700-HN128

DIN (#3) Symmetrical Rail

35 mm x 7.5 mm x 1 m long 10 199-DR1
Zinc-plated, yellow chromated
Cat. No. 199-DR1
Retainer Clip for Cat. Nos. 700-HN103, -HN104 and -HN128 Sockets with 700-HC
Relays and Cat. Nos. 700-HN116 Sockets with Bulletin 700-HF DPDT Relays✶ 10 700-HN114
Secures relay in socket. Order must be for 10 clips or multiples of 10.

Plastic Retainer and Ejection Lever

For use with the 700-HN104 Sockets for 700-HC relays. 10 700-HN124
Built-in ability to accept 1492 Snap-in Markers
Sample Retainer Clips
✶ Bulletin 700-HC Miniature Square Base Relay, Socket, and Retainer Clip Reference Chart

Relay Type Socket Cat. No. Retainer Clip Cat. No.

700-HN103 700-HN114
700-HC 700-HN128 700-HN114
700-HN104 700-HN114 or 700-HN124

Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs 9-43

Bulletin_700-HC.qxd 06/02/2004 20:51 Page 9-44

Bulletin 700-HC
Interposing/Isolation Relays
Specifications✶
Σπεχιφιχατιονσ

Cat. No. 700-HC…

Electrical Ratings
Pilot Duty Rating † NEMA C300, R300
Rated Thermal
7 A and 10 A
Current (,th)
Rated Insulation Voltage (Ui) 250V IEC – 300V UL/CSA
Inductive 700-HC_4 Hp 700-HC22 Hp

120V AC 15 A 1.5 A 1/8 15 A 1.5 A 1/3

Contacts
240V AC 7.5 A 0.75 A 1/3 7.5 A 0.75 A 3/4
General Purpose 7 A, 277V AC 10 A, 277V AC
Resistive 7 A, 30V DC 10 A, 24V DC
80…110% of Nominal Voltage at
20% of Nominal Voltage at AC
50 Hz
80…110% of Nominal Voltage at Must Dropout
Permissible Coil Voltage Variation Pickup: 10% of Nominal Voltage at DC
60 Hz Voltage:
80…110% of Nominal Voltage at
DC
50 Hz 60 Hz
Coil Inrush 2.2 VA 1.6 VA
AC Coils
Consumption Sealed 1.3 VA 1.1 VA
±10% DC Coils 1.0 W
20% of VA (AC)
Max. Allowable Leakage
10% of W (DC)
Design Specification/Test Requirements
Electrical
Pole-to-Pole 1000V
Contact to Coil 3600V
Dielectric Withstand Voltage
Contact to
3600V
Frame
Electrical Life (Cycles) 100,000 minimum
Mechanical
Degree of Protection
IP 20 (Guarded Terminal Sockets)
(Open Type) IEC 529
Mechanical Life Cycles 20 x 106 (AC) 50 x 106 (DC)
Switching Frequency Operations 1800/HR
Coil Voltages See Product Selection
Max. Pickup 10
Operating Time (ms)
Max. Dropout 3
Maximum Operating Rate 8 cycles/s
Environmental
–30…+55 °C
Operating
(–22…+131 °F)
Temperature
–55…+85 °C
Storage
(–67…+185 °F)
Altitude 2000 m (6560 ft)
Insulating Material Molded High Dielectric Material
Enclosure Transparent Dust Cover
AgNi (700-HC2)
Contact Material
AgNi + 5 µm All (700-HC1)
Terminal Markings on Socket In accordance with EN50 0005
Sockets 700-HN103, -HN128, -HN104
Certifications cULus Listed, cURus recognized, IMQ, ABS, RINA, CE Marked
Standards EN 60947-4-1, EN 60947-5-1,IEC 947,CSA 22.2, UL 508
✶ Performance Data – See Important 2, publication A115.
† NEMA Rating Chart is on page 19 of publication 700-SG003B-EN-P.

9-44 Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs

Bulletin_700-HC.qxd 06/02/2004 20:51 Page 9-45

Bulletin 700-HC
Interposing/Isolation Relays
Approximate Dimensions
Αππροξιµατε ∆ιµενσιονσ

Approximate Dimensions are shown in millimeters (inches). Approximate Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes.

Bulletin 700-HC Relay (Two-Pole) Bulletin 700-HC Relay (Four-Pole)

Cat. No. 700-HN104

Single Wire: 0.2 mm2…2.5 mm2 ( #24 AWG…14 AWG)
Double Wire: 2 x 0.2 mm2…2 x2.5 mm2 (2 x 24 AWG…2 x 14 AWG)
Wire Type: solid or stranded, copper only
Strip Length: 7 mm (9/32 in), Torque: 0.5 Nm (4.4 lb•in)

Cat. No. 700-HN103 Cat. No. 700-HN128

Single Wire: 0.2 mm2…2.5 mm2 (#24 AWG…14 AWG) Wire Size: 2 x 1.5mm2 (#2-16 AWG…#1-20 AWG)
Double Wire: 2 x 0.2 mm2…2 x 1.5 mm2 (2 x 24 AWG…2 x 16 AWG) (Either Solid or Stranded)
Wire Type: Solid or Stranded, Copper only Strip Length: 9 mm (3/8 in) – Toque: 0.8 Nm (7 lb•in)
Strip Length: 8 mm (5/16 in), Torque: 0.5 Nm (4.4 lb•in)

Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs 9-45

Bulletin_700-HK.qxd 06/02/2004 20:56 Page 9-46

Bulletin 700-HK
Interposing/Isolation Relays
Overview/Product Selection
Προδυχτ Σελεχτιον

Bulletin 700-HK “Slim Line” Relay Table of Contents

y 5 A/10 A Contact Ratings
Product Selection . . . this page
y DPDT/SPDT
y Plug-in Blade Style Terminals Accessories . . . . . . . . . 9-47
y Built-in Retainer Clip in Sockets Specifications . . . . . . . 9-48
y Choice of Standard Silver Cadmium Contacts, or Silver With Gold Approximate
Plated Contacts Dimensions . . . . . . . . . 9-49
y Options: LED Standards Compliance
and Certifications
See Specification Table In This
Section.

Slim Line Relay with Plug-in Quick Connect Terminations

Wiring Diagrams
Description Contact Rating U.S./Canada International Coil Voltage Cat. No.✶†
6V AC 700-HK36A06
12V AC 700-HK36A12
24V AC 700-HK36A24
SPDT 120V AC 700-HK36A1
1-Pole 240V AC 700-HK36A2
1 Form C 10 A
AgCdO Contacts 6V DC 700-HK36Z06
12V DC 700-HK36Z12
24V DC 700-HK36Z24
48V DC 700-HK36Z48
Bulletin 700-HK SPDT Socket 700-HN121 700-HN121 110V DC 700-HK36Z1
6V AC 700-HK32A06
12V AC 700-HK32A12
24V AC 700-HK32A24
120V AC 700-HK32A1
DPDT
2-Pole 240V AC 700-HK32A2
2 Form C 5A 6V DC 700-HK32Z06
AgCdO Contacts 12V DC 700-HK32Z12
24V DC 700-HK32Z24

48V DC 700-HK32Z48

Bulletin 700-HK DPDT Socket 700-HN122 700-HN122 110V DC 700-HK32Z1

✶ LED Option: Add suffix (-4) to the selected Bulletin 700-HK relay Cat. No. except for the 240V AC units, add (-4L).
† For AgCdO Contact with Gold Overlay: Replace “3” with “X” in Cat. No. For example, if Cat. No. 700-HK36A1 is required with Gold Overlay, the new catalog
number is 700-HKX6A1.

9-46 Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs

Bulletin_700-HK.qxd 06/02/2004 20:56 Page 9-47

Bulletin 700-HK
Interposing/Isolation Relays
Accessories
Αχχεσσοριεσ

Description Pkg. Qty. Cat. No.

Screw Terminal Socket — Panel or DIN Rail

Mounting
5-blade miniatue socket. For use with 1-pole, 10 700-HN121
Bulletin 700-HK Relays. Socket includes a retainer
clip. Order must be in multiples of ten

Cat. No. 700-HN121

Screw Terminal Socket — Panel or DIN Rail

Mounting
8-blade miniature socket for use with 2-pole,
10 700-HN122
Bulletin 700-HK relays. This socket includes a
retainer clip. Order must be for 10 sockets or
multiples of 10.

Cat. No. 700-HN122

Color Cat. No.
8-Way Jumper can be cut to required length. Rated Red 700-HN180R
1
10 A – 250V Gray 700-HN180G
Cat. No. 700-HN108 Blue 700-HN180B

DIN (#3) Symmetrical Rail

35 mm x 7.5 mm x 1 m long 10 199-DR1
Zinc-plated, yellow chromated

Cat. No. 199-DR1

Bulletin 700-HK Slim Line Relay, Socket, and Retainer Clip Reference Chart
Relay Type Socket Cat. No. Retainer Clip Cat. No.
700-HK32 700-HN122
Provided
700-HK36 700-HN121

Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs 9-47

Bulletin_700-HK.qxd 06/02/2004 20:56 Page 9-48

Bulletin 700-HK
Interposing/Isolation Relays
Specifications✶
Σπεχιφιχατιονσ

Cat. No. 700-HK…

Electrical Ratings
Pilot Duty Rating† B300
Rated Thermal Current (,th) 1-Pole — 10 A 2-Pole — 5 A
Rated Insulation Voltage (Ui) 250V IEC, 300V UL/CSA
Inductive 1-Pole HP 2-Pole HP

120V AC, 1-phase 30 A 3A 1/3 30 A 3A 1/6

Contacts
240V AC, 1-phase 15 A 1.5 A 1/2 15 A 1.5 A 1/3
General Purpose 10 A, 240V AC 5 A, 240V AC
Resistive 10 A, 30V DC 5 A, 30V DC
Min. Permissible Contact Ratings 700-HK = 500 mW, 700-HKX = 50 mW
80…110% of Nominal Voltage at 50 Hz
Permissible Coil Voltage Variation 85…110% of Nominal Voltage at 60 Hz
80…110% of Nominal Voltage at DC
Max. Allowable Leakage OFF 25% of VA‡
Sealed Power AC Coils 1.1 VA 50 Hz
Consumption 0.9 VA 60 Hz
±10% Max. Allowable Leakage of 10% of W
DC Coils
0.53 W
Design Specification/Test Requirements
Pole to Pole
1500V AC
Dielectric (VRMS)
Withstand Voltage Contact to Coil
1500V AC
(VRMS)
Mechanical
Degree of Protection Open Type (Sockets)
Mechanical Life Operations 5 x 106
Switching Frequency Operations 1800/hr.
Coil Voltages See Overview/Product Selection
Operating Time at Pickup 15
Nominal
Voltage at 20 °C Dropout 15
(ms)
Maximum Operating Rate 3 Ops/s
Mechanical 10…55 Hz, 1.50 mm (0.6 in.) double amplitude
Vibration
Malfunction 10…55 Hz, 1.50 mm (0.6 in.) double amplitude
Mechanical 100 G
Shock
Malfunction 20 G (energized) 10 G (de-energized)
Max. Socket Torque 0.8 Nm (7 lb. - in.)
Environmental
–30…+55 °C
Operating
(–22…+131 °F)
Temperature
–55…+85 °C
Storage
(–67…+185 °F)
Altitude 2000 m (6560 ft)
Construction
Insulating Material Molded High Dielectric Material
Enclosure Transparent Dust Cover
Contact Material Silver Cad. Ox., (AgCdO), Silver Cad. + Gold (AgCd + Au)
Terminal Markings on Socket In accordance with EN50 0005
1-Pole 2-Pole
Sockets
700-HN121 700-HN122
Approvals
CSA Certified, File LR75088, UL Recognized, File E3125
Certifications Guide NLDX 2,UL Listed, with Allen-Bradley Sockets, CE-Marked (per EU Low
Voltage Directive 73/23 EEC 93/68 EEC)
Standards IEC 255-1-00, IEC 255-23, CSA 22.2, UL 508
✶ Performance Data - See Important 2, publication A115.
† NEMA Rating Chart is on page 19 of publication 700-SG003B-EN-P.
‡ The inrush VA equals 1.5 times the sealed VA.

9-48 Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs

Bulletin_700-HK.qxd 06/02/2004 20:56 Page 9-49

Bulletin 700-HK
Interposing/Isolation Relays
Approximate Dimensions
Αππροξιµατε ∆ιµενσιονσ

Approximate Dimensions are shown in millimeters (inches). Approximate Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes.

Bulletin 700-HK Relay

SPDT and DPDT Relays

Cat. No. 199-DR1 DIN Mounting Rail Series B

Cat. No. 199-DR4 DIN Mounting Rail Series B Has No Mounting Holes

Approx.
Cat. No. A B C D Shipping Wt.
35 27 7.5 1.02 1.85 kg
199-DR1
(1-3/8) (1-1/16) (19/64) (1/64) (4.07 lbs.) (10/pkg)
35 27 15 2.3 3.68 kg
199-DR4
(1-3/8) (1-1/16) (19/32) (3/32) (8 lbs.) (5/pkg)

Cat. No. 700-HN121

Wire Size: 2 x 2.5 mm2
Cat. No. 700-HN122
Single Wire – Up to #14 AWG
Double Wire – 2 x 2.5 mm2 (#2–14 AWG… #2–20 AWG) Wire Size: 2 x 2.5 mm2
(Either Solid or Stranded) Single Wire – Up to #14 AWG
Strip Length: 9 mm (3/8 in) – Torque: 0.8 N•m (7 lb•in) Double Wire – 2 x 2.5 mm2 (#2–14 AWG… #2–20 AWG)
(Either Solid or Stranded)
Strip Length: 9 mm (3/8 in) – Torque: 0.8 N•m (7 lb•in)
✶ Holes required for mounting [3 mm (1/8 in) diameter]. ✶ Holes required for mounting [3 mm (1/8 in) diameter].

Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs 9-49

Bulletin_700-HL.qxd 09/02/2004 09:07 Page 9-50

Bulletin 700-HL
Interposing/Isolation Relays
Overview/Product Selection
Προδυχτ Σελεχτιον

Bulletin 700-HL “Terminal Block Relay” Table of Contents

y Relay and Socket Assembled Interface Modules For High Density
Interposing or Isolation Applications Product Selection . . . this page
y Screw Terminal and Spring Clamp Bases Accessories . . . . . . . . . 9-51
y 6 A Relay, Choice of Silver or Gold Contacts Specifications . . . . . . . 9-52
y 2 A Solid-State Relay Approximate
y SPDT (Relay), 1 N.O. (Solid-State) Dimensions . . . . . . . . . 9-54
y Built-in Retainer Clip and Snap-in Marker Lever Standards Compliance
y Standard LED, Reverse Polarity Protection, and Surge Protection and Certifications
y Externally Replaceable Relay Modules See Specification Table In This
y Unique Leakage Current Suppression Version to Address Industry Section.
Concerns of Nuisance Coil Turn-on or Contact Non-Drop Out when
Connecting to PLCs with Leakage Current

Product Selection

Standard built-in Features:

y LED
y Reverse Polarity Protection
for DC Inputs
y Coil Surge Protection

Cat. No. 700-HLT1Z24 Cat. No. 700-HLT2Z24 Cat. No. 700-HLS1Z24 Cat. No. 700-HLS2Z24

A2

Specifications
A1 12 11 14

Output Type SPDT (1 C/O); ,th = 6A‡ 1 N.O. solid-state; ,th = 2 A, 24V DC
Recommended Tightening
0.5 Nm max. (4.4 lb.–in.)
Torque
Wire Range Screw Terminal: 0.14 mm2…2.5 mm2 (#26…#14 AWG), Spring Terminal: 0.2 mm2…2.5 mm2 (#24…#14 AWG)
Approvals cULus, cURus, ABS, CE

Cat. No. Cat. No.

Cat. No. (Spring Clamp Cat. No. (Spring Clamp
Assembled Devices Pkg. Quantity (Screw Terminals) Terminals) Pkg. Quantity (Screw Terminals) Terminals)
Input Voltage
12V DC 10 700-HLT1Z12† 700-HLT2Z12 — — —
24V DC 10 700-HLT1Z24† 700-HLT2Z24 10 700-HLS1Z24† 700-HLS2Z24
48V DC 10 700-HLT1Z48† 700-HLT2Z48 10 700-HLS1Z48† 700-HLS2Z48
12V AC/DC 10 700-HLT1U12 700-HLT2U12 — — —
24V AC/DC 10 700-HLT1U24 700-HLT2U24 — — —
48V AC/DC 10 700-HLT1U48 700-HLT2U48 — — —
110/125V AC/DC 10 700-HLT1U1 700-HLT2U1 10 700-HLS1U1† 700-HLS2U1
220…240V AC/DC 10 700-HLT1U2 700-HLT2U2 10 700-HLS1U2† 700-HLS2U2
Built-in LCSC (leakage current
suppression circuit) 10 700-HLT1L1† — 10 700-HLS1L1† —
120V AC and 125V DC§
Built-in LCSC (leakage current
10 700-HLT1L2† — 10 700-HLS1L2† —
suppression circuit) 240V AC§
✶ Reverse polarity on the output terminals of the solid-state relay will result in the output being “On” regardless of the state of the input voltage.
† Electromechanical relay to solid-state relay interchangeability is possible.
‡ For Gold-plated contacts: Add the letter “X” at the end of the catalog number. For example: if Cat. No. 700-HLT1Z24 is required with gold plating, the new cat.
no. is 700-HLT1Z24X.
§ Leakage current suppression up to 2.2 mA off state current.

9-50 Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs

Bulletin_700-HL.qxd 09/02/2004 09:07 Page 9-51

Bulletin 700-HL
Interposing/Isolation Relays
Accessories
Αχχεσσοριεσ

Socket Input
Description Pkg. Quantity Voltage Cat. No.
12V 700-TBR12✶
24V 700-TBR24✶

Replacement Relays 48V 700-TBR48✶

20
Order must be for 20 relays or multiples of 20.

110/125V
220…240V
Cat. No. 700-TBR24 700-TBR60✶
120V…125V
240V

24V 700-TBS24

Replacement SSR
4-blade miniature relay for use with 1 N.O. SSR output. 20
Order must be for 20 relays or multiples of 20.

48V
110/125V
220…240V
Cat. No. 700-TBS24 700-TBS60
120V…125V
240V
120/125V
Color
20-Way Jumper Red 700-TBJ20R
Can be cut to required length. Ith =36 A max per 20-way 1
jumper. Gray 700-TBJ20G
Cat. No. 700-TBJ20B Blue 700-TBJ20B

End Barrier
Used for visual inspection of groups, safe separation of
10 Black 700-HN177
neighboring 700-HL modules that end with jumpers. Order
must be for 10 or multiples of 10.

Cat. No. 700HN177

Blank 1492-MC6X10
Snap-in Marker www.ab.com/
Standard 1492-
These snap-in markers have a 6 x 10 mm surface and snap 100 catalogs for
MC6X10
into the ejection lever for the relay. information
Custom †

✶ For gold-plated contacts: Add the letter “X” at the end of the catalog number. For example: if Cat. No. 700-TBR24 is required with gold plating, the new cat. no.
is 700-TBR24X. Also add $1 (US) to the price per relay.
† Go to http://www.ab.com/software/termblock/index.html and download software. Create custom text, save file, and e-mail to your local Allen-Bradley
distributor.
Note: Terminal block relay bases are not sold separately.

Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs 9-51

Bulletin_700-HL.qxd 09/02/2004 09:07 Page 9-52

Bulletin 700-HL
Interposing/Isolation Relays
Specifications✶
Σπεχιφιχατιονσ

Cat. No. 700-HLT… (Relay Output)

Electrical Ratings
Pilot Duty Rating 6 A NEMA B 300, R 300
Rated Thermal Current (,th) 1-Pole — 6 A
Rated Insulation Voltage (Ui) 250V IEC, 300V UL/CSA
Inductive 1-Pole
24V AC,
30 A 5A
1-phase
120V AC,
30 A 3A
1-phase
Contacts
240V AC,
15 A 1.5 A
1-phase
Make, Break & 24V DC 1.0 A
Continuous V 120V DC 0.2 A
DC 240V DC 0.1 A
Min. Permissible Contact Ratings 12V, 6 mA (72 mW) for Silver Contacts, 8V, 2.5 mA (20 mW) for Gold Contacts
Must Dropout
Pickup: 85…110% of Nominal Voltage at 50 Hz 10% of Nominal Voltage at AC
Voltage:
Permissible Coil Voltage Variation 85…110% of Nominal Voltage at 60 Hz 5% of Nominal Voltage at DC
80…110% of Nominal Voltage at DC

Power Consumption AC 0.3 VA

±10% DC 0.2 W
Design Specification/Test Requirements
Pole to Pole
1000V
(VRMS)
Dielectric Withstand Voltage Contact to
Coil 4000V
(VRMS)
Input Voltage 12V AC/DC 24V AC/DC 48V AC/DC 120V AC/DC 240V AC/DC 120V LCSC 240V LCSC
Impedance (Ohms) 1K 2K 6K 26 K 56 K 16 K 35 K
Mechanical
Degree of Protection IP20
Mechanical Life Operations 1 x 107
6 A Resistive: 100,000 min.
Electrical Life Operations 24V DC, 1 A Inductive: 200, 000 min.
120V AC 1 A Inductive: 300,000 min.
Switching Frequency Operations (no-load) 10 cycles/sec
Coil Voltages See Overview/Product Selection
Operating Time at Nominal Voltage at 20°C Pickup 7 ms
(ms) Dropout 3 ms
Maximum Operating Rate (full load = 6 A) 6 cycles/min.
Per EN 61000-4.5; Surge Immunity (801-5)
Coil Surge Protection
Class III: 2 kV common and 1 kV differential mode
Environmental
Operating –40…+55 °C
Temperature
Storage –40…100 °C
Altitude 2000 m (6560 ft)
Construction
Insulating Material Molded High Dielectric Material
Enclosure Relay IP67
Contact Material Silver Tin Ox., AgSnO or Silver with Gold Plating, AgSnO + Au
Terminal Markings on Socket In accordance with EN50 0005
cURus Recognized, File E3125,Guide NLDX 2,cULus Listed, with Allen-Bradley socket, CE Marked
Certifications
(per EU Low Voltage Directive 73/23 EEC 93/68 EEC), ABS (American Bureau of Shipping)
Standards EN60947-4-1,EN60947-5-1,IEC 947CSA 22.2,UL 508,NEMA IEE MAC Compliant, ICS-2 Compliant
✶ Performance Data – See Important 2, publication A115.

9-52 Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs

Bulletin_700-HL.qxd 09/02/2004 09:07 Page 9-53

Bulletin 700-HL
Interposing/Isolation Relays
Specification, Continued

Cat. No. 700-HLS… (Solid State Output)

Electrical
Rated Thermal Current (,th) 2A
Rated Insulation Voltage (Ui) 250V IEC, 300V UL/CSA
Min. Control Voltage 80% nominal voltage
Maximum Control Voltage 110% nominal voltage
Control Circuit Control Current 9 mA ±10% (24V) 4 mA ±10% (120/240V)
Release Voltage 0.4 x nominal voltage (24V), 0.35 x nominal voltage (120/240V)
Min. Control Circuit Resistance 3200 ohms (24V), 16k ohms (120V), 32k ohms (240V)
Load Voltage Range 0…24V DC
Max. Repetitive Blocking Voltage 33V
Max. Switching Current 2 A DC
Outputs
On State Voltage Drop @ Max.
<120 mV DC
Switching Current
Leakage Current max. 100 µA (@U = 24V)
Power Consumption AC 0.3 VA
±10% DC 0.2 W
Design Specification/Test Requirements
Pole to Pole (VRMS) 2500V
Dielectric Withstand Voltage
Contact to Coil (VRMS) 2500V
Input Voltage 24V DC 48V DC 120V AC/DC 240V AC/DC 120V LCSC 240V LCSC
Impedance (Ohms) 2K 9K 26 K 58 K 16 K 35 K
Mechanical
Degree of Protection IP20
Input Voltages See Overview/Product Selection
Operating Time at Nominal Turn on Time 30 µs (DC only input voltage), 7 ms (AC/DC input voltage)
Voltage at 20°C (ms) Drop Off Time 350 µs (DC only input voltage), 10 ms (AC/DC input voltage)
Maximum Operating Rate 300 Hz
Environmental
Temperature Operating –20…+55 °C
Storage –40…70 °C
Altitude 2000 m (6560 ft)
Construction
Insulating Material Molded High Dielectric Material
Enclosure Relay IP67
Terminal Markings on Socket In accordance with EN50 0005
Certifications cULus, cURus, ABS, CE

Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs 9-53

Bulletin_700-HL.qxd 09/02/2004 09:07 Page 9-54

Bulletin 700-HL
Interposing/Isolation Relays
Approximate Dimensions
Αππροξιµατε ∆ιµενσιονσ

Approximate Dimensions are shown in millimeters (inches). Approximate Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes.

Bulletin 700-HL Screw Terminal Design Bulletin 700-HL Spring Terminal Design
Single Wire: 0.14 mm2…2.5 mm2 (#26 AWG…14 AWG) Single Wire: 0.2 mm2…2.5 mm2 (#24 AWG…#14 AWG)
Double Wire: 2 x 0.14 mm2…2 x 1.5 mm2 (2 x #26 AWG…2 x 16 AWG) Wire Type: Solid or stranded, copper only
Wire Type: Solid or stranded, copper only Strip Length: 9 mm (11/32)
Strip Length: 9 mm (11/32). Torque: 0.5 Nm (4.4 lb•in)

Cat. No. 199-DR1 DIN Mounting Rail Series B

Cat. No. 199-DR4 DIN Mounting Rail Series B Has No Mounting Holes

Approx.
Cat. No. A B C D Shipping Wt.
35 27 7.5 1.02 1.85 kg
199-DR1
(1-3/8) (1-1/16) (19/64) (1/64) (4.07 lbs.) (10/pkg)
35 27 15 2.3 3.68 kg
199-DR4
(1-3/8) (1-1/16) (19/32) (3/32) (8 lbs.) (5/pkg)

9-54 Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs

Bulletin_700-HP.qxd 06/02/2004 21:04 Page 9-55

Bulletin 700-HP
Interposing/Isolation Relays
Overview/Product Selection
Προδυχτ Σελεχτιον

Bulletin 700-HP (PCB) “Pin Style” Relay Table of Contents

y 8 A Contact Ratings
Product Selection . . . this page
y DPDT/ (2 c/o) Contacts
y Plug-in PIN Style (PCB) Terminals (5 mm Pinning) Accessories . . . . . . . . . 9-56
y Choice of Standard Silver Nickel Contacts, or Silver Nickel with Gold Specifications . . . . . . . 9-57
Plated Contacts Approximate
y Options: None Dimensions . . . . . . . . . 9-58
Standards Compliance
and Certifications
See Specification Table In This
Section.

Slim Line Relay with “PIN Style” Terminations

Wiring Diagrams Coil Package
Description Contact Rating U.S./Canada International Voltage Quantity Cat. No.
6V AC 10 700-HPX2A06
12V AC 10 700-HPX2A12
DPDT 24V AC 10 700-HPX2A24
2-Pole 120V AC 10 700-HPX2A1
2 Form C
240V AC 10 700-HPX2A2
AgNi + Au
Gold Plated 6V DC 10 700-HPX2Z06
Contacts 12V DC 10 700-HPX2Z12
24V DC 10 700-HPX2Z24
48V DC 10 700-HPX2Z48
Sockets 110V DC 10 700-HPX2Z1
8A
6V AC 10 700-HP32A06
12V AC 10 700-HP32A12
24V AC 10 700-HP32A24
DPDT 120V AC 10 700-HP32A1
2-Pole
240V AC 10 700-HP32A2
2 Form C
AgNi Contacts 6V DC 10 700-HP32Z06
12V DC 10 700-HP32Z12
24V DC 10 700-HP32Z24
48V DC 10 700-HP32Z48
Bulletin 700-HP DPDT Sockets 700-HN123 700-HN123 110V DC 10 700-HP32Z1

Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs 9-55

Bulletin_700-HP.qxd 06/02/2004 21:04 Page 9-56

Bulletin 700-HP
Interposing/Isolation Relays
Assessories
Αχχεσσοριεσ

Description Pkg. Quantity Cat. No.

Diode Surge Suppressor
10 700-ADR
Voltage Range: 6…220V DC used with 700-HN123 socket
Diode with LED Surge Suppressor
10 700-ADL1R
Voltage Range: 6…24V DC used with 700-HN123 socket
Diode with LED Surge Suppressor
10 700-ADL2R
Voltage Range: 28…60V DC used with 700-HN123 socket
Diode with LED Surge Suppressor
10 700-ADL3R
Voltage Range: 110…220V DC used with 700-HN123 socket
Diode with LED Surge Suppressor
10 700-AV1R
Voltage Range: 6…24V AC used with 700-HN123 socket
Varistor with LED Surge Suppressor
Voltage Range: 110…240V AC 10 700-AV3R
used with 700-HN123 socket
RC Surge Suppressor
10 700-AR1
Voltage Range: 6…24V AC/DC used with 700-HN123 socket
RC Surge Suppressor
10 700-AR2
Voltage Range: 110…240V AC/DC used with 700-HN123 socket
On-Delay Time Module
Voltage Range: 12…24V AC/DC used 1 700-AT1
with 700-HN123 socket

One Shot Timing Module

Voltage Range: 12…24V AC/DC used 1 700-AT2
with 700-HN123 socket
Cat. No. 700-AT2

Screw Terminal Socket — Panel or DIN Rail Mounting

8-pin miniature socket for use with 2-pole, Bulletin 700-HP relays. Incorporates 10 700-HN123
coil and contact separation. Order must be for 10 sockets or multiples of 10.

Cat. No. 700-HN123

Color Cat. No.
Red 700-HN180R
8-Way Jumper can be cut to required length. Rated 10 A – 250V 1
Gray 700-HN180G
Cat. No. 700-HN180 Blue 700-HN180B

DIN (#3) Symmetrical Rail

35 mm x 7.5 mm x 1 m long 10 199-DR1
Zinc-plated, yellow chromated

Cat. No. 199-DR1

Plastic Retainer and Ejection Lever
For use with the 700-HN123 Sockets
10 700-HN119
Cat. No. 700-HN119 Built-in ability to accept 1492 Snap-in Markers
Order must be in multiples of 10

Bulletin 700-HP Pin Style (PCB) Slim Line Relay, Socket, and Retainer Clip Reference Chart
Relay Type Socket Cat. No. Retainer Clip Cat. No.
700-HPX2 700-HN123 700-HN119
700-HP32 700-HN123 700-HN119

9-56 Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs

Bulletin_700-HP.qxd 06/02/2004 21:04 Page 9-57

Bulletin 700-HP
Interposing/Isolation Relays
Specifications✶
Σπεχιφιχατιονσ

Cat. No. 700-HP…

Electrical Ratings
Pilot Duty Rating† C300, R300
Rated Thermal Current (Ith) 2-Pole — 8A
Rated Insulation Voltage (Ui) 250V IEC, 300V UL/CSA
Inductive 2-Pole Hp

120V AC, 1-phase 15 A 1.5 A 1/6

Contacts
240V AC, 1-phase 7.5 A 0.75 A 1/3
General Purpose 8 A, 277V AC
Resistive 8 A, 30V DC
Min. Permissible Contact Ratings 700-HP32 = 300 mW (5V, 5 mA) 700-HPX = 50 mW (5V, 5 mA)
Pickup: 80…110% of Nominal Voltage at 50 Hz Must Drop-out Voltage:
Permissible Coil Voltage Variation 80…110% of Nominal Voltage at 60 Hz 20% of Nominal Coil Voltage AC
73…150% of Nominal Voltage at DC 10% of Nominal Coil Voltage DC
Max. Allowable Leakage OFF 25% of VA‡
AC Coils 1.2 VA 50 Hz
Sealed Power 1.0 VA 60 Hz
Consumption ±10%
Max. Allowable Leakage of 10% of W
DC Coils
0.5 W
Design Specification/Test Requirements
Dielectric Withstand Pole to Pole (VRMS) 1000V AC
Voltage for One Minute Contact to Coil (VRMS) 5000V AC
Mechanical
Degree of Protection Open Type (Sockets)
Mechanical Life Cycles 10 x 106 (AC Coils), 20 x 106 (DC coils)
Switching Frequency Operations 1800/hr (no load)
Coil Voltages See Overview/Product Selection
Operating Time at Pickup 12
Nominal Voltage at 20 °C
(ms) Dropout 4
Maximum Operating Rate 16 Ops/s (full load)
Enclosure 5G
Vibration
Fragility 2.5 G
Endurance 50 G
Shock
Fragility 15 G
Max. Socket Torque 0.5 Nm (4.4 lb.in)
Environmental
Operating –40…+85 °C
Temperature
Storage –45…+100 °C
Altitude 2000 m (6560 ft)
Construction
Insulating Material Molded High Dielectric Material
Enclosure Transparent Dust Cover
Contact Material Silver Nickel, (AgNi) (700-HP3), Silver Nickel + Gold Plating (AgNi + Au) (700-HPX)
Terminal Markings on Socket In accordance with EN50 0005
2-Pole
Sockets
700-HN123
Approvals
Certifications CSA certified, UL recognized, UL listed with AB socket, CE
Standards IEC 255-1-00, IEC 255-23, CSA 22.2, UL508
✶ Performance Data – See Important 2, publication A115.
† NEMA Rating Chart is on page 19 of publication 700-SG003B-EN-P.
‡ The inrush VA equals 1.5 times the sealed VA.

Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs 9-57

Bulletin_700-HP.qxd 06/02/2004 21:04 Page 9-58

Bulletin 700-HP
Interposing/Isolation Relays
Approximate Dimensions
Αππροξιµατε ∆ιµενσιονσ

Approximate Dimensions are shown in millimeters (inches). Approximate Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes.

Bulletin 700-HP Relay

Approx.
Cat. No. A B C D Shipping Wt.
35 27 7.5 1.02 1.85 kg
199-DR1
(1-3/8) (1-1/16) (19/64) (1/64) (4.07 lbs.) (10/pkg)
35 27 15 2.3 3.68 kg
199-DR4
(1-3/8) (1-1/16) (19/32) (3/32) (8 lbs.) (5/pkg)

Cat. No. 700-HN123

Single Wire: 0.2 mm2.....2.5 mm2 (#24 AWG.....14 AWG)
Double Wire: 2 X 0.2 mm2.....2 X 2.5 mm2 (2 X 24 AWG....#.2 X 14 AWG)
Wire Type: solid or stranded, copper only
Strip Length: 7 mm (9/32 in), Torque: 0.5Nm (4.4 lb.in)

9-58 Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs

Bulletin_700-FE.qxd 06/02/2004 21:09 Page 9-59

Bulletin 700-FE
DIN Rail Timing Relays
Overview/Product Selection
Προδυχτ Σελεχτιον

Bulletin 700-FE Table of Contents

y Adjustable Function and Timing Range Timing Relays
Product Selection . . . this page
y DIN Rail Mounted Without Cost of Socket
y 17.5 mm wide, Multi-Function or Single Function Accessories . . . . . . . . . 9-61
y Available as 1 N.O. or SPDT Contact Output, 5A Specifications . . . . . . . 9-61
y Timing Ranges From 0.05s…10.0h Approximate
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . 9-62
Standards Compliance
and Certifications
See Specification Table In This
Section.

Multi-Function
This device offers you the flexibility of selecting one of 4 single timing functions.
Operating Mode Contact Output Timing Range Input Voltage Cat. No.
24V AC/DC
ON-delay, OFF-delay, One Shot, Flasher 0.75 s…1 h
1 N.O. 110…240V AC 700-FEM1RU22
(repeat cycle starting with pulse) (4 settings)†
50/60 Hz✶
24V…48V AC/DC
ON-delay, OFF-delay, One Shot, Flasher 0.05 s…10 h
SPDT (I C/O) 24…240V AC 700-FEM3TU23
(repeat cycle starting with pulse) (6 settings)†
50/60 Hz

Single-Function
This device offers you one specific timing function.
Operating Mode Contact Output Timing Range Input Voltage Cat. No.
24V AC/DC
1 N.O. 0.75 s…1 h (4 settings)§ 700-FEA1SU22
110…240V AC 50/60 Hz✶
ON-delay
24V…48V AC/DC
SPDT (1 C/O) 0.05 s…10 h (6 settings)‡ 700-FEA3TU23
24…240V AC 50/60 Hz
24V AC/DC
1 N.O. 0.75 s…1 h (4 settings)§ 700-FEB1SU22
110…240V AC 50/60 Hz✶
OFF-delay
24V…48V AC/DC
SPDT (1 C/O) 0.05 s…10 h (6 settings)‡ 700-FEB3TU23
24…240V AC 50/60 Hz
24V AC/DC
1 N.O. 0.75 s…1 h (4 settings)§ 700-FED1SU22
110…240V AC 50/60 Hz✶
One Shot
24V…48V AC/DC
SPDT (1 C/O) 0.05 s…10 h (6 settings)‡ 700-FED3TU23
24…240V AC 50/60 Hz
24V…48V AC/DC
Fleeting OFF-delay SPDT (1 C/O) 0.05 s…10 h (6 settings)‡ 700-FEE3TU23
24…240V AC 50/60 Hz
24V AC/DC
1 N.O. 0.75 s…1 h (4 settings)§ 700-FEF1SU22
Flasher (repeat cycle starting with 110…240V AC 50/60 Hz✶
pulse) 24V…48V AC/DC
SPDT (1 C/O) 0.05 s…10 h (6 settings)‡ 700-FEF3TU23
24…240V AC 50/60 Hz
24V…48V AC/DC
Pulse Converter SPDT (1 C/O) 0.05 s…10 h (6 settings)‡ 700-FEL3TU23
24…240V AC 50/60 Hz
✶ Voltage is either 24V AC 50/60 Hz or 24V DC.
† Time ranges: 0.5 s…10 s, 3…60 s, 0.5 s…10 min., 3…60 min.
‡ Time ranges: 0.05 s…1 s, 0.5…10 s, 0.05…1 min., 0.5…10 min, 0.05…1 h, 0.5…10 h.
§ Time ranges: 0.75…15 s, 3…60 s, 0.4…8 min., 3…60 min.

Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs 9-59

Bulletin_700-FE.qxd 06/02/2004 21:09 Page 9-60

Bulletin 700-FE
DIN Rail Timing Relays
Product Selection, Continued

Special Functions
Operating Mode Contact Output Timing Range Input Voltage Cat. No.
24V…48V AC/DC
Star-delta 2 N.O. with 1 Common 0.15 s…10 min. (4 settings)✶ 700-FEY2QU23
24…240V AC 50/60 Hz
✶ Time ranges: 0.15…3 s, 0.5…10 s, 3 s…1 min., 30 s…10 min.

700-FE Function and Connection Diagrams

(A) On-Delay (B) Off-Delay

(D) One Shot (F) Flasher (Repeat Cycle Starting with Pulse)

(E) Fleeting Off-delay (L) Pulse Converter

(Y) Star-delta timing relay

Bi-Color LED: 1 C/O (SPDT) Contact Timers LED: 1 N.O. Contact Timers Single Color LED: 2 N.O. with Common

9-60 Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs

Bulletin_700-FE.qxd 06/02/2004 21:09 Page 9-61

Bulletin 700-FE
DIN Rail Timing Relays
Accessories
Αχχεσσοριεσ
Σπεχιφιχατιονσ

Description Pkg. Quantity Cat. No.

Panel Mounting Adapter

For surface mounting according to drilling plan 5 199-FSA
EN 50 002

Label Sheet
10 sheets with 105 self-adhesive paper labels 10 100-FMS
each, 6 x 17 mm

Specifications✶
Time Characteristics (according to VDE 0435, part 2021)

1 N.O. SPDT
Setting Accuracy ±5% of full scale
Repeatability ±1% of setting (typical)
By voltage: ±0.01%/%∆U By voltage: ±0.001%/%∆U
Tolerance
By temperature: ±0.25%/°C By temperature: ±0.025%/°C
Supply
Supply Voltage 24V AC/DC† and 110…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 24…48V DC and 24…240V AC, 50/60 Hz
AC –15%/+10%
Voltage Tolerance
DC –15%/+20%
Power Consumption 0.5 W at 24V DC, 9 VA at 240V AC 0.5 W at 24V DC, 5 VA at 240V AC
Time Energized 100%
Reset Time 250 ms 100 ms
Cable Length (Supply Voltage Control) Max. 100 m (300 feet) Max. 250 m (750 feet)
Pulse Control (B1)
Impulse Duration ≥ 250 ms ≥ 50 ms (AC), ≥ 30 ms (DC)
Input Voltage supply voltage range
Input Current 1 mA
Max. 250 m without parallel load between B1 and A2
Cable Length
Max. 50 m with load (< 3 kΩ) between B1 and A2
Outputs
Contact Type 1 N.O. contact 1 Form C – SPDT contact
Dielectric Withstand
Contact-to-coil 4000 V
Voltage
Power 1250 VA
AC-1 5 A /250V AC (resistive load)
Switching Capacity According to IEC 947-5-1 AC-14 1 A/250V AC (inductive load)
DC-13 1 A/24V DC (inductive load)
According to UL 508 NEMA D300 - 1 A/300V AC
Short-Circuit Resistance 6 A gL (Fast Blow Fuse)
Mechanical 20 million operations
Life 0.4 million at 1 A/250V AC, resistive
Electrical 0.4 million at 0.5 A/250V AC, cos φ = 0.4
0.4 million at 1 A/24V DC, resistive
State Indicator 1 LED 1 Bi-Color LED (Supply; Relay)
cUL Recognized, File E14840, cULus Listed, File E14840, Guide NKCR,CE Marked (per EU Low Voltage
Certifications Directive 73/23 EEC 93/68 EEC: per Electromagnetic Compatibility Directive 89/336 EEC 92/31 EEC
93/681 EEC)
Standards EN 60947-1,EN 60947-5-1,EN 50081-1,IEC 947,UL 508, CSA 22.2
✶ Performance Data - See Important 2, publication A115.
† Voltage is either 24V DC or AC 50/60 Hz.

Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs 9-61

Bulletin_700-FE.qxd 06/02/2004 21:10 Page 9-62

Bulletin 700-FE
DIN Rail Timing Relays
Specifications, Continued

General Specifications

1 N.O. SPDT
2 kV AC/50 Hz test voltage according to VDE 0435
Insulation Characteristics
and 4 kV 1.2/50 µs surge voltage according to IEC 947-1 between all inputs and outputs
The following requirements are fulfilled:
The following requirements are fulfilled:
Surge capacity of the supply voltage
Surge capacity of the supply voltage
according to IEC 1000-4-5: Level 3 (A1-A2) 110...240V AC
EMC/Interference Immunity according to IEC 1000-4-5: Level 3
according to IEC 1000-4-5: Level 2 (A3-A2) 24V AC/DC✶
Burst according to IEC 1000-4-4: Level 3
Burst according to IEC 1000-4-4: Level 3
ESD discharge according to IEC 1000-4-2: Level 3
ESD discharge according to IEC 1000-4-2: Level 3
EMC/Emmission electromagnetical fields according to EN 55 022: Class B
Safe Isolation according to VDE 106, Part 101
Climatic Withstand 56 cycles (24 h) at 25…40 °C and 95% relative humidity according to IEC 68-2-30 and IEC 68-2-3
Vibration Resistance 4 g in 3 axes at 10…500 Hz, test FC according to IEC 68-2-6
Shock Resistance 50 g according to IEC 68-2-27
Protection Class Enclosure:IP 40
IEC 947-1 Terminal:IP 20
Weight 60 g 60 g
Certifications cULus, CE Certified cULus, Germanischer Lloyd, CE Certified
Open:–25…+60 °C
Ambient Temperature Enclosed:–25…+45 °C
Storage:–40…+85 °C
Screw terminal M3 for Pozidriv No.1, Philips and slotted screws No.2. suitable for power screw-driver.
Rated tightening torque 8.8 lb.-in. (max. 1.0 Nm)
Connections
For terminal cross-sections of 1 x 0.5 mm2…2 x 1.5 mm2 (solid) or 2 x 1.5 mm2 (stranded with sleeve), #20…14 AWG.
Finger protection according to VDE 0106
Mounting For surface mounting in any position; snap-on mounting on 35 mm DIN Rail or by adapter and 2 screws (M4 type)
Synthetic materials without dioxin according to EC/EFTA-Notification No. 93/0141/D
Disposal
electrical contacts are AgCdO
✶ Voltage is either 24V DC or AC 50/60 Hz.

Approximate Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions are shown in millimeters (inches). Approximate Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes.

Cat. No. 199-FSA…

Cat. No. 700-FE…

9-62 Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs

Bulletin_700-FS.qxd 06/02/2004 21:15 Page 9-63

Bulletin 700-FS
DIN Rail Timing Relays
Overview

Bulletin 700-FS Table of Contents

y Adjustable Function and Timing Range Timing Relays
Product Selection . . . 9-64
y DIN Rail Mounted without Cost of Socket
y 22.5 mm Wide Multifunction or Single Functions Accessories . . . . . . . . . 9-65
y Available as SPDT or DPDT Contact Output, 8 A Connection
Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . 9-66
y Timing Ranges From 0.05s…60h
Specifications . . . . . . . 9-69
Standards Compliance
and Certifications
See Specification Table In This
Section.

Catalog Number Explanation

700 – FS H 3 U U23
Bulletin Number Type of Operating Contact Timing Input
Relay Mode Output Range Voltage

Single-Function (With SPDT 1 C/O contacts)

700–FS A 3 A U23
a b c d

a b c d
Operating Mode Contact Output Timing Range Input Voltage
Code Description All functions: Code Description Code Description
A On-delay✶ 3 1 Changeover A 0.05…1 s Z12 12V DC
1 C/O
B Off-delay✶ contact (SPDT) B 0.15…3 s 24…48V DC
U23
C On- and off-delay✶ C 0.5…10 s 24…240V AC 50/60 Hz
D One shot✶ D 1.5…30 s
E Fleeting off-delay✶ E 0.05…1 min
Flasher (repeat cycle starts F 0.15…3 min
F
with pulse)✶ G 0.5…10 min
Flasher (repeat cycle starts H 1.5…30 min
G
with pulse)✶ I 0.05…1 h
I On-delay pulse generator✶ J 0.15…3 h
On-delay (pulse K 0.5…10 h
J
controlled)✶
L 3.0…60 h
One shot/watch dog (pulse
K U 0.05 s…60 h†
controlled)✶
L Pulse converter✶

✶ Preferred availability item.

† Valid for functions “A” and “B” only.

Single Function (With 2PDT 2 C/O contacts)

Operating Mode Contact Output Timing Range Input Voltage Cat. No.
On-Delay (DPDT) 2 C/O 12V DC 700-FSA4UZ12
24…48V DC
On-Delay (DPDT) 2 C/O 24…240V AC 700-FSA4UU23
50/60 Hz
0.05 s…60 h‡
Off-Delay (DPDT) 2 C/O 12V DC 700-FSB4UZ12
24…48V DC
Off-Delay (DPDT) 2 C/O 24…240V AC 700-FSB4UU23
50/60 Hz
‡ The time range of “0.05 s…60 h” is selectable in 12 smaller ranges plus an ON and OFF function for maintenance needs.

Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs 9-63

Bulletin_700-FS.qxd 06/02/2004 21:15 Page 9-64

Bulletin 700-FS
DIN Rail Timing Relays
Product Selection
Προδυχτ Σελεχτιον

Multi-Function (This device offers you the flexibility of selecting one of 8 single timing functions.)
Operating Mode Contact Output Timing Range Input Voltage Cat. No.
(SPDT) 1 C/O 12V DC 700-FSM3UZ12
M Multi-function timing relays 24…48V DC
8 Single-functions: (SPDT) 1 C/O 24…240V AC 700-FSM3UU23
A, B, C, D, E, F, I, and L 50/60 Hz
ON and OFF function additional 0.05 s…60 h✶
(for installation and maintenance) (DPDT) 2 C/O 12V DC 700-FSM4UZ12
note: See connection diagrams for further 24…48V DC
description. (DPDT) 2 C/O 24…240V AC 700-FSM4UU23
50/60 Hz

Special Function
Operating Mode Contact Output Timing Range Input Voltage Cat. No.
12V DC 700-FSH3UZ12
0.05 s…60 h✶ 24…48V DC
24…240V AC 700-FSH3UU23
Flasher (Repeat cycle starting with pulse or 50/60 Hz
(SPDT) 1 C/O
pause) 12V DC 700-FSH3VZ12
2 x 0.05 s…60 h (2 ranges) 24…48V DC
24…240V AC 700-FSH3VU23
50/60 Hz
(SPDT) 1 C/O 24…48V DC 700-FSQ3QU18
OFF-delay without supply voltages (True
0.15 s…10 m† 24…240V AC
OFF-delay)‡ (DPDT) 2 C/O 700-FSQ4QU18
50/60 Hz
0.5 s…10 s 24…48V DC 700-FSY2CU23
1.5…30 s 700-FSY2DU23
Star-Delta 2 N.O. + 1 Common 0.05 s…1 min. 24…240V AC 700-FSY2EU23
0.15…3 min. 50/60 Hz 700-FSY2FU23
0.5…10 min. 700-FSY2GU23
✶ The time range of “0.05 s…60 h” is selectable in 12 smaller ranges plus an ON and OFF function for maintenance needs.
† This time range is selectable in four smaller ranges: 0.15 s…2.5 s, 0.5 s…10 s, 4 s…80 s, 30 s…10 min.
‡ Due to shock during shipment, the state of the contacts should be verified before initial use.

Multi-Function Timing Relay Function and Time Range Settings

Description SPDT DPDT

Multi-function timing relays 700-FSM3U includes 10 Multi-Time Setting Range 0.05 s…60 h
setting functions:
(A)On-Delay (1 s)0.05…1 s
(B)Off-Delay (3 s)0.15…3 s
(C)On- and Off-Delay A (10 s)0.5…10 s
(D)One shot (1 min)0.05…1 min
(E)Fleeting Off-Delay (3 min)0.15…3 min
(F)Flasher (repeat cycle starts with pulse) (10 min)0.5…10 min
(I)On-Delay pulse generator (1 h)0.05…1 h 10h
(L)Pulse converter (3 h)0.15…3 h
(On)ON-Function§ (10 h)0.5…10 h
(60 h)3.…60 h
(Off)OFF-Function§

Note: Switch ⊗ is on DPDT relays only. When switch is

down, one contact is instantaneous and one is timed.
When switch is up, both contacts are timed.
§ For installation and maintenance.

9-64 Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs

Bulletin_700-FS.qxd 06/02/2004 21:16 Page 9-65

Bulletin 700-FS
DIN Rail Timing Relays
Accessories
Αχχεσσοριεσ

Description Pkg. Quantity Cat. No.

Setting Knob with Scale

10 700-FSK
(for time setting without tools)

Panel Mounting Adapter

5 199-FSA
For surface mounting according to drilling plan EN 50 002

Label Sheet
10 100-FMS
10 sheets with 105 self-adhesive paper labels each, 6 x 17 mm
Marking Tag Sheet
10 sheets with 160 perforated paper labels each, 6 x 17 mm 10 100-FMP
To be used with a transparent cover
Transparent Cover
100 each 100 100-FMC
To be used with marking tag sheets
Marking Tag Adapters
100 each 100 100-FMA2✶
To be used with marking tag:
✶ Cat. No. 100-FMA2 is only a marking tag carrier. Please refer to the Terminal Block Accessories section for appropriate
marker cards to be used with this carrier.

Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs 9-65

Bulletin_700-FS.qxd 06/02/2004 21:16 Page 9-66

Bulletin 700-FS
DIN Rail Timing Relays
700-FS Function and Connection Diagrams
Χοννεχτιον ∆ιαγραµσ

(A) On-Delay (B) Off-Delay (Min. Pulse AC 50 ms…DC 30 ms)

(C) On- and Off-Delay (D) One Shot

(E) Fleeting Off-Delay (Min. Pulse AC 50 ms…DC 30 ms) (F) Flasher (Repeat Cycle Starts with Pulse)

(G) Flasher (Repeat Cycle Starts with Pause) (I) On-Delay Pulse Generator

Output

(J) On-Delay (Pulse Controlled) (K) One Shot/ Watch Dog (Pulse Controlled)

(Off) OFF-Function (On) ON-Function (L) Pulse Converter (Min. Pulse AC 50 ms…DC 30 ms)

Output 1 Output 1

Output 2 Output 2

Cleverly Designed Function Display LED (Green)

Output in rest position, no timing
Output in rest position, time running
Output in operation position, no timing
Output in operation position, time running

✶ A voltage other than the supply voltage can be used at B1, but must be within voltages specified on timer.
† Output 2 is selectable as instantaneous contact with sliding switch (⊗) on front panel (instantaneous when switch is down, timed when switch is up).
‡ Available on multifunction “M,” and single function “A” or “B” option timing relays along with code “4” (2PDT contacts). Bridge or potentiometer 10 kΩ, min.
0.25 W (low voltage) for external time setting. Set timer dial to 0.0.

9-66 Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs

Bulletin_700-FS.qxd 06/02/2004 21:16 Page 9-67

Bulletin 700-FS
DIN Rail Timing Relays
Connection Diagrams, Continued

Special Function Flasher (Repeat Cycle Starting with Pulse or Pause) Timing Relays
Description

Supply Voltages (A1/A2)

Z12 12V DC
U23 24…48V DC,
24…240V AC, 50/60 Hz
700-FSH3U 700-FSH3V

Function Diagram / Connection Diagram

(H) Flasher (Repeat Cycle Starting with Pulse or Pause)

The repeat cycle timer permits different settings for on and off times.
The following operating modes are possible:
y Oscillating mode; repeat cycle starts with voltage applied at A1 and B1, and continues to repeat until voltage is off.
y One cycle mode; started by energizing B1 with voltage on A1 and A2.
y Output starts with pulse or pause (switch ⊗ Up or Down).
y 700-FSH3U provides (1) range setting for t1 and t2.
700-FSH3V provides (2) range settings for t1 and t2.
Supply Voltage Controlled, Oscillating Mode Starting with Pause — Switch ⊗ is Up

Output

Supply Voltage Controlled, Oscillating Mode Starting with Pulse — Switch ⊗ is Down

Output

Pulse Controlled, Output Starts With Pause (Min. Pulse AC 50 ms — DC 30 ms) — Switch ⊗ is Up One
Cycle Mode — Voltage Supplied at A1 and A2, then Pulsing “s” to Energize B1 will Initiate One Cycle.

Output

Pulse Controlled, Output Starts with Pulse (Min. Pulse AC 50 ms — DC 30 ms) — Switch ⊗ is Down One
Cycle Mode — Voltage Supplied at A1 and A2, then Pulsing “s” to Energize B1 will Initiate One Cycle.

Output

Note: If B1 is pulsed, a one full time cycle consisting of t1 and t2 is completed.

LED Operation Chart Green LED

Output at Shelf State, No Timing _ LED Off
Output at Shelf State, Time is Running _ LED Flashing
Output NO Contact is Closed, No Timing _ LED On
Output NO Contact is Closed, Time is Running _ LED Long Flashing

Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs 9-67

Bulletin_700-FS.qxd 06/02/2004 21:16 Page 9-68

Bulletin 700-FS
DIN Rail Timing Relays
Connection Diagrams, Continued

Function Diagram / Connection Diagram

(Q) Off-Delay without Supply Voltage (True Off-Delay) — When input power is turned on, the output contact changes state. When the
power is removed, the time delay begins. The output contact returns to shelf state at the end of the time delay.
Note: Min. pulse (t) required:
24V DC: 200 ms
Output 24V AC: 325 ms
240V DC: 200 ms
240V AC: 175 ms

A1/A2
Output 1 18
15 16
Output 2 28
25 26
LED

(Y) Star-Delta Timing Relay — When power is applied, the output contact 17/18(Y) changes state. After the time setting, the output contact 17/18(Y) returns to
shelf state. After the fixed time (50… 60 ms), the output contact 17/28∆ changes state. Both output contacts return to shelf state whenever the power is
removed.

9-68 Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs

Bulletin_700-FS.qxd 06/02/2004 21:16 Page 9-69

Bulletin 700-FS
DIN Rail Timing Relays
Specifications✶
Σπεχιφιχατιονσ

Time Characteristics (according to VDE 0435, Part 2021) General Data

Setting Accuracy ±5% of full scale 2 kVAC/50 Hz test voltage according
Repeatability ±0.2% of the setting values to VDE 0435 and 6 kV 1.2/50 µs surge
Insulation Characteristics
Voltage: ±0.001%/%∆U voltage according to IEC 947-1
Tolerance between all inputs and outputs
Temperature: ±0.025%/°C
Performance of following requirements:
Supply Surge capacity of the supply voltage
according to IEC 1000-4-5: 4 kV
Supply Voltages
24…48V DC and 24…240V AC, 1.2/50 µs
50/60 Hz (multi voltage) Burst according to IEC 1000-4-4: 6 kV
Voltage Tolerance –20…+20% (DC), –15…+10% (AC) 6/50 ns
EMC/Interference Immunity
Power Consumption 0.5 W at 24V DC, 5 VA at 240V AC ESD discharge according to IEC 1000-
4-2: Contact 8 kV, air 8 kV
Time Energized 100% Electromagnetic HF field according to
Reset Time 50 ms IEC 801-3 and conducted
Voltage Interruption ≤20 ms without reset (supply voltage) electromagnetic HF signal according to
IEC 801-6: Level 3
Relay ON: 3K-13K ohms
Input Impedance Electromagnetic fields according to EN
Relay OFF: 0.7K-4K ohms EMC/Emission
55 022: class B
Cable Length (Supply Voltage
Max. 250 m (800 ft) Safe Isolation According to VDE 106, part 101
Control)
56 Cycles (24 h) at 25…40 °C and
Pulse Control (B1) Climatic Withstand 95% relative humidity according to IEC
68-2-30 and IEC 68-2-3
Pulse Duration ≥50 ms (AC), ≥30 ms (DC) 4 g in 3 axes at 10…500 Hz, test FC
Vibration Resistance
Input Voltage Supply voltage range according to IEC 68-2-6
Input Current 1 mA Shock Resistance 50 g according to IEC 68-2-27
Max. Leakage Current 400 micro Amps Enclosure:IP 40
Max. 250 m (800 ft) without parallel Protection Class IP 30 (Single-function)
load between B1 and A2 Terminal:IP 20 according to IEC 947-1
Cable Length
Max. 50 m (160 ft) with load (<3 kΩ) Weight 100 g
between B1 and A2 Approval UL, C-UL
Outputs Open: –25…+60 °C
Ambient Temperature Enclosed: –25…+45 °C
Contact Type Relay as changeover switch Storage: –40…+85 °C
Dielectric Coil to Contact Screw terminal M3.5 for Number 2
5,000 V Posidrive, Philips, and slotted screws.
Withstand Voltage
Suitable for power screwdriver. Rated
Voltage: 440V AC tightening torque 8.8 lb.-in. (0.8 N•m,
Current Ith (AC-1): 8 A (5 A for 700- max. 1.2 N•m).
FSQ) Terminals Dual-chamber system for terminal
Power: 2000 VA cross-sections of 1 x 0.5 mm2…2 x 2.5
mm2 (solid) or stranded 2 x 2.5 mm2
According to IEC 947-5-1:
(flexible with sleeve), #20…14 AWG.
Switching Capacity 3 A/440V AC (inductive load, AC 14) Finger protection according to VDE
3 A/250V AC (inductive load, AC 15) 0106.
1 A/24V DC (inductive load, DC 13) Front mounting; For snap-on mounting
According to UL 508: Mounting on 35 mm DIN Rail or screw fixing by
adapter and 2 screws (M4 type)
1.5 A/250V AC (B300)
Synthetic material without dioxin
3 A/120V AC (B300) according to EC/EFTA notification
Disposal
Short-Circuit Resistance 10 A gL Number 93/0141/D electrical contacts
Mechanical: 30 million operations with cadmium
Electrical operations: cUL Recognized, File E14840, cULus
Listed, File E14840, Guide NKCR, CE
4 Mil. at 1 A/250V AC, cos φ = 1
Marked (per EU Low Voltage Directive
0.2 Mil. at 6 A/250V AC, cos φ = 1 Certifications
73/23 EEC 93/68 EEC: per
1.5 Mil. at 1 A/250V AC, cos φ = 0.3 Electromagnetic Compatibility Directive
89/336 EEC 92/31 EEC 93/681 EEC)
0.3 Mil. at 3 A/250V AC, cos φ = 0.3
Life EN 60947-1, EN 60947-5-1, EN 50081-
0.5 Mil. at 6 A/24V DC, resistive Standards
1, IEC 947, UL 508, CSA 22.2
2 Mil. at 4 A/24V DC, resistive
2 Mil. at 0.2 A/230V DC, resistive ✶ Performance Data — See page important-2, publication A115.

1 Mil. at 0.4 A/24V DC, L/R = 20 ms

1 Mil. at 0.2 A/110V DC, L/R = 20 ms
1 Mil. at 0.1 A/230V DC, L/R = 20 ms
State Indicator 1 LED, combination signal

✶ Performance Data — See page important-2, publication A115.

Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs 9-69

Bulletin_700-HNC.qxd 06/02/2004 21:22 Page 9-70

Bulletin 700-HNC
Plug-in Timing Relays
Overview/Product Selection
Προδυχτ Σελεχτιον

Bulletin 700-HNC Table of Contents

y Miniature Timer, Perfect for Converting 700-HC “Ice Cube” Relays
Into Timing Relay Product Selection . . . this page
y 4 Operating Modes Accessories . . . . . . . . . this page
y 4PDT Contact Output Specifications . . . . . . . 9-71
y Timing Range From 0.1 s…10 h Approximate
y Socket Mounted Dimensions . . . . . . . . . 9-75
Standards Compliance
and Certifications
See Specification Table In This
Section.

Bulletin 700-HNC Miniature Timer with Multiple Time Ranges

Model Timing Mode Contact Output Input Voltages Timing Range Socket Type Cat. No.
.1 s…10 min. 700-HNC44AZ12
12V DC
.1 min…10 h 700-HNC44BZ12
.1 s…10 min. 700-HNC44AZ24
24V DC
.1 min…10 h 700-HNC44BZ24
.1 s…10 min. 700-HNC44AZ48
48V DC
.1 min.…10 h 700-HNC44BZ48
.1 s…10 min. 700-HNC44AZ11
On-Delay 100…110V DC
One Shot .1 min.…10 h 700-HN103 700-HNC44BZ11
4PDT
Repeat cycle, OFF-start .1 s…10 min. 700-HN128 700-HNC44AZ25
Repeat cycle, ON-start 125V DC
.1 min.…10 h 700-HNC44BZ25
.1 s…10 min. 700-HNC44AA24
24V AC
.1 min.…10 h 700-HNC44BA24
.1 s…10 min. 700-HNC44AA12
100…120V AC
.1 min.…10 h 700-HNC44BA12
.1 s…10 min. 700-HNC44AA23
200…230V AC
Cat. No. 700-HNC .1 min.…10 h 700-HNC44BA23

General Timer Functions

Accessories
Description Pkg. Quantity Cat. No.

Screw Terminal Socket — Panel or DIN Rail Mounting.

Guarded Terminal Construction 10 700-HN103
14-Blade miniature socket for use with Bulletin 700-HNC timers.
Cat. No. 700-HN103

Screw Terminal Base Sockets — Panel or DIN Rail Mounting.

Open Style Construction
10 700-HN128
14-blade miniature socket for use with Bulletin 700-HNC timers.
Order must be for 10 sockets or multiples of 10.
Cat. No. 700-HN128

9-70 Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs

Bulletin_700-HNC.qxd 06/02/2004 21:23 Page 9-71

Bulletin 700-HNC
Plug-in Timing Relays
Accessories/Specifications
Σπεχιφιχατιονσ

Description Pkg. Quantity Cat. No.

Screw Terminal Socket – Panel or DIN Rail Mounting. Guarded Terminal

Construction 14-blade miniature socket for use with Bulletin 700-HNC timers.
10 700-HN104
This socket has coil and contact separation. Orders must be for ten or multiples of
ten
Cat. No. 700-HN104

Retainer Clip for Cat. Nos. 700-HN103, -HN104 and -HN128 Sockets with Bulletin
700-HNC Timers. Secures Timer in Socket. Orders must be for ten clips or 10 700-HN163
multiples of ten
Cat. No. 700-HN163

Ratings
Item 700-HNC
Pilot Duty Rating NEMA B300
Pin type Plug-in
Operating voltage range 85%…110% of rated supply voltage (12V DC: 90%…110% of rated supply voltage)†
Reset voltage 10% min. of rated supply voltage‡
Relay ON: 1.5 VA (1.1 W) (at 24V AC, 60 Hz)
24V AC:
Relay OFF: 0.2 VA (0.1 W) (at 24V AC, 60 Hz)
Relay ON: 1.5 VA (1.3 W) (at 120V AC, 60 Hz)
100…120V AC:
Relay OFF: 0.8 VA (0.5 W) (at 120V AC, 60 Hz)
Relay ON: 1.8 VA (1.5 W) (at 230V AC, 60 Hz)
200…230V AC:
Relay OFF: 1.2 VA (0.9 W) (at 230V AC, 60 Hz)
Relay ON: 0.9 W (at 12V DC)
12V DC:
Relay OFF: 0.07 W (at 12V DC)
Power consumption
Relay ON: 0.9 W (at 24V DC)
24V DC:
Relay OFF: 0.07 W (at 24V DC)
Relay ON: 1.0 W (at 48V DC)
48V DC:
Relay OFF: 0.2 W (at 48V DC)
Relay ON: 1.3 W (at 110V DC)
100…110V DC:
Relay OFF: 0.3 W (at 110V DC)
Relay ON: 1.3 W (at 125V DC)
125V DC:
Relay OFF: 0.3 W (at 125V DC)
Control outputs 4PDT: 5 A at 250V AC, resistive load (cosφ = 1)
Characteristics
120V AC 30 A
Make 240V AC 15 A
120V AC 3A
Break 240V AC 1.5 A
Hp at 120V AC 1/6 Hp
Hp at 240V AC 1/6 Hp
Accuracy of operating time ±1% FS max. (1 s range: ±1%±10 ms max.)
Setting error ±10%±50 ms FS max.
Reset time Min. power-opening time: 0.1 s max. (including halfway reset)
Influence of voltage ±2% FS max.
Influence of temperature ±2% FS max.
Insulation resistance 100 mΩ min. (at 500V DC)
2,000V AC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min. (between current-carrying terminals and exposed non-current-carrying
metal parts)✶
2,000V AC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min. (between operating power circuit and control output)
Dielectric strength
2,000V AC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min. (between different pole contacts; 2-pole model)
1,500V AC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min. (between different pole contacts; 4-pole model)
1,000V AC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min. (between non-continuous contacts)
Vibration resistance Malfunction:10…55 Hz, 0.5 mm single amplitude
Shock resistance Malfunction:100 m/s2 (approx. 10G)
Operating:-10 °C…50 °C (with no icing)
Ambient temperature
Storage:-25 °C…65 °C (with no icing)
Ambient humidity Operating:35%…85%
Mechanical:10,000,000 operations min. (under no load at 1,800 operations/h)
Life expectancy Electrical:4PDT:
200,000 operations min. (3 A at 250V AC, resistive load at 1,800 operations/h)
✶ Single-phase, full-wave-rectified power supplies can be used.
† When using the 700-HNC continuously in any place where the ambient temperature is in a range of 45 °C…50 °C, supply 90%…110% of the rated supply
voltages supply 95%…110% with 12V DC type).
‡ Set the reset voltage as follows to ensure proper resetting.
100…120V AC:10V AC max.
200…230V AC:20V AC max.
100…110V DC:10V DC max.

Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs 9-71

Bulletin_700-HNC.qxd 06/02/2004 21:23 Page 9-72

Bulletin 700-HNC
Plug-in Timing Relays
Specifications, Continued

Characteristics, Continued
Noise immunity ±1.5 kV, square-wave noise by noise simulator (pulse width: 100 ns/1 µs, 1-ns rise)
Destruction:8 kV
Static immunity
Malfunction:4 kV
Enclosure rating IP40
Weight Approx. 50 g
Emission Enclosure:EN55011 Group 1 class A
Emission AC Mains:EN55011 Group 1 class A
Immunity ESD:EN61000-4-2:4 kV contact discharge (level 2)
8 kV air discharge (level 3)
EMC Immunity RF-interference:ENV50140:10 V/m (amplitude modulated, 80 MHz to 1 GHz) (level 3)
10 V/m (pulse modulated, 900 MHz)
Immunity Conducted Disturbance:ENV50141:10 V (0.15…80 MHz) (level 3)
Immunity Burst:EN61000-4-4:2 kV power-line (level 3)
2 kV I/O signal-line (level 4)
UL508, CSA 22.2 No. 14
Standards Conforms to VDE0435/P2021, VDE0110 (for in-panel use)
Conforms to EN50081-2, EN50082-2

9-72 Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs

Bulletin_700-HNC.qxd 06/02/2004 21:23 Page 9-73

Bulletin 700-HNC
Plug-in Timing Relays
Timing Charts

Note:t:Set time
Rt:Reset time
Operating Mode Timing Charts / Wiring Diagram

Timer
circuit

UP PW

Pulse Operation
A pulse output for a certain period can be obtained with a random external input signal. Use the 700-HNC timing relay in interval mode as
shown in the following timing charts.

Power (9-14)

External short circuit

(5-13)
External input 50 ms
(9-13) min.

Time limit contact NO

(10-6, 11-7, 12-8)
Time limit contact NC
(10-2, 11-3, 12-4) Timer
Run/Power indicator circuit
(PW)
Output indicator (UP)
External input
Note: t: Set time
Rt: Reset time

Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs 9-73

Bulletin_700-HNC.qxd 06/02/2004 21:23 Page 9-74

Bulletin 700-HNC
Plug-in Timing Relays
DIP Switch Settings

Time Ranges
Cat. No. Time Range Time Setting Range Setting Factory-Set
700-HNC44AZ12 1s 0.1 s…1 s Yes
700-HNC44AZ24
700-HNC44AZ48 10 s 1 s…10 s No
700-HNC44AZ11
700-HNC44AZ25
700-HNC44AA24 1 min. 0.1 s…1 min. No
700-HNC44AA12
700-HNC44AA23 10 min. 1 min.…10 min. No

700-HNC44BZ12 1 min. 0.1 min.…1 min. Yes

700-HNC44BZ24
700-HNC44BZ48 10 min. 1 min.…10 min. No
700-HNC44BZ11
700-HNC44BZ25
700-HNC44BA24 1h 0.1 h…1 h No
700-HNC44BA12
700-HNC44BA23 10h 1 h…10 h No

Note: The top two DIP switch pins are used to select the time ranges.

Operating Modes
Operating Mode Setting Factory-set

ON-delay Yes

One Shot No

Repeat Cycle OFF-start No

Repeat Cycle ON-start No

Note: The bottom two DIP switch pins are used to select the time ranges.

9-74 Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs

Bulletin_700-HNC.qxd 06/02/2004 21:23 Page 9-75

Bulletin 700-HNC
Plug-in Timing Relays
Approximate Dimensions
Αππροξιµατε ∆ιµενσιονσ

Approximate Dimensions are shown in millimeters (inches) where not specified. Approximate Dimensions are not intended to be used for
manufacturing purposes.

Timers

Front Mounting

Fourteen,
Fourteen, 3 xelliptic
3 1.2 1.2 mm elliptic holes
holes

28 (1.10)
28 max.

6.3 (.024)
4 52.6
(2.07) 6.4
(0.15) (0.25) 21.5 max
21.5 max
63.0
(2.48) (0.84)

Approximate Dimensions for cat. no. 700-HNC

Cat. No. 700-HN128✶
Wire Size: 2 x 1.5 mm2 (#2-16 AWG…#1-20 AWG)
(Either Solid or Stranded)
Strip Length: 9 mm (3/8 in) - Torque: 0.8 N . m (7 lb•in)

Cat. No. 700-HN103

Single wire: 0.2mm2…2.5mm2 (#24 AWG…14 AWG)
Double wire: 2 x 0.2mm2…2 x 1.5mm2 (2 x 24 AWG…2 x 16 AWG)
Wire type: solid or stranded, copper only
Strip length: 8 mm (5/16 in), Torque: 0.5 Nm (4.4 lb•in)

Cat. No. HN-104

Single Wire: 0.2 mm2…2.5 mm2 ( #24 AWG…14 AWG)
Double Wire: 2 x 0.2 mm2…2 x2.5 mm2 (2 x 24 AWG…2 x 14 AWG)
Wire Type: solid or stranded, copper only
Strip Length: 7 mm (9/32 in), Torque: 0.5 Nm (4.4 lb•in)
✶ Total height of 700-HN128 + 700-HNC is 82.5 mm.

Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs 9-75

Bulletin_700-HNK.qxd 06/02/2004 21:32 Page 9-76

Bulletin 700-HNK
Plug-in Timing Relays
Overview/Product Selection
Προδυχτ Σελεχτιον

Bulletin 700-HNK Table of Contents

y The Ultra-Slim Timing Relay is The Smallest Relay Available
Product Selection . . . this page
y It is Perfect for Converting 700-HK Relays Into a Timing Relay
y SPDT and DPST-NO Contact Output Accessories . . . . . . . . . this page
y Socket Mounted Specifications . . . . . . . 9-77
y Timing Range From 0.1 s…10 h Approximate
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . 9-81
Standards Compliance
and Certifications
See Specification Table In This
Section.

Bulletin 700-HNK Miniature Timer with Multiple Time Ranges

Timing Mode Socket Type Contact Output Timing Range Input Voltage Cat. No.
12V DC 700-HNK41AZ12
0.1 s…10 min. 24V DC 700-HNK41AZ24
24V AC 700-HNK41AA24
700-HN121 SPDT✶
12V DC 700-HNK41BZ12
0.1 min…10 h 24V DC 700-HNK41BZ24
On-Delay 24V AC 700-HNK41BA24
One Shot
Repeat Cycle, OFF-start 12V DC 700-HNK42AZ12
Repeat Cycle, ON-start 0.1 s…10 min. 24V DC 700-HNK42AZ24
24V AC 700-HNK42AA24
700-HN122 DPST-NO† 12V DC 700-HNK42BZ12
24V DC 700-HNK42BZ24
0.1 min…10 h
Cat. No. 700-HNK
24V AC 700-HNK42BA24
SPDT, DPST-NO
✶ 5-blade terminal type only.
† 8-blade terminal type only.

General Timer Functions

Accessories
Description Pkg. Quantity Cat. No.

Screw Terminal Socket — Panel or DIN Rail Mounting

5-blade miniatue socket. For use with 1-pole type 700-HNK41 timers. Socket includes a 10 700-HN121
retainer clip. Order must be in multiples of ten
Cat. No. 700-HN121

Screw Terminal Socket — Panel or DIN Rail Mounting

8-blade miniature socket for use with 2-pole, Bulletin 700-HNK42 timers. This socket 10 700-HN122
includes a retainer clip. Order must be for 10 sockets or multiples of 10.

Cat. No. 700-HN122

Timing Relay, Socket, Retainer Clip Reference Chart

Timer Type Socket Cat. No. Retainer Clip Cat. No.
700-HN121 Provided
700-HNK
700-HN122 Provided

9-76 Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs

Bulletin_700-HNK.qxd 06/02/2004 21:32 Page 9-77

Bulletin 700-HNK
Plug-in Timing Relays
Specifications
Σπεχιφιχατιονσ

Ratings
Item
Pilot Duty Rating NEMA B300
Rated supply voltage 24V AC; 12, 24V DC
Pin type Plug-in
Operating mode ON-delay, One Shot, Repeat Cycle OFF start, or Repeat Cycle ON start selectable with DIP switch.
Operating voltage range 85%…110% of rated supply voltage (12 VDC: 90%…110% of rated supply voltage)✶
24V AC:Relay ON:approx. 0.8 VA (at 24 VAC, 60 Hz)
Relay OFF:0.5 VA (at 24V AC, 60 Hz)
12V DC:Relay ON:approx. 0.4 W (at 12V DC)
Power consumption
Relay OFF:0.1 W (at 12V DC)
24V DC:Relay ON:approx. 0.5 W (at 24V DC)
Relay OFF:0.2 W (at 24V DC)
5 A at 250V AC, resistive load (cosφ = 1)
Control outputs
The minimum applicable load is 10 mA at 5 VDC (P reference value).
Characteristics
120V AC 30 A
Make 240V AC 15 A
120V AC 3A
Break 240V AC 1.5 A
Hp at 240V AC 1/6 Hp
Accuracy of operating time ±1% FS max. (1 s range: +1%±10 ms max.)
Setting error ±15%+50 ms FS max.
12, 24V DC: 0.1 s max. (including halfway reset)
Reset time Min. power-opening time:
24V AC: 0.5 s max. (including halfway reset)
Influence of voltage ±2% FS max.
Influence of temperature ±2% FS max.
Insulation resistance 100 mΩ min. (at 500V DC)
2,000V AC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min. (between operating circuit and control output, or contacts of different
Dielectric strength poles)
1,000V AC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min. (between non-continuous contacts)
Vibration resistance Malfunction:10…55 Hz, 0.5 mm single amplitude
Shock resistance Malfunction:100 m/s2 (approx. 10G)
Operating:-10 °C…50 °C (with no icing)
Ambient temperature
Storage:-25 °C…65 °C (with no icing)
Ambient humidity Operating:35%…85%
Mechanical:10,000,000 operations min. (under no load at 1,800 operations/h)
Life expectancy
Electrical:100,000 operations min. (3 A at 250V AC, resistive load at 1,800 operations/h)
Impulse withstand voltage Between power terminals: 1 kV
Noise immunity ±1.5 kV, square-wave noise by noise simulator (pulse width: 100 ns/1 µs, 1-ns rise)
Destruction:8 kV
Static immunity
Malfunction:4 kV
Enclosure rating IP20
Weight Approx. 18 g
Emission Enclosure:EN55011 Group 1 class A
Emission AC Mains:EN55011 Group 1 class A
Immunity ESD:EN61000-4-2:4 kV contact discharge (level 2)
8 kV air discharge (level 3)
EMC Immunity RF-interference:ENV50140:10 V/m (amplitude modulated, 80 MHz…1GHz) (level 3)
10 V/m (pulse modulated, 900 MHz)
Immunity Conducted Disturbance:ENV50141:10 V (0.15…80 MHz) (level 3)
Immunity Burst:EN61000-4-4:2 kV power-line (level 3)
2 kV I/O signal-line (level 4)
UL508, CSA 22.2 No. 14
Approved standards Conforms to VDE 0435/P2021 (for built-in use)
Conforms to EN50081-2, EN50082-2, ACA, CE-certified
✶ When using 700-HNK timer in any place where the ambient temperature is more than 50 °C, supply 90 %…110 % of the rated voltages
(12V DC: 95 %…110 % of the rated voltage).

Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs 9-77

Bulletin_700-HNK.qxd 09/02/2004 17:28 Page 9-78

Bulletin 700-HNK
Plug-in Timing Relays
Timing Charts

Note: t: Set time

Rt: Reset time
Timing Chart
Operating Mode 700-HNK41… 700-HNK42…
Rt
t t Rt
t t
Power (1-5)
Power (1-8)
ON-Dela y
Time limit contact
Time limit contact
NC (4-2)
NO 4-3, 5-6
Pow e r Time limit contact
t Run/Power
NO (4-3) indicator (PW)
Output Run/Power Output indicator
Indicator (PW) (OUT)
Output Indicator
(OUT)

Rt
t t
Power (1-8)
Time limit contact
NO (4-3, 5-6)
Run/Power
indicator (PW)
Output indicator
(OUT)

t t t t
Power (1-5) t t t t

Repeat Cycle OFF-Start Time limit contact Power (1-8)

NC (4-3) Time limit contact
Time limit contact NO (4-3, 5-6)
Powe r
t t t NO (4-3) Run/Power
indicator (PW)
Run/Power
Output indicator (PW) Output indicator
(OUT)
Output indicator
(OUT)

t t t t
Power (1-5) t t t t
Repeat Cycle ON-Start Time limit contact Power (1-8)
NC (4-2) Time limit contact
Time limit contact NO (4-3, 5-6)
Power
t t t NO (4-3) Run/Power
Run/Power indicator (PW)
Output indicator (PW) Output indicator
(OUT)
Output indicator
(OUT)

Wiring Diagrams

Cat. No. 700-HNK41... Cat. No. 700-HNK42...

Timer Timer
circuit circuit

OUT PW OUT PW

9-78 Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs

Bulletin_700-HNK.qxd 06/02/2004 21:32 Page 9-79

Bulletin 700-HNK
Plug-in Timing Relays
Pulse Operation

A pulse output for a certain period can be obtained with a random external input signal. Use the 700-HNK in interval mode as shown in the
following timing chart.
Cat. No. 700-HNK42...

Timer
circuit
Note: t: Set time
OUT PW
Rt: Reset time

Mode Terminals
Power supply between 3 and 8
Pulse Operation Short-circuit between 4 and 1
Input signal between 3 and 1
Operating mode; One shot and all other modes Power supply between 1 and 8

Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs 9-79

Bulletin_700-HNK.qxd 06/02/2004 21:32 Page 9-80

Bulletin 700-HNK
Plug-in Timing Relays
DIP Switch Settings

Time Ranges
Cat. No. Time Range Time Setting Range Setting Factory-Set

1s 0.1 s…1 s Yes

700-HNK41AZ12
700-HNK41AZ24 10 s 1 s…10 s No
700-HNK41AA24
700-HNK42AZ12
700-HNK42AZ24 1 min. 0.1 s…1 min. No
700-HNK42AA24

10 min. 1 min…10 min. No

1 min. 0.1 min…1 min. Yes

700-HNK41BZ12
700-HNK41BZ24 10 min. 1 min…10 min. No
700-HNK41BA24
700-HNK42BZ12
700-HNK42BZ24 1h 0.1 h…1 h No
700-HNK42BA24

10 h 1 h…10 h No

Note: The left two DIP switch pins are used to select the time ranges.

Operating Modes
Operating Mode Setting Factory-set

On-delay Yes

One Shot No

Repeat Cycle Off-start No

Repeat Cycle On-start No

Note: The right two DIP switch pins are used to select the operating modes.

9-80 Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs

Bulletin_700-HNK.qxd 06/02/2004 21:32 Page 9-81

Bulletin 700-HNK
Plug-in Timing Relays
Approximate Dimensions
Αππροξιµατε ∆ιµενσιονσ

Approximate Dimensions are shown in millimeters (inches). Approximate Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes.

Bulletin 700-HNK41 SPDT Contact

Approximate Dimensions Bulletin 700-HNK42 DPST-NO Contact
Approximate Dimensions

Cat No. 700-HN121

Wire Size: 2 x 2.5 mm2
Single Wire – Up to #12 AWG
Double Wire – 2 x 2.5 mm2 (#2–14 AWG… #2–20 AWG) Cat No. 700-HN122
(Either Solid or Stranded) Wire Size: 2 x 2.5 mm2
Strip Length: 9 mm (3/8 in) – Torque: 0.8 N•m (7 lb•in) Single Wire – Up to #12 AWG
Total height: 700-HN121 + 700-HNK41 is 78.0 mm. Double Wire – 2 x 2.5 mm2 (#2–14 AWG… #2–20 AWG)
(Either Solid or Stranded)
Strip Length: 9 mm (3/8 in) – Torque: 0.8 N•m (7 lb•in)
Total height: 700-HN122 + 700-HNK42 is 78.0 mm.

✶ Holes required for mounting [3 mm (1/8 in) diameter]. ✶ Holes required for mounting [3 mm (1/8 in) diameter].

Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs 9-81

Bulletin_700-HR.qxd 06/02/2004 21:39 Page 9-82

Bulletin 700-HR
Plug-in Timing Relays
Overview/Product Selection
Προδυχτ Σελεχτιον

Bulletin 700-HR Table of Contents

y Dial Timing Relays
Product Selection . . . this page
y Socket or Panel Mounted
y 5 A Contact Ratings or Transistor Outputs Accessories . . . . . . . . . 9-86
y Single Function or Multi-Function Specifications . . . . . . . 9-88
y Timing Range From 0.05 s…300 h Approximate
y Multi-voltage Inputs Dimensions . . . . . . . . . 9-93
Standards Compliance
and Certifications
See Specification Table In This
Section.

Bulletin 700 Multi-Function, Multi-Range Dial Timing Relays with Pin Style Terminations
Operating Mode Timing Range Socket Type No. of Pins Input Voltage Contact Output Cat. No.
Multifunction Timer 700-HR52TU24
24…48V AC DPDT
700-HN101 700-HRV52TU24✶
A,D,E, 12…48V DC
700-HN126 11 Transistor 700-HRT6TTU24†
B,B2,C
700-HN129 700-HR52TA17†
100…240V AC
DPDT
100…125V DC 700-HRV52TA17✶
24…48V AC DPDT 700-HRS42TU24
12…48V DC Transistor 700-HRT4TTU24✶
0.05 s.…300 h SPDT Timed +
24…48V AC/DC Instantaneous 700-HRP42TU24✶
700-HN100 Contact
A, E, B2, J 700-HN125 8 SPDT Timed +
700-HN108 Instantaneous 700-HRP42TA17
100…240V AC Contact
Cat. No. 700-HR, 100…125V DC
-HRP, -HRS, -HRT, DPDT 700-HRS42TA17
-HRV
SPDT Timed
On-Delay Timer 24…48V AC/DC +Instantaneous 700-HRC12TU24
Contact
24…48V AC
DPDT 700-HRM12TU24
12…48V DC

700-HN100
A 0.05 s.…300 h 700-HN125 8
700-HN108 DPDT 700-HRM12TA17
100…240V AC

SPDT Timed +
Cat. No. 700-HRM, -HRC Instantaneous 700-HRC12TA17
Contact
✶ Voltage Input: Connection to high signal instead of OV signal.
† Compatible with connections to 3-wire sensors.

Operating mode description

A D E B B2 C J
ON- OFF- One Repeat Repeat Signal One Shot
delay delay Shot Cycle Cycle ON/OFF-
OFF-start ON- start delay

9-82 Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs

Bulletin_700-HR.qxd 06/02/2004 21:39 Page 9-83

Bulletin 700-HR
Plug-in Timing Relays
Product Selection, Continued

Operating Mode Timing Range Socket Type No. of Pins Input Voltage Contact Output Cat. No.
700-HN100
Twin Timer 0.05 s.…30 h 700-HN125 8 12V DC DPDT 700-HRF72DZ12
700-HN108
700-HN100
0.05 s.…30 h 700-HN125 8 24V AC/DC DPDT 700-HRF72DU25
700-HN108
B
700-HN100
0.05 s.…30 h 700-HN125 8 48…125V DC DPDT 700-HRF72DZ45
700-HN108
700-HN100
0.05 s.…30 h 700-HN125 8 100…240V AC DPDT 700-HRF72DA18
700-HN108
700-HN100
0.05 s.…30 h 700-HN125 8 12V DC DPDT 700-HRF82DZ12
700-HN108
700-HN100
0.05 s.…30 h 700-HN125 8 24V AC/DC DPDT 700-HRF82DU25
700-HN108
B2
700-HN100
0.05 s.…30 h 700-HN125 8 48…125V DC DPDT 700-HRF82DZ45
700-HN108
700-HN100
Cat. No. 700-HRF… 0.05 s.…30 h 700-HN125 8 100…240V AC DPDT 700-HRF82DA18
700-HN108
Star-Delta Timer 100…120V AC 700-HRYY6FA12

700-HN100 SPDT Timed +

Star-Delta 0.5 s…120 s 700-HN125 8 Instantaneous
700-HN108 200…240V AC Contact 700-HRYY6FA22

Cat. No. 700-HRY…

Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs 9-83

Bulletin_700-HR.qxd 06/02/2004 21:39 Page 9-84

Bulletin 700-HR
Plug-in Timing Relays
Product Selection, Continued

Operating Mode Timing Range Socket Type No. of Pins Input Voltage Contact Output Cat. No.
True Off-Delay Timer 700-HN100 100…120V AC DPDT 700-HRQN2GA12
700-HN125 8
700-HN108 200…240V AC DPDT 700-HRQN2GA22
0.05 s…12 s
700-HN101 100…120V AC DPDT 700-HRQR2GA12✶
700-HN126 11
700-HN129 200…240V AC DPDT 700-HRQR2GA22✶
700-HN100 100…120V AC DPDT 700-HRQN2HA12
700-HN125 8
700-HN108 200…240V AC DPDT 700-HRQN2HA22
0.05 min…12
True Off-Delay
min. 700-HN101 100…120V AC DPDT 700-HRQR2HA12✶
700-HN126 11
700-HN129 200…240V AC DPDT 700-HRQR2HA22✶
700-HN100
700-HN125 8 24V AC/DC DPDT 700-HRQN2GU25
700-HN108
0.05 s…12 s
700-HN101
700-HN126 11 24V AC/DC DPDT 700-HRQR2GU25✶
700-HN129
700-HN100
700-HN125 8 24V AC/DC DPDT 700-HRQN2HU25
0.05 min…12 700-HN108
min. 700-HN101
700-HN126 11 24V AC/DC DPDT 700-HRQR2HU25✶
700-HN129
700-HN100
700-HN125 8 48V DC DPDT 700-HRQN2GZ48
700-HN108
0.05 s…12 s
700-HN101
700-HN126 11 48V DC DPDT 700-HRQR2GZ48✶
700-HN129
700-HN100
700-HN125 8 48V DC DPDT 700-HRQN2HZ48
0.05 min…12 700-HN108
True Off-Delay
min. 700-HN101
700-HN126 11 48V DC DPDT 700-HRQR2HZ48✶
700-HN129
700-HN100
700-HN125 8 100…125V DC DPDT 700-HRQN2GZ11
700-HN108
0.05 s…12 s
700-HN101
700-HN126 11 100…125V DC DPDT 700-HRQR2GZ11✶
700-HN129
700-HN100
700-HN125 8 100…125V DC DPDT 700-HRQN2HZ11
0.05 min…12 700-HN108
min. 700-HN101
Cat. No. 700-HRQ… 700-HN126 11 100…125V DC DPDT 700-HRQRHZ11✶
700-HN129
✶ Indicates True Off-Delay timer with reset

9-84 Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs

Bulletin_700-HR.qxd 06/02/2004 21:39 Page 9-85

Bulletin 700-HR
Plug-in Timing Relays
Timer General Functions

700-HR Multifunction Timer

700-HRC -HRM On-Delay Timer

700-HRF Twin Timer

700-HRY Star-Delta Timer

700-HRQ True Off-Delay Timer

Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs 9-85

Bulletin_700-HR.qxd 06/02/2004 21:39 Page 9-86

Bulletin 700-HR
Plug-in Timing Relays
Accessories
Αχχεσσοριεσ

Description Pkg. Qty. Cat. No.

Screw Terminal Tube Base Socket — Panel or DIN Rail Mounting; Guarded Terminal
Construction. 8-Pin for use with Bulletin 700-HR and -HX timing relays. Order ten or multiples of 10 700-HN100
ten

Cat. No. 700-HN100

Screw Terminal Tube Base Socket — Panel or DIN Rail Mounting; Open Style Construction. 8-
Pin for use with Bulletin 700-HR and -HX timing relays. Order must be for 10 sockets or multiples of 10 700-HN125
10. No retainer clip required.
Cat. No. 700-HN125

Screw Terminal Tube Base Sockets — Panel or DIN Rail Mounting. Guarded Terminal
Construction
10 700-HN101
11-pin for use with 3PDT Bulletin 700-HA relays, -HR and -HT (Off-Delay) timing relays. Order must
be for 10 sockets or multiples of 10.
Cat. No. 700-HN101

Screw Terminal Tube Base Sockets — Panel or DIN Rail Mounting. Open Style Terminal
Construction
10 700-HN126
11-pin for use with 3PDT Bulletin 700-HA relays, -HR and -HT (Off-Delay) timing relays. Order must
be for 10 sockets or multiples of 10.
Cat. No. 700-HN126

DIN (#3) Symmetrical Rail

35 mm x 7.5 mm x 1 m long 10 199-DR1
Zinc-plated, yellow chromated

Cat. No. 199-DR1

Specialty Socket
8-pin backwired socket with solder terminals for use with 700-HR timing relays. Order ten or 10 700-HN108
multiples of ten

Cat. No. 700-HN108

Specialty Socket
11-pin backwired socket with solder terminals for use with Bulletin 700-HR timing relays. Order 10 700-HN129
must be for 10 sockets or multiples of 10.

Cat. No. 700-HN129

9-86 Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs

Bulletin_700-HR.qxd 06/02/2004 21:40 Page 9-87

Bulletin 700-HR
Plug-in Timing Relays
Accessories, Continued

Description Pkg. Qty. Cat. No.

Frame Adapter
1 700-HN130
For flush or door mounting of all Bulletin 700-HR timers.

Cat. No. 700-HN130

Retainer Clip for Cat. Nos. 700-HN100 and -HN101 Sockets with all 700-HR Timing
Relays
Secures timer in socket. Order must be for 10 clips or multiples of 10. 10 700-HN131

Note: Not required for installation

Sample Retainer Clips

Protective Cover
Helps prevent tampering of timing and mode settings. Provides a degree of protection
1 700-HN132
against water and dirt from entering the front of the relay. For use with all Bulletin 700-
HRs and -HX timing relays.

Cat. No. 700-HN122

Pre-printed identification tags — contains 10 sheets of pre-printed and blank tags.
Each sheet contains 13 sets of the markings CR…9CR, TR…9TR, M…9M, F, R, 1S, and 10 700-N40
117 blank tags. Tags are peel-off with sticky backing for easy placement on relays.

Blank identification tags — contains 10 sheets of blank identification tags for customer
specialized printing. Each sheet contains 546 blank tags. Tags are peel-off with sticky 10 700-N41
backing for easy placement on relays.

Bulletin 700-HR Multi-function, Multi-Range Dial Timing Relay, Socket, Retainer Clip Reference Chart
Timer Type Socket Cat. No. Retainer Clip Cat. No.
700-HN101† 700-HN131
700-HR, HRQR2, HRV HRT6 700-HN126† Not Required✶
700-HN129† Not Applicable
700-HN100‡ 700-HN131(See note above)
700-HRC/HRF/HR5, HRT4,
700-HN108‡ Not Applicable
HRM, HRP
700-HN125‡ Not Required✶
✶ Design of these sockets holds the timing relays securely and does not require retainer clips.
† 11 pins.
‡ 8 pins.

Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs 9-87

Bulletin_700-HR.qxd 06/02/2004 21:40 Page 9-88

Bulletin 700-HR
Plug-in Timing Relays
Specification
Σπεχιφιχατιονσ

700-HRT
700-HR, - (Transistor
HRS, -HRV 700-HRP 700-HRC 700-HRM 700-HRF 700-HRY 700-HRQ Outputs)
Electrical Ratings
Pilot Duty Rating NEMA B300 —
Thermal Current (,th) 5A 100 mA
120V AC 30 A —
Make 240V AC 15 A —
120V AC 3A —
Break 240V AC 1.5 A —
Hp at 120V 1/6 Hp 1/4 Hp 1/6 Hp 1/4 Hp 1/6 Hp —
Hp at 240V 1/3 Hp —
Accuracy of operating time ±0.2 % FS max. (±0.2 %±10 ms max. in a range of 1.2 s)
Setting error ±5 % FS ±50 ms (The value is ±5 % FS +100 ms to -0 ms max. when the C, D, or G mode signal of the 700-HRVs are OFF.)
Min. power-opening time: 0.1 s max.
Reset time
Min. pulse width: 0.05 s (cat nos. 700-HR52TA17, 700-HR52TU24, 700-HRT6TTU24)
Reset voltage 10 % max. of rated voltage
Influence of voltage ±0.2 % FS max. (±0.2 %±10 ms max. in a range of 1.2 s)
Permissible leakage current to
10 µA max. (3 wire solid-state)
switch a gate, signal or reset
Influence of temperature ±1 % FS max. (±1 %±10 ms max. in a range of 1.2 s)
Design Specifications
2,000V AC (1,000V AC for 700-HRT), 50/60 Hz for 1 min. (contact to frame)
2,000V AC (1,000V AC for 700-HRT), 50/60 Hz for 1 min. (between control output terminals and operating circuit)
Dielectric strength 2,000V AC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min. (pole-to-pole)
1,000V AC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min. (between contacts not located next to each other)
2,000V AC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min. (contact to coil)
Mechanical
Vibration resistance Malfunction: 10…55 Hz with 0.5 mm double amplitude each in three directions for ten minutes each
98 m/s2 294 m/s2 98 m/s2 100 m/s2
Shock resistance Malfunction: 100 m/s2 (10 G)
(10 G) (10 G) (10 G) (10 G)
Environmental
±1kV for ±1.5 kV for
Noise immunity ±1.5 kV for ±600V DC ±400V for 12V DC
48V DC ±600 V DC
Static immunity Malfunction: 8 kV
Operating: -10 °…55 °C (with no icing)
Ambient temperature
Storage: -25 °…65 °C (with no icing)
Ambient humidity Operating: 35…85 %
Construction
Life expectancy Mechanical:20,000,000. (under no load at 1,800 operations/h Mech: 107 Mech: 207
(operations min.) Electrical: 100,000 (5 A at 250V AC, resistive load at 1,800 operations/h) Electrical: 104 Electrical: 104
(EMI)EN50081-2
Emission Enclosure:EN55011 Group 1 class A
Emission AC Mains: EN55011 Group 1 class A
(EMS)EN50082-2
Immunity ESD:EN61000-4-2:4 kV contact discharge (level 2)
8 kV air discharge (level 3)
EMC Immunity RF-interference from AM Radio Waves: ENV50140:10 V/m (80 MHz…1 GHz) (level 3)
Immunity RF-interference from Pulse-modulated Radio Waves:ENV50204:10 V/m (900±5 MHz) (level 3)
Immunity Conducted Disturbance:ENV50141:10 V (0.15…80 MHz) (level 3)
Immunity Burst:EN61000-4-4:2 kV power-line (level 3)
Immunity Surge:EN61000-4-52 kV I/O signal-line (level 4)
1 kV line to line
2 kV line to ground (level 3)
Degree of protection IP40 (panel surface)
Weight Approx. 90 g
CSA Certified, File LR60859, UL Recognized, File E14840, Guide NKCR 2,CE Marked (per EU Low Voltage Directive 73/23 EEC
Certifications
93/68 EEC: per Electromagnetic Compatibility Directive 89/336 EEC 92/31 EEC 93/681 EEC), ACA
Standards EN 60947-5-1, EN 50081-2, EN 50082-2,IEC 947, VDE 0435, CSA 22.2,UL 508

9-88 Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs

Bulletin_700-HR.qxd 06/02/2004 21:40 Page 9-89

Bulletin 700-HR
Plug-in Timing Relays
Timer Wiring Diagrams and Timing Charts

Multifunction and ON-Delay Timer

Application Examples
A Mode: Signal ON-Delay
On-delay operation (A mode) is a basic mode.
1. Power-ON Start/Power-OFF Reset✶
The Power-ON start/Power-OFF reset operation is a standard
operating method.

2. Signal Start/Signal Reset✶ B/B2 Mode: Repeat Cycle

The Signal start/Signal reset operation is useful for remote control of The Repeat Cycle operation in the B and B2 modes can be
the Timer. effectively applied to lamp or buzzer (ON and OFF) alarms or the
monitoring of an intermittent operation with a display.

1. Power-ON Start/Power-OFF Reset (in B Mode)✶

✶ If using a voltage input, connect pin 6 and 10 for DPDT devices.

3. Control of Integrated Time with Gate Signal✶ † Gate Signal: A maintained connection is required to allow the timing
With a gate signal, the Power-ON start operation and Signal start sequence to complete.
operation can be controlled (the operation can be interrupted).

Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs 9-89

Bulletin_700-HR.qxd 06/02/2004 21:40 Page 9-90

Bulletin 700-HR
Plug-in Timing Relays
Bulletin 700-HR Timer Wiring Diagrams and Timing Charts, Continued

Multifunction and On-Delay Timer, Continued 2. Signal-ON-OFF Start/Instantaneous Operation/Time-

2. Signal Start/Signal Reset (in B Mode)✶ Limit Reset✶
If there is an abnormal signal, flashing starts. When the abnormal
condition is restored, a reset signal stops the display flashing.

C Mode: Signal On/Off-Delay D Mode: Signal Off-Delay

The Signal On-/Off-delay operation (C mode) is useful for the control Signal Off-delay operation (D mode) can be effectively used to keep
of distribution of products on a production line into boxes by the a load operating for a certain period. For example, this function
specified number or time. enables the cooling fan for a lamp or heater to operate for a certain
1. Power-ON Start/Instantaneous Operation/Time-Limit period after the lamp or heater is switched OFF.
Reset✶ 1. Power-ON Start/Instantaneous Operation/Time-Limit
A set of these functions is useful for the operation of a machine for Reset✶
a specified period when power is ON.

✶ If using a voltage input, connect pin 6 and 10 for DPDT devices.

9-90 Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs

Bulletin_700-HR.qxd 06/02/2004 21:40 Page 9-91

Bulletin 700-HR
Plug-in Timing Relays
Bulletin 700-HR Timer Wiring Diagrams and Timing Charts, Continued

Multifunction and On-Delay Timer, Continued

2. Signal Start/Instantaneous Operation/Time-Limit Reset

J Mode: On-Delay One Shot

E Mode: One Shot

1. Power-ON Start/Instantaneous Operation/Time-Limit
Reset
This function is useful for the operation of a machine for a specified
period after power is ON.

Note: Start input is valid and retriggerable while the timer is in

operation.

2. Signal Start/Instantaneous Operation/Time-Limit Reset

This function is useful for the repetitive control such as the filling of
liquid for a specified period after each Signal start input.

Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs 9-91

Bulletin_700-HR.qxd 06/02/2004 21:40 Page 9-92

Bulletin 700-HR
Plug-in Timing Relays
Bulletin 700-HR Timer Wiring Diagrams and Timing Charts, Continued

700-HRF Twin Timer, 700-HRY Star-Delta Timer, and 700-HRQ Off-Delay Timer

B Mode: Repeat Cycle Off-start (700-HRF) Star-Delta (700-HRY)

The Repeat Cycle operation in the B mode can be effectively 1. Power-ON Start/Instantaneous Operation/Time-Limit
applied to lamp or buzzer (ON and OFF) alarms or the monitoring of Reset
an intermittent operation with a display. This function is useful for the operation of a machine for a specified
1. Power-ON Start/Power-OFF Reset (in B Mode) period after power is ON.

B2 Mode: Repeat Cycle On-start (700-HRF)

The Repeat Cycle operation in the B2 mode can be effectively
applied to lamp or buzzer (ON and OFF) alarms or the monitoring of
an intermittent operation with a display
True OFF-Delay (700-HRQ)
Signal OFF-delay operation (D mode) can be effectively used to
keep a load operating for a certain period. For example, this
function enables the cooling fan for a lamp or heater to operate for
a certain period after the lamp or heater is switched OFF.
1. Power-ON Start/Instantaneous Operation/Time-Limit
Reset

9-92 Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs

Bulletin_700-HR.qxd 06/02/2004 21:40 Page 9-93

Bulletin 700-HR
Plug-in Timing Relays
Approximate Dimensions
Αππροξιµατε ∆ιµενσιονσ

Approximate Dimensions are shown in millimeters (inches). Approximate Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes.

81.5
(3-7/32) Power
A
52.3 15
(2-1/16) (19/32) Up
Mode 3
2 4

48
1 5
(1-57/64)
0 hrs 6
48 SQ
(1-57/64 SQ) Range Unit

48
6
(1/4) (1-57/64
Cat. No. 700-HR, -HRM, -HRC, Cat. No. 700-HR…/-HRM…/-HRC…/-HRF…/-HRS…/-HRV…/
-HRP…/-HRY…/-HRQ 57
-HRF, (2-11/32)
-HRS, -HRV, -HRP Timing Relays
Timing Relay Panel

35
(1-3/8)
45
(1-49/64)

32
(1-1/4) 24
(31/32)

Cat. No. 700-HN129 — 11-Pin

Cat. No. 700-HR… Cat. No. 700-HN108 — 8-Pin 700-HN130
Panel Cutout Socket Retainer

Panel Mounting Cat. No. 700-HN100

Wire Size: 2 x 2.5 mm2
Cat. No. 700-HN125
Single Wire – Up to #12 AWG
Wire Size: 2 x 2.5 mm2
Double Wire – 2 x 2.5 mm2 (#2–14 AWG… #2–20 AWG)
Single Wire – Up to #12 AWG
(Either Solid or Stranded)
Double Wire – 2 x 2.5 mm2 (#2–14 AWG… #2–20 AWG)
Strip Length: 9 mm (3/8 in) – Torque: 0.8 N•m (7 lb•in)
(Either Solid or Stranded)
Strip Length: 9 mm (3/8 in) – Torque: 0.8 N•m (7 lb•in)

Panel Mounting Cat. No. 700-HN101 Cat. No. 700-HN126

Wire Size: 2 x 2.5 mm2 Wire Size: 2 x 2.5 mm2
Single Wire – Up to #12 AWG Single Wire – Up to #12 AWG
Double Wire – 2 x 2.5 mm2 (#2–14 AWG… #2–20 AWG) Double Wire – 2 x 2.5 mm2 (#2–14 AWG… #2–20 AWG)
(Either Solid or Stranded) (Either Solid or Stranded)
Strip Length: 9 mm (3/8 in) – Torque: 0.8 N•m (7 lb•in) Strip Length: 9 mm (3/8 in) – Torque: 0.8 N•m (7 lb•in)

Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs 9-93

Bulletin_700-HX.qxd 06/02/2004 21:46 Page 9-94

Bulletin 700-HX
Plug-in Timing Relays
Overview/Product Selection
Προδυχτ Σελεχτιον

Bulletin 700-HX Table of Contents

y Digital Timing Relay with LCD Display
Product Selection . . . this page
y Socket or Panel Mounted (NEMA 4X/IP66)
y 5A, B300, SPDT Contact Ratings Accessories . . . . . . . . . 9-95
y 10 Functions or Modes Specifications . . . . . . . 9-96
y Environmentally Friendly — Flash Memory, No Battery Approximate
y User Manual 700-UM002A-EN-D Available at the Automation Dimensions . . . . . . . . . 9-102
Bookstore web site http://www.theautomationbookstore.com Standards Compliance
and Certifications
See Specification Table In This
Section.

No. of
Model Operating Mode Timing Range Socket Type Contact Output Pins Input Voltage Cat. No.
A mode: Signal On-Delay 1 0.000…9.999 s
A-1 mode: Signal On-Delay 2 0.000…99.99 s
A-2 mode: Power On-Delay 1 0.000…999.9 s
A-3 mode: Power On-Delay 2 0.000…9999 s 100…240V AC 700-HX86SA17
B mode: Repeat Cycle 1 0.000…99 min. 59 s 700-HN100
SPDT 8
B-1 mode: Repeat Cycle 2 0.000…999.9 min. 700-HN125
D mode: Signal OFF-delay 0.000…9999 min.
E mode: One Shot 0.000…99 h 59 min. 24V AC
Cat. No. 700-HX… F mode: Cumulative 0.000…999.9 h 700-HX86SU24
12…24V DC
Twin Timer 0.000…9999 h

General Timer Functions

9-94 Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs

Bulletin_700-HX.qxd 06/02/2004 21:46 Page 9-95

Bulletin 700-HX
Plug-in Timing Relays
Accessories
Αχχεσσοριεσ

Description Pkg. Quantity Cat. No.

Screw Terminal Tube Base Socket — Panel or DIN Rail

Mounting; Guarded Terminal Construction. 8-Pin for use with 10 700-HN100
Bulletin 700-HX Timing Relays. Order ten or multiples of ten

Cat. No. 700-HN100

Screw Terminal Tube Base Socket — Panel or DIN Rail

Mounting; Open Style Construction. 8-Pin for use with
10 700-HN125
Bulletin 700-HX Timing Relays. Order must be for 10 sockets
or multiples of 10. No retainer clip required.
Cat. No. 700-HN125

DIN (#3) Symmetrical Rail

35 mm x 7.5 mm x 1 m long 10 199-DR1
Zinc-plated, yellow chromated
Cat. No. 199-DR1

Specialty Socket
8-pin backwired socket with solder terminals. For use with 10 700-HN108
700-HX Timing Relays. Order ten or multiples of ten

Cat. No. 700-HN108

Retainer Clip for Cat. Nos. 700-HN100 Sockets with all

700-HX Timing Relays
Secures timer in socket. Order must be for 10 clips or multiples
10 700-HN131
of 10.

Note: Not required for installation

Sample Retainer Clips

Frame Adapter
1 700-HN130
For flush or door mounting of all Bulletin 700-HR timers.

Cat. No. 700-HN130

Protective Cover
Helps prevent tampering of timing and mode settings. Provides
a degree of protection against water and dirt from entering the 1 700-HN132
front of the relay. For use with all Bulletin 700-HRs and -HX
timing relays.

Cat. No. 700-HN132

Timing Relay, Socket, Retainer Clip Reference Chart

Timer Type Socket Cat. No. Retainer Clip Cat. No.
700-HN100 700-HN131
700-HX 700-HN108 Not Required✶
700-HN125 Not Required✶
✶ Design of socket holds the relay securely and does not require retainer clips.

Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs 9-95

Bulletin_700-HX.qxd 06/02/2004 21:46 Page 9-96

Bulletin 700-HX
Plug-in Timing Relays
Specifications
Σπεχιφιχατιονσ

Electrical Ratings
Pilot Duty Rating NEMA B300
100 to 240V AC, 24V AC/12 to 24V DC (50/60Hz) (permissible ripple: 20%(p-p)
Rated supply voltage
max.)
Operating voltage range 85%…110% of rated supply voltage
100…240V AC 4.3 VA
Power consumption
24V AC/12…24V DC 3.4 VA/1.7 W
100…240V AC 3A
Inrush Current
24V AC/12…24V DC 5A
120V AC 30 A
Make 240V AC 15 A
120V AC 3A
Break 240V AC 1.5 A
Hp at 120V AC 1/4 Hp
Hp at 240V AC 1/3 Hp
Mechanical
Mounting method Flush mounting, surface mounting, DIN mounting
7-segment, negative transmissive LCD; Present value (red, 8 mm high
Display
characters); Set value (green, 4 mm high characters)
Digits 4 digits
0.000…9.999 s, 0.00…99.99 s, 0.0…999.9 s, 0…9999 s, 0 min. 00 s…99 min.
Time ranges
59 s, 0.0…999.9 min., 0 h 00 min.…99 h 59 min., 0.0 h…999.9 h, 0 h…9999 h
Timer
Timer modes Elapsed time (Up), remaining time (Down), selectable
Output modes A, A-1, A-2, A-3, B, B-1, D, E, F, Z, ton or toff
Input signals Start, reset
Input method No-voltage input via:NPN transistor or switching of contact
Inputs
Start, reset, gate Minimum input signal width: 1 or 20 ms (selectable)
Power reset Minimum power-opening time: 0.5 s (Except for A-3, B-1, and F mode)
SPDT contact output: 5 A at 250V AC, resistive load (cosine=1)
Control output
Minimum applied load: 10 mA at 5 V DC (failure level: P, reference value)
External Power Supply No
Key Protect Yes
EEP-ROM (overwritten 200,000 times min.), which can store data for 20 years
Memory backup
min.
Power-ON start: +- 0.01% +- 50 ms max.
* to be rated against set value
Signal start: +- 0.005 +- 30 ms max.
Accuracy of Operating Time and Setting Error✶ * to be rated against set value
Signal start at transistor output model: +- 0.005% +- 3 ms max.†
If the set value is within the sensor waiting time
(250 ms max.)
✶ The values are based on the set value.
† The value is applied for a minimum pulse width of 1 ms.

9-96 Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs

Bulletin_700-HX.qxd 06/02/2004 21:46 Page 9-97

Bulletin 700-HX
Plug-in Timing Relays
Specifications, Continued

Characteristics✶
Insulation resistance 100 mΩ min. (at 500V DC)
2000V AC, 50/60Hz for 1 min. between current-carrying terminals and non-current-
Dielectric strength carrying metal parts (1000V AC for 24V AC/12 to 24V DC type), 1000 VAC, 50/60 Hz for
1 min. between non-continuous contacts
‘ ±1.5 kV (between power terminals) for 100 to 240 VAC, ± 480V for 24VAC/12 to
Noise immunity 24VDC, and ± 600V (between input terminals), square-wave noise by noise simulator
(pulse width: 100 ns/1 µs, 1-ns rise)
Static immunity ±8 kV (malfunction), ±15 kV (destruction)
Vibration resistance Malfunction 10…55 Hz with 0.35 mm single amplitude each in three directions for 10 min.
Shock resistance Malfunction 98 m/s2 (approx. 10 G) each in three directions
Mechanical 10 million operations min. (under no load at 18,000 operation/hr)
Life expectancy
Electrical 100,000 operations min. (5 A at 250V AC, resistive load at 1,800 operation/hr)
(EMI) EN61812-1
Emission Enclosure: EN55011 Group1 class A
Emission AC mains: EN55011 Group1 class A
EMC
(EMS) EN61812-1
Immunity ESD: EN61000-4-2: 6 kV contact discharge (level2) 8 kV air discharge (level3)
Immunity RF-interference: EN61000-4-3: 10 V/m
UL508, CSA C22.2 No.14
Approved standards Conforms to EN61812-1 (Pollution degree 2/overvoltage category III)
Conforms to VDE0106/P 100 (Finger Protection), conforms to NEMA output rating (N/F)
Enclosure ratings Panel surface:IP66 and NEMA Type 4X (indoors)†
Weight Approx. 100 g
Certifications CE Certified; UL508; CSA, C22.2 No. 14; ACA
Standards EN61010-1; IEC61010-1; VDE0106/P 100; NEMA 4X/IP66
✶ 700-HX User Manual, pub. number 700-UM002A-EN-D, available at: the Automation Bookstore web site http://www.theautomationbookstore.com
† An attached waterproof packing is necessary to ensure IP66 waterproofing between the 700-HX and installation pan.

Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs 9-97

Bulletin_700-HX.qxd 06/02/2004 21:47 Page 9-98

Bulletin 700-HX
Plug-in Timing Relays
Operating Modes

Timing Charts

One-shot
Sustained output
One-shot outputs can be to set to 0.1 s, 0.5 s, 1s, 5 s, 10 s, 20 s.

Output mode A Mode: Signal ON-Delay (Timer resets when power comes ON.)
Timing starts when the start signal goes ON.
Power While the start signal is ON, the timer starts when
power comes ON or when the reset input goes OFF.
The control output is controlled using a sustained or
Start signal one-shot rime period.

Basic Operation
Gate
Power
Reset
t t t **
Start signal
Control output input
Timing
Set value
UP Output
Timing 0
diagram Set value
DOWN 0 * Output is instantaneous when setting is 0.
** Start signal input is enabled during timing.

Output Mode A-1: Signal ON-Delay 2 (Timer resets when power comes ON.)
Timing starts when the start signal goes ON, and is
reset when the start signal goes OFF.
While the start signal is ON, the timer starts when the
power comes ON or when the reset input goes OFF.
The control output is controlled using a sustained or
one-shot time period.

Basic Operation
Power

Start signal
input Timing
Output
*Output is instantaneous when setting is 0.

Output mode A-2: Power ON Delay 1 (Timer resets when power comes ON)

Timing starts when the reset input goes OFF.

The start signal disables the timing function (i.e., same
function as the gate input).
The control output is controlled using a sustained or
one-shot time period.

Basic Operation
Power
Timing
Output
*Output is instantaneous when setting is 0.

Output mode A-3 Power ON Delay 2 (Timer does not reset when power comes ON)

Timing starts when the reset input goes OFF.

The start signal disables the timing function (i.e.,
same function as the gate input).
The control output is controlled using a sustained or
one-shot time period.

Basic Operation
Power
Timing
Sustained
Output

*Output is instantaneous when setting is 0.

✶ Gate not included on any mode of this relay.

9-98 Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs

Bulletin_700-HX.qxd 06/02/2004 21:47 Page 9-99

Bulletin 700-HX
Plug-in Timing Relays
Timing Charts, Continued

Output mode B: Repeat Cycle (Timer resets when power comes ON.)
Timing starts when the start signal goes ON.
The status of the control output is reversed when time
is up (OFF at start).
While the start signal is ON, the timer starts when the
power comes ON or when the reset input goes OFF.

Basic Operation

Power
**
Start signal
input Timing Timing Timing Timing

Output

* Normal output operation will not be possible if the

set time is too short.
Set the value to at least 100 ms (contact output
type).
** Start signal input is disabled during timing.
Timing starts when the start signal goes ON.
The control output is turned ON when time is up.
While the start signal is ON, the timer starts when the
power comes ON or when the reset input goes OFF.

Basic Operation
Power
**
Start signal
input Timing Timing Timing Timing

Output

* Normal output operation will not be possible if the

set time is too short.
Set the value to at least 100 ms (contact output
type).
** Start signal input is disabled during timing.

Output Mode B-1: Repeat Cycle 2 (Timer does not reset when power comes ON)
Timing starts when the start signal goes ON.
The status of the control output is reversed when time
is up (OFF at start).
While the start signal is ON, the timer starts when the
power comes ON or when the reset input goes OFF.

Basic Operation
Power
Timing Sustained Timing
**
Start signal
input

Output
* Normal output operation will not be possible if the
set time is too short.
Set the value to at least 100 ms (contact output
type).
** Start signal input is disabled during timing.

Timing starts when the start signal goes ON.

The control output comes ON when time is up..
While the start signal is ON, the timer starts when
power comes ON or when the reset input goes OFF.

Basic Operation
Power
** Timing Sustained Timing
Start signal
input

Output

* Normal output operation will not be possible if the

set time is too short.
Set the value to at least 100 ms (contact output
type).
** Start signal input is disabled during timing.

✶ Gate not included on any mode of this relay.

Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs 9-99

Bulletin_700-HX.qxd 06/02/2004 21:47 Page 9-100

Bulletin 700-HX
Plug-in Timing Relays
Timing Charts, Continued

Output mode D: Signal OFF-delay (Timer resets when power comes ON.)
The control output is ON when the start signal is
ON (except when the power is OFF or the reset is
ON).
The timer is reset when the time is up.

Basic Operation

Power

**
Start signal
input Timing

Output

* Output functions only during start signal input when

setting is 0.
** Start signal input is enabled during timing.
Output mode E: Interval (Timer resets when power comes ON.)
Timing starts when the start signal comes ON.
The control output is reset when time is up.
While the start signal is ON, the timer starts when
power comes ON or when the reset input goes OFF.

Basic Operation
Power

**
Start signal
input Timing

Output
* Output is disabled when the setting is 0.
** Start signal input is enabled during timing.
Output Mode F: Cumulative (Timer does not reset when power comes ON)

Start signal enables timing (timing is stopped when the

start signal is OFF or when the power is OFF).
A sustained control output is used.
Basic Operation
Power

Start signal
input
Timing Timing
Sustained
Output
*Output is instantaneous when setting is 0.

✶ Gate not included on any mode of this relay.

9-100 Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs

Bulletin_700-HX.qxd 06/02/2004 21:47 Page 9-101

Bulletin 700-HX
Plug-in Timing Relays
Timing Charts, Continued

Z Mode
Output quantity can be adjusted by changing the cycle time set in the adjustment level to 1 and by changing the ON duty (%) set value. The
set value shows the ON duty (%) and can be set to a value between 0 and 100 (%). When the cycle time is 0, the output will always be OFF.
When the cycle time is not 0 and when ON duty has been set to 0 (%), the output will always be OFF. When ON duty has been set to 100
(%), the output will always be ON.

Z mode: ON/OFF-duty Adjustable Repeat Cycle

Timing starts when the start signal goes ON.
The status of the control output is reversed
when time is up (ON at start).
While the start signal is ON, the timer starts when
power comes ON or when the reset input goes OFF.
Basic Operation
Power

**
Start signal
input Timing
Timing
(cycle time) (cycle time)

Timing Timing
ON duty (%) ON duty (%)

Output

* Normal output operation will not be possible if the

set time is too short.
Set the value to at least 100 ms (contact output
type).
** Start signal input is enabled during timing.
Output mode T OFF: Twin Timer OFF start
Timing starts when the start signal goes ON.
The status of the control output is reversed when time
is up (OFF at start).
While the start signal is ON, the timer starts when the
power comes ON or when the reset input goes OFF.

Basic Operation

Power
**
Start signal Timing Timing
input Timing ON Timing ON
OFF OFF
Output

* Normal output operation will not be possible if the

ON/OFF set time is too short.
Set the value to at least 100 ms (contact output
type).
** Start signal input is disabled during timing.

Output mode T ON: Twin Timer ON start

Timing starts when the start signal goes ON.

The status of the control output is reversed when time
is up (ON at start).
While the start signal is ON, the timer starts when the
power comes ON or when the reset input goes OFF.

Basic Operation

Power
**
Start signal
input Timing Timing Timing Timing
ON OFF ON OFF
Output

* Normal output operation will not be possible if the

ON/OFF set time is too short.
Set the value to at least 100 ms (contact output
type).
** Start signal input is disabled during timing.

✶ Gate not included on any mode of this Relay.

Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs 9-101

Bulletin_700-HX.qxd 06/02/2004 21:47 Page 9-102

Bulletin 700-HX
Plug-in Timing Relays
Approximate Dimensions
Αππροξιµατε ∆ιµενσιονσ

Approximate Dimensions are shown in millimeters (inches). Approximate Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes.

Cat. No. 700-HX…

Panel Cutout

Cat. No. 199-DR1 DIN Mounting Rail Series B

Cat. No. 199-DR4 DIN Mounting Rail Series B Has No Mounting Holes

Terminal Arrangement

Cat. No. 700-HX…

9-102 Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs

Bulletin_700-HXM.qxd 06/02/2004 21:52 Page 9-103

Bulletin 700-HXM
Timing Relays
Overview/Product Selection
Προδυχτ Σελεχτιον

Bulletin 700-HXM Table of Contents

y One of the World’s Smallest Preset Digital Timers
Product Selection . . . this page
y Panel Mounted (1/32 DIN Cut Out)
y Built-in Prescaling for Counter Operation Accessories . . . . . . . . . 9-104
y Finger Protection Terminal Block (VDE0106/P100) Specifications . . . . . . . 9-104
y NEMA 4 / IP66 Standards Compliance
y User Manual 700-UM001A-EN-D Available at and Certifications
http://www.theautomationbookstore.com See Specification Table In This
Section.

Counter Modes✶
Model Operating Modes Input Output Timing Range Counter Range Input Voltage Cat. No.
A mode: Signal ON-delay
B mode: Repeat Cycle
Increment
D mode: Signal OFF-delay
Decrement
E mode: One Shot N, F, C, K 0.000…9999 h -999…9999 24V DC 700-HXM66SZ24
Individual
F mode: Accumulative
Quadrature
Z mode: ON/OFF-duty
Cat. No 700-HXM... Adjustable Repeat Cycle

✶ For counter mode explanation, see page 9-106.

General Timer Functions

Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs 9-103

Bulletin_700-HXM.qxd 06/02/2004 21:52 Page 9-104

Bulletin 700-HXM
Timing Relays
Accessories/Specifications†
Αχχεσσοριεσ
Σπεχιφιχατιονσ

Description Pkg. Quantity Cat. No.

Replacement Flush Mounting

Adapter
1 700-HN141
(One shipped with each 700-
HXM66Z24)

Cat. No. 700-HN141

Electrical Ratings
Pilot Duty Rating NEMA B300
Rated supply voltage 24 VDC
Operating voltage range 85%…110% of rated supply voltage
Power consumption 1.5 W max. (for max. DC load) (Inrush current: 15 A max.)
120V AC 30 A
Make 240V AC 15 A
120V AC 3A
Break 240V AC 1.5 A
Hp at 120V AC 1/4 Hp
Hp at 240V AC 1/3 Hp
Mechanical
Mounting method Flush mounting (Panel or door)
Terminal screw tightening torque 0.5 N•m max.
7-segment, negative transmissive LCD; time display (h, min., s); CMW, OUT,
RST, TOTAL
Display
Present value (red, 7 mm high characters); Set value (green, 3.4 mm high
characters)
PV: 4 digits
SV: 4 digits
Digits
When total count value is displayed: 8 digits
(Zeros suppressed)
Memory backup EEPROM (non-volatile memory) (number of writes: 100,000 times)
Maximum counting speed 30 Hz or 5 kHz✶
Counting range -999…9,999
Counter
Input modes Increment, decrement, individual, quadrature inputs
Output modes N, F, C, or K
0.000…9.999 s, 0.00…99.99 s, 0.0…999.9 s, 0…9999 s, 0 min.
Time ranges 00 s…99 min. 59 s, 0.0…999.9 min., 0 h 00 min.…99 h 59 min.,
Timer 0.0 h…999.9 h, 0 h…9999 h
Timer modes Elapsed time (Up), remaining time (Down)
Output modes A, B, D, E, F, or Z
For Counter: CP1, CP2, and reset
Input signals
For Timer: Start, gate, and reset
No-voltage input (contact short-circuit and open input)
Short-circuit (ON) impedance: 1 KΩ max. (Approx. 2
mA runoff current at 0Ω)
Inputs (OV input) Input method
Short-circuit (ON) residual voltage: 2V DC max.
Open (OFF) impedance: 100 kΩ min.
Applied voltage: 30V DC max.
Start, reset, gate Minimum input signal width: 1 or 20 ms (selectable)
Power reset Minimum power-opening time: 0.5 s
Control output SPDT contact output: 5 A at 250V AC/30V DC, resistive load (cos φ = 1)
Minimum applied load 10 mA at 5 VDC (failure level: P, reference value)
Reset system External, manual, and power supply resets (for timer in A, B, D, E, or Z modes)
260 ms max. (Inputs cannot be received during sensor wait time if control
Sensor waiting time
outputs are turned OFF.)
✶ The figures given for maximum counting speed are for incrementing or decrementing operation with a prescale value of x1. If prescaling is used and 5 kHz is
set, the maximum counting speed will be reduced to about half. The non-prescaling maximum counting speed will also be reduced to about half when the
up/down mode is selected.
† “700-HXM User Manual” pub. no. 700-UM001A-EN-D, available at: http://www.theautomationbookstore.com.

9-104 Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs

Bulletin_700-HXM.qxd 06/02/2004 21:52 Page 9-105

Bulletin 700-HXM
Timing Relays
Specifications, Continued

Characteristics
Signal start: ±0.03% ±30 ms max.
Timer function
Power-ON start: ±0.03% ±50 ms max.
Insulation resistance 100 mΩ min. (at 500V DC)
1,500V AC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min. between output terminals and non-current-carrying metal parts
510V AC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min. between current-carrying terminals (except output terminals) and
non-current-carrying metal parts
1,500V AC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min. between output terminals and current-carrying terminals (except
Dielectric strength
output terminals)
500V AC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min. between communications terminals and current-carrying
terminals (except output terminals)
1,000V AC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min. between contacts not located next to each other
Square-wave noise by noise simulator;
Noise immunity
±480V (between power terminals), ±600 V (between input terminals)
Static immunity ±8 kV (malfunction), ±15 kV (destruction)
Vibration resistance Malfunction 10…55 Hz with 0.35 mm single amplitude each in three directions for 10 min.
Shock resistance Malfunction 100 m/s2 (approx. 10 G), 3 times each in six directions
Mechanical 10 million operations
Life expectancy
Electrical 100,000 operations min. (3 A at 250V AC, resistive load)
Operating -10 °C…55 °C (with no icing or condensation)
Ambient temperature
Storage -25 °C…65 °C (with no icing or condensation)
Ambient humidity 25%…85%
(EMI):
Emission Enclosure: EN61326 Class A
(EMS): EN61326
Immunity ESD:EN61000-4-2:4 kV contact discharge (level 2)
8 kV air discharge (level 3)
Immunity RF-interference:EN61000-4-3:10 V/m (Amplitude-modulated,
80 MHz…1 GHz) (level 3);
10 V/m (Pulse-modulated,
900 MHz ±5 MHz) (level 3)
EMC
Immunity Conducted
Disturbance:EN61000-4-6:3 V (0.15…80 MHz) (level 2)
Immunity Burst:EN61000-4-4:2 kV power-line (level 3);
1 kV I/O signal-line (level 4);
1 kV communications-line (level 3)
Immunity Surge:EN61000-4-5:1 kV between lines
(power and output lines) (level 3);
2 kV between grounds
(power and output lines) (level 3)
UL508, CSA C22.2 No.14
Approved standards Conforms to EN61010-1/IEC61010-1 (Pollution degree 2/overvoltage category II)
Conforms to VDE0106/P 100 (Finger Protection)
Panel surface: IP66 and NEMA Type 4 (indoors)
Enclosure ratings Rear case: IP20
Terminal block: IP20
Weight Approx. 80 g
Certifications CE Certified; UL508; CSA C22.2 No. 14; ACA
Standards EN61010-1; IEC61010-1; VDE0106/P 100; NEMA 4/IP66; VDE0106/P100

Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs 9-105

Bulletin_700-HXM.qxd 06/02/2004 21:52 Page 9-106

Bulletin 700-HXM
Timing Relays
Operating Mode

Input/Output Modes and Count Values

Up (Increment) Mode ✶ Down (Decrement) Mode ✶

UP

Input
edge

DOWN

Up/Down B Individual Input Up/Down C Quadrature Input✶

Note: H = Short-circuited
L = Open
✶ (A) indicates the minimum signal width and (B) requires at least 1/2 the minimum signal width. If these conditions are not met, a counting error
(+1 or -1) may occur.

9-106 Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs

Bulletin_700-HXM.qxd 06/02/2004 21:52 Page 9-107

Bulletin 700-HXM
Timing Relays
Operating Mode, Continued

Input/Output Mode Settings

Counter Function
If there is a power failure during output ON, output will turn ON again when the power supply has recovered. For one-shot output, an output
will be made again for the duration of the output time setting once the power supply has resumed.
Output timing restarted during one-shot outputs is ignored.
Input Mode
Up Down Up/Down B.C

Reset
9999

SV
N
0
-999

Output

Reset
9999

SV
F
0
-999

Output

Output
mode
Reset
9999

SV
C
0
-999 t t t t t-a t t t-a t
Output

Reset
9999

SV
K
0
-999
t-a t t-a t-a t t-a t
Output

Note: t-a: Less than the output time

t: Output time

Totalizing Counter Operation

y Totalizing counter continues to count the present value, regardless

of whether an reset input (by the reset key) has been made to
reset the PV.
y When totalizing count value has reset, the PV is reset at the same
time.
y The totalizing count range is 0…99999999. If the totalizing count
exceeds 99999999, the count returns to 0. If the count drops
below 0, it becomes 99999999.

Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs 9-107

Bulletin_700-HXM.qxd 06/02/2004 21:52 Page 9-108

Bulletin 700-HXM
Timing Relays
Operating Mode, Continued

Timer Function
A Mode: Signal ON-Delay✶ B Mode: Repeat Cycle✶
Power Power
supply supply

Start Start

Gate Gate

Reset Reset
Control Control
output output
Time display

Time display
SV SV
Up 0 Up 0
SV SV
Down Down
0 0

D Mode: Signal OFF-Delay E Mode: One Shot

Power Power
supply supply

Start Start

Gate Gate

Reset Reset
Control Control
output output
Time display

Time display
SV SV
Up 0 Up 0
SV SV
Down Down
0 0

F Mode: Accumulative Z Mode: ON/OFF-Duty Adjustable Repeat Cycle

Power
Power supply
supply
Start
Start
Gate
Gate
Reset
Reset Control
Control output
output Cycle time
Time display

ON duty setting
SV (%) ON time
Time display

Up 0 Up 0
Cycle time
SV
Down ON duty setting
0 (%) ON time
Down 0

Z Mode
Output quantity can be adjusted by changing the cycle time set in the adjustment level to 1 and by changing the ON duty (%) set value.
The set value shows the ON duty (%) and can be set to a value between 0 and 100 (%). When the cycle time is 0, the output will always be
OFF. When the cycle time is not 0 and when ON duty has been set to 0 (%), the output will always be OFF. When ON duty has been set to
100 (%), the output will always be ON.

✶ One-shot output or HOLD output can be selected for output:

9-108 Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs

Bulletin_700-HXM.qxd 06/02/2004 21:52 Page 9-109

Bulletin 700-HXM
Timing Relays
Approximate Dimensions

Approximate Dimensions are shown in millimeters (inches). Approximate Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes.

Cat. No. 700-HXM…

Terminal Arrangement

Not
RS-485 Not
Connected
connected Output
Output

Out

CP1/ CP2/
Start Gate Reset
Reset

24-VDC
24V DC
power supply
power supply
Contact inputs
Contact Inputs

Open-collector
Open-collector inputs
inputs

Cat. No. 700-HXM…

Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs 9-109

Bulletin_700-P.qxd 06/02/2004 22:14 Page 9-110

Bulletin 700-P
Heavy-Duty Industrial Relays
Overview/Product Selection

Bulletin 700-P Direct Drive™ Convertible Contact Cartridge Table of Contents

Relays
Accessories . . . . . . . . . 9-117
y NEMA and IEC Ratings Specifications . . . . . . . 9-121
y 600V Maximum AC/DC Approximate
y Accessories for Field Installation: Adder Decks, Time Delay, Latching, Dimensions . . . . . . . . . 9-123
Surge Suppressors, Mounting Strip
y Contact Ratings: (10A) 700-CP1, (20A) 700-CPM, (35A) 700-CPH, Certifications
(Low Power) 700-CPR y UL Listed (File No. E14840)
y For Machine Tool and Other Heavy Duty Applications (Guide No. NKCR) per
y Can Accommodate Ring Tongue Terminals UL 508
y Expands Safety Relay Outputs y CSA Certified (File No.
LR1234) per CSA C22.2
No. 14
y CE Certified

Description
The Bulletin 700-P family of relays has 4 types of contact cartridges to meet your specific switching requirements. Different cartridges can be
combined into one relay to yield a custom-tailored application solution. Time delay, latching attachments, overlapping and logic reed contacts
are available.
Bulletin 700-P relays use standard (10A) contact cartridges with a double-break and bifurcated design. Bifurcation provides excellent contact
reliability and low contact bounce, while the double-break contact design reduces the possibility of contacts welding and enhances the
relay’s ability to break DC circuits. These relays are supplied with a max. of 12 contacts (max. 8 N.C.).
Bulletin 700-PK master control relays contain (20A) master contact cartridges with large single-contact pads on each side of the spanner for
twice the current rating to control heavy loads and for master control of a system. The Bulletin 700-PK relay also has the same doublebreak
design as the 700-P relay. These relays are supplied with a max. of 12 contacts (max. 8 N.C.). Time delay and latching attachments are
available.
Bulletin 700-P and -PK relays combine the advantages of convertible contacts with Direct Drive, a construction designed to maintain non-
overlap operation between N.O. and N.C. contacts (within published ratings).
Bulletin 700-PH relays contain (35A) tandem contact cartridges. A jumper kit (Cat No. 700-CPH) allows two (20A) master contact cartrridges
to be connected in parallel. A maximum of six poles are supplied, up to four of which can be normally closed. Time delay and latch
attachments are available.

9-110 Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs

Bulletin_700-P.qxd 06/02/2004 22:15 Page 9-111

Bulletin 700-P
Heavy-Duty Industrial Relays
Product Selection
Προδυχτ Σελεχτιον

Electrically Held Relays

Bulletin 700-P Standard Contact Cartridge✶†
AC-Operated Relays
Open Type Open Type Type 1➤
Contacts Contact Arrangement Relay Rail Mount DIN Rail Mount General Purpose
N.O. N.C. and Markings Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No.

2  700-P200⊗ 700-P200D⊗ 700-P201⊗

4  700-P400⊗ 700-P400D⊗ 700-P401⊗

6  700-P600⊗ 700-P600D⊗ 700-P601⊗

8  700-P800⊗ 700-P800D⊗ 700-P801⊗

10  700-P1000⊗ 700-P1000D⊗ 700-P1001⊗

12  700-P1200⊗ 700-P1200D⊗ 700-P1201⊗

⊗AC Voltage Suffix Code

The Cat. No. as listed is incomplete. Select a voltage suffix code from the table below to complete the Cat. No. Example: Cat. No. 700-
P200⊗ becomes Cat. No. 700-P200A48. For other coil voltages, consult your local Allen-Bradley distributor.
Hz 24 48 110 110-115 115-120 120 127 200-208 220-230 230-240 277 347 380 415 440-480 460-480 500 575-600
50 B24 B48 A1a B11 — — B27 — B22 B2 — — B3 B41 B44 — B50 —
60 A24 A48 — — A1a B11 — A20 A22 A2 A27 A35 — — — A4 — A6
a Optimized for 115…120V, 60 Hz. Operates satisfactorily at 110V, 50 Hz.
 Optimized for 110…115V, 50 Hz. Operates satisfactorily at 120V, 60 Hz.

DC-Operated Relays
Open Type Open Type Type 1➤
Contacts Contact Arrangement Relay Rail Mount DIN Rail Mount General Purpose
N.O. N.C. and Markings Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No.

2  700DC-P200⊗ 700DC-P200D⊗ 700DC-P201⊗

4  700DC-P400⊗ 700DC-P400D⊗ 700DC-P401⊗

6  700DC-P600⊗ 700DC-P600D⊗ 700DC-P601⊗

8  700DC-P800⊗ 700DC-P800D⊗ 700DC-P801⊗

10  700DC-P1000⊗ 700DC-P1000D⊗ —

12  700DC-P1200⊗ 700DC-P1200D⊗ —

⊗DC Voltage Suffix Code

The Cat. No. as listed is incomplete. Select a voltage suffix code from the table below to complete the Cat. No. Example: Cat. No. 700DC-
P200⊗ becomes Cat. No. 700DC-P200Z48. For other coil voltages, consult your local Allen-Bradley distributor.
6 12 18 24 32 48 64 72 90 115-125 230-250 500-550 575-600
Z06 Z12 Z18 Z24 Z32 Z48 Z64 Z72 Z90 Z1 Z2 Z5 Z6
✶ Normally closed contacts: The normally open contacts can easily be changed to normally closed in the field. Relays can be supplied with N.C. contacts.
† Overlap contacts: To order a relay containing one pair: Use Cat. No. 700-PZ110. To order a relay containing two pairs: Use Cat. No. 700-PZ2220. N.O.
contact closes before N.C. contact opens. AC Ratings: NEMA A600, DC Ratings: P161.
‡ Location of contacts in 2-pole relays.
§ Location of contacts in 6-pole relays: 4-pole relay plus the 2 contacts indicated.
♣ Location of contacts in 10-pole relays: 8-pole relay plus the 2 contacts indicated.
➤ For Type 4/4X Enclosure replace 1 with 4, for Type 7 & 9 Enclosure replace 1 with 7 (Example, 700-P401 becomes 700-P404).

Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs 9-111

Bulletin_700-P.qxd 06/02/2004 22:15 Page 9-112

Bulletin 700-P
Heavy-Duty Industrial Relays
Product Selection, Continued

Electrically Held Relays

Bulletin 700-PK Master Contact Cartridges✶†
AC-Operated Relays
Open Type Open Type Type 1➤
Contacts Contact Arrangement Relay Rail Mount DIN Rail Mount General Purpose
N.O. N.C. and Markings Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No.

2  700-PK200⊗ 700-PK200D⊗ 700-PK201⊗

4  700-PK400⊗ 700-PK400D⊗ 700-PK401⊗

6  700-PK600⊗ 700-PK600D⊗ 700-PK601⊗

8  700-PK800⊗ 700-PK800D⊗ 700-PK801⊗

10  700-PK1000⊗ 700-PK1000D⊗ 700-PK1001⊗

12  700-PK1200⊗ 700-PK1200D⊗ 700-PK1201⊗

⊗AC Voltage Suffix Code

The Cat. No. as listed is incomplete. Select a voltage suffix code from the table below to complete the Cat. No. Example: Cat. No.700-
PK200⊗ becomes Cat. No.700-PK200A48 for 48V 60 Hz. For other coil voltages, consult your local Allen-Bradley distributor.
Hz 24 48 110 110-115 115-120 120 127 200-208 220-230 230-240 277 347 380 415 440-480 460-480 500 575-600
50 B24 B48 A1a B11 — — B27 — B22 B2 — — B3 B41 B44 — B50 —
60 A24 A48 — — A1a B11 — A20 A22 A2 A27 A35 — — — A4 — A6
a Optimized for 115…120V, 60 Hz. Operates satisfactorily at 110V, 50 Hz.
 Optimized for 110…115V, 50 Hz. Operates satisfactorily at 120V, 60 Hz.

DC-Operated Relays
Open Type Open Type Type 1➤
Contacts Contact Arrangement Relay Rail Mount DIN Rail Mount General Purpose
N.O. N.O. and Markings Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No.

2  700DC-PK200⊗ 700DC-PK200D⊗ 700DC-PK201⊗

4  700DC-PK400⊗ 700DC-PK400D⊗ 700DC-PK401⊗

6  700DC-PK600⊗ 700DC-PK600D⊗ 700DC-PK601⊗

8  700DC-PK800⊗ 700DC-PK800D⊗ 700DC-PK801⊗

10  700DC-PK1000⊗ 700DC-PK1000D⊗ —

12  700DC-PK1200⊗ 700DC-PK1200D⊗ —

⊗DC Voltage Suffix Code

The Cat. No. as listed is incomplete. Select a voltage suffix code from the table below to complete the Cat. No. Example: Cat. No. 700DC-
PK200⊗ becomes Cat. No. 700DC-PK200Z12 for 12V DC. For other coil voltages, consult your local Allen-Bradley distributor.
6 12 18 24 32 48 64 72 90 115-125 230-250 500-550 575-600
Z06 Z12 Z18 Z24 Z32 Z48 Z64 Z72 Z90 Z1 Z2 Z5 Z6
✶ Normally closed contacts: The normally open contacts can easily be changed to normally closed in the field. Relays can be supplied with N.C. contacts.
† Overlap contacts: To order a relay containing one pair: Use Cat. No. 700-PZ110. To order a relay containing two pairs: Use Cat. No. 700-PZ2220. N.O.
contact closes before N.C. contact opens. AC Ratings: NEMA A600, DC Ratings: P161.
‡ Location of contacts in 2-pole relays.
§ Location of contacts in 6-pole relays: 4-pole relay plus the 2 contacts indicated.
♣ Location of contacts in 10-pole relays: 8-pole relay plus 2 contacts indicated
➤ For Type 4/4X Enclosure replace 1 with 4, for Type 7 & 9 Enclosure replace 1 with 7 (Example, 700-PK401⊗ becomes 700-PK404).

9-112 Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs

Bulletin_700-P.qxd 06/02/2004 22:15 Page 9-113

Bulletin 700-P
Heavy-Duty Industrial Relays
Product Selection, Continued

Electrically Held Relays

Bulletin 700-PH 35A Tandem Contact Cartridges✶

AC-Operated Relays
Open Type Type 1➤
Relay Rail Open Type General
Contacts Contact Arrangement Mount DIN Rail Mount Purpose
N.O. N.C. and Markings Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No.

1  700-PH100⊗ 700-PH100D⊗ 700-PH101⊗

2  700-PH200⊗ 700-PH200D⊗ 700-PH201⊗

3  700-PH300⊗ 700-PH300D⊗ 700-PH301⊗

4  700-PH400⊗ 700-PH400D⊗ 700-PH401⊗

5  700-PH500⊗ 700-PH500D⊗ 700-PH501⊗

Cat. No. 700-PH200 6  700-PH600⊗ 700-PH600D⊗ 700-PH601⊗

⊗AC Voltage Suffix Code

The Cat. No. as listed is incomplete. Select a voltage suffix code from the table below to complete the Cat. No. Example: Cat. No. 700-
PH100⊗ becomes Cat. No. 700-PH100A48. For other coil voltages, consult your local Allen-Bradley distributor.
Hz 24 48 110 110-115 115-120 120 127 200-208 220-230 230-240 277 347 380 415 440-480 460-480 500 575-600
50 B24 B48 A1a B11 — — B27 — B22 B2 — — B3 B41 B44 — B50 —
60 A24 A48 — — A1a B11 — A20 A22 A2 A27 A35 — — — A4 — A6
a Optimized for 115…120V, 60 Hz. Operates satisfactorily at 110V, 50 Hz.
 Optimized for 110…115V, 50 Hz. Operates satisfactorily at 120V, 60 Hz.

DC-Operated Relays
Open Type
Relay Rail Open Type Type 1➤
Contacts Contact Arrangement Mount DIN Rail Mount General Purpose
N.O. N.C. and Markings Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No.

1  700DC-PH100⊗ 700DC-PH100D⊗ 700DC-PH101⊗

2  700DC-PH200⊗ 700DC-PH200D⊗ 700DC-PH201⊗

3  700DC-PH300⊗ 700DC-PH300D⊗ 700DC-PH301⊗

4  700DC-PH400⊗ 700DC-PH400D⊗ 700DC-PH401⊗

5  700DC-PH500⊗ 700DC-PH500D⊗ 700DC-PH501⊗

Cat. No. 700DC-PH200 6  700DC-PH600⊗ 700DC-PH600D⊗ —

⊗DC Voltage Suffix Code

The Cat. No. as listed is incomplete. Select a voltage suffix code from the table below to complete the Cat. No. Example: Cat. No. 700DC-
PH200⊗ becomes Cat. No. 700DC-PH200Z12. For other coil voltages, consult your local Allen-Bradley Sales Office.
6 12 18 24 32 48 64 72 90 115-125 230-250 500-550 575-600
Z06 Z12 Z18 Z24 Z32 Z48 Z64 Z72 Z90 Z1 Z2 Z5 Z6
✶ Normally closed contacts: The normally open contacts can easily be changed to normally closed in the field. Relays can be supplied with N.C. contacts.
† Location of contacts in 1-pole relays.
‡ Location of contacts in 3-pole relays: 2-pole relay plus the contact indicated.
§ Location of contacts in 5-pole relays: 4-pole relay plus the contact indicated.
➤ For Type 4/4X Enclosure replace 1 with 4, for Type 7 & 9 Enclosure replace 1 with 7 (Example, 700-PH401⊗ becomes 700-PH404).

Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs 9-113

Bulletin_700-P.qxd 06/02/2004 22:15 Page 9-114

Bulletin 700-P
Heavy-Duty Industrial Relays
Connection Diagrams

Electrically Held Relays — Typical Wiring Diagrams

9-114 Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs

Bulletin_700-P.qxd 06/02/2004 22:15 Page 9-115

Bulletin 700-P
Heavy-Duty Industrial Relays
Product Selection, Continued

Time Delay Relays — Open Type With Pneumatic Time-Delay Attachment

y Factory-Assembled Bulletin 700-PT and PKT Timing Relays
− Timing Range — 0.1…60 s
− 0, 2, or 4 instantaneous contacts
− 2 timed contacts — both ON Delay or both OFF Delay
− Convertible from ON Delay to OFF Delay and vice versa
− Standard contact cartridges rated NEMA A600 (AC) and P600 (DC)
− Master contact cartridges rated 2X NEMA A600 (AC) and 2X P600 (DC)

Bulletin 700-P Standard Contact Cartridge✶†

AC-Operated Relays DC-Operated Relays
Open Type Open Type Open Type
Relay Rail DIN Rail Relay Rail Open Type
Contacts Mount Mount Mount DIN Rail Mount
N.O. N.C. Contact Arrangement and Markings Cat. No. Cat. No. Contact Arrangement and Markings Cat. No. Cat. No.
0  Relay with only time delay contacts 700-PPT⊗ 700-PPTD⊗ Relay with only time delay contacts 700DC-PPT⊗ 700DC-PPTD⊗
2  700-PT200⊗ 700-PT200D⊗ 700DC-PT200⊗ 700DC-PT200D⊗

4  700-PT400⊗ 700-PT400D⊗ 700DC-PT400⊗ 700DC-PT400D⊗

Bulletin 700-PK Master Contact Cartridges✶

AC-Operated Relays DC-Operated Relays
Open Type Open Type
Relay Rail Open Type Relay Rail Open Type
Contacts Mount DIN Rail Mount Mount DIN Rail Mount
N.O. N.C. Contact Arrangement Cat. No. Cat. No. Contact Arrangement Cat. No. Cat. No.
0  Relay with only time delay contacts 700-PPKT⊗ 700-PPKTD⊗ Relay with only time delay contacts 700DC-PPKT⊗ 700DC-PPKTD⊗
2  700-PKT200⊗ 700-PKT200D⊗ 700DC-PKT200⊗ 700DC-PKT200D⊗

4  700-PKT400⊗ 700-PKT400D⊗ 700DC-PKT400⊗ 700DC-PKT400D⊗

⊗AC Voltage Suffix Code

The Cat. No. as listed is incomplete. Select a voltage suffix code from the table below to complete the Cat. No. Example: Cat. No. 700-
PKT200⊗ becomes Cat. No. 700-PKT200A48 for 48V 60 Hz. For other coil voltages, consult your local Allen-Bradley distributor.
Hz 24 48 110 110-115 115-120 120 127 200-208 220-230 230-240 277 347 380 415 440-480 460-480 500 575-600
50 B24 B48 A1a B11 — — B27 — B22 B2 — — B3 B41 B44 — B50 —
60 A24 A48 — — A1a B11 — A20 A22 A2 A27 A35 — — — A4 — A6
a Optimized for 115…120V, 60 Hz. Operates satisfactorily at 110V, 50 Hz.
 Optimized for 110…115V, 50 Hz. Operates satisfactorily at 120V, 60 Hz.

⊗DC Voltage Suffix Code

The Cat. No. as listed is incomplete. Select a voltage suffix code from the table below to complete the Cat. No. Example: Cat. No. 700DC-
PKT200⊗ becomes Cat. No. 700DC-PKT200Z12 for 12V DC. For other coil voltages, consult your local Allen-Bradley Sales Office.
6 12 18 24 32 48 64 72 90 115-125 230-250 500-550 575-600
Z06 Z12 Z18 Z24 Z32 Z48 Z64 Z72 Z90 Z1 Z2 Z5 Z6
✶ Normally closed contacts: The normally open contacts can easily be changed to normally closed in the field. Relays can be supplied with N.C. contacts.
† Overlap contacts: N.O. contact closes before N.C. contact opens. To order a relay containing one pair: Use Cat. No. 700-PTZ110. To order a relay containing
two pairs: Use Cat. No. 700-PTZ2220. AC Ratings: NEMA A600, DC Ratings: P161.
‡ Location of contacts in 2-pole relays.
♣ Timer has 1 N.O. and 1 N.C. convertible cartridge in addition to the instantaneous cartridges on the relay. Timer is supplied as On-Delay. Convertible to Off-
Delay in the field.
➤ The timer has 1 N.O. and 1 N.C convertible master cartridge in addition to the instantaneous master cartridges on the relay. Timer is supplied as On-Delay. It is
convertible to Off-Delay in the field.

Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs 9-115

Bulletin_700-P.qxd 06/02/2004 22:16 Page 9-116

Bulletin 700-P
Heavy-Duty Industrial Relays
Product Selection, Continued

Mechanical Latching Relays

y Factory-Assembled Bulletin 700-PL Latching Relays
y Converts all poles to latching
y AC latch coil — max. 6 poles latching
y DC latch coil — max. 5 poles latching
y Latching relays have 2 coils — latch coil is the relay coil, reset coil is on the latch
attachment
y Latch/reset coils can have 2 AC coils, 2 DC coils, or 1 AC and 1 DC coil (e.g., latch with
AC power, unlatch with DC battery)

Bulletin 700-P Standard Contact Cartridge✶†

AC-Operated Relays DC-Operated Relays
Open Type Open Type
Relay Rail Open Type DIN Relay Rail Open Type DIN
Mount with Rail Mount Mount with Rail Mount with
Mechanical with Mechanical Mechanical Mechanical
Latch Latch Latch Latch
Attachment Attachment Attachment Attachment
(Read (Read (Read (Read
ATTENTION ATTENTION ATTENTION ATTENTION
Contacts Below) Below) Below) Below)
N.O. N.C. Contact Arrangement and Markings Cat. No. Cat. No. Contact Arrangement and Markings Cat. No. Cat. No.
0 — — — — — — —
2  700-PL200⊗ 700-PL200D⊗ 700DC-PL200⊗ 700DC-PL200D⊗
4  700-PL400⊗ 700-PL400D⊗ 700DC-PL400⊗ 700DC-PL400D⊗

6  700-PL600⊗ 700-PL600D⊗ 700DC-PL500⊗ 700DC-PL500D⊗

⊗AC Voltage Suffix Code

The Cat. No. as listed is incomplete. Select a voltage suffix code from the table below to complete the Cat. No. Example: Cat. No. 700-
PL200⊗ becomes Cat. No. 700-PL200A48. For other coil voltages, consult your local Allen-Bradley Sales Office.
Relays with latch attachments: if the latch attachment coil is to be a different voltage other than the relay coil, add a second coil code suffix.
Example: Cat. No. 700-PL400A1A24. Only one suffix is required if both coils are the same voltage.
Hz 24 48 110 110-115 115-120 120 127 200-208 220-230 230-240 277 347 380 415 440-480 460-480 500 575-600
50 B24 B48 A1a B11 — — B27 — B22 B2 — — B3 B41 B44 — B50 —
60 A24 A48 — — A1a B11 — A20 A22 A2 A27 A35 — — — A4 — A6
a Optimized for 115…120V, 60 Hz. Operates satisfactorily at 110V, 50 Hz.
 Optimized for 110…115V, 50 Hz. Operates satisfactorily at 120V, 60 Hz.

⊗DC Voltage Suffix Code

The Cat. No. as listed is incomplete. Select a voltage suffix code from the table below to complete the Cat. No. Example: Cat. No. 700DC-
PL200⊗ becomes Cat. No. 700DC-PL200Z12. For other coil voltages, consult your local Allen-Bradley Sales Office.
6 12 18 24 32 48 64 72 90 115-125 230-250 500-550 575-600
Z06 Z12 Z18 Z24 Z32 Z48 Z64 Z72 Z90 Z1 Z2 Z5 Z6
ATTENTION – An open or failed unlatch control circuit will fail to unlatch the relay. For this reason, a mechanical latch unit should not be used where protection is
needed against automatic restart after a power failure or where reliability to a control function is critical to safety.
✶ Normally closed contacts: The normally open contacts can easily be changed to normally closed in the field. Relays can be supplied with N.C. contacts.
† Overlap contacts: To order a relay containing one pair: Use Cat. No. 700-PTZ110. To order a relay containing two pairs: Use Cat. No. 700-PTZ2220. N.O.
contact closes before N.C. contact opens. AC Ratings: NEMA A600, DC Ratings: P161.
‡ Location of contacts in 2-pole relays.
§ Location of contacts in 4-pole relays: 2-pole relay plus the 2 contacts indicated.

9-116 Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs

Bulletin_700-P.qxd 06/02/2004 22:16 Page 9-117

Bulletin 700-P
Heavy-Duty Industrial Relays
Accessories
Αχχεσσοριεσ

Adder Decks
Continuous
No. of N.O. No. of N.C. Carrying Current
Description Contacts Contacts (A) Arrangement Cat. No.
2  10 B1X B4X 700-PB20

Second Deck
(2-pole) 2  20 700-PKB20
B1Y B4Y

B1X B2X B3X B4X

4  10 700-PB40
Second Deck
(4-pole)
Second Deck
4  20 700-PKB40
Cat. No. 700-PB40 B1Y B2Y B3Y B4Y

2  10 C1X C4X 700-PC20

Third Deck
(2-pole) 2  20 700-PKC20
C1Y C4Y

C1X C2X C3X C4X

4  10 700-PC40
Third Deck
(4-pole)
C1Y C2Y C3Y C4Y
Third Deck
4  20 700-PKC40
Cat. No. 700-PC40

Contact Cartridges (Convertible from N.O. to N.C. and N.C. to N.O.)

Continuous
Description Carrying Current (A) Arrangement Pkg. Quantity Cat. No.

Standard Contact Cartridge

AC Rating NEMA A600 10 1 700-CP1
DC Rating NEMA P600

Standard Contact Cartridge Overlap Contact AC Rating

10
Cat. No. 700-CP1, -CP11Z Cartridges NEMA A600
Overlapping
Used in pairs.
N.O. contact DC Rating 2 700-CP11Z
closes before NEMA P150
N.C. contact 5
125V DC, 138 VA
opens on pick-up Make and Break
and vice versa on
drop-out.♣

Master Contact Cartridge

Master Contact Cartridge
AC Rating Twice NEMA A600 20 1 700-CPM
Cat. No. 700-CPM
DC Rating Twice NEMA P600

Logic Reed
Cartridge for
Low Energy Maximum
500 mA
Circuits 150V AC
1 700-CPR
150V AC 500 mA
25 VA Max.
30V DC 200 mA
Logic Reed Cartridge 6 W Max. Maximum
200 mA
Cat. No. 700-CPR 30V DC
Safety Contact Cartridge
10 A cartridge meeting IEC 947-5
Note: Use this cartridge when full
compliance to IEC 947-5 is required. 10 1 700-CPS
700-P relays equipped with CPS
cartridges fully meet the IEC 947-5
spec for mechanically linked contacts.
♣ Not Direct Drive.

International Symbol for Mechanically Linked Contacts

Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs 9-117

Bulletin_700-P.qxd 06/02/2004 22:16 Page 9-118

Bulletin 700-P
Heavy-Duty Industrial Relays
Accessories, Continued

Bulletin 700-PS and -PSR Solid-State Timers✶

Continuous
Description Carrying Current (A) Arrangement Timing Range† Cat. No.

0.1…2 s 700-PSAA1
External
Initiatingg
Self-Contained Contact 0.4…8 s 700-PSBA1
Potentiometer

On-Delay 1.5…30 s 700-PSCA1

C1 S1 S2 6…120 s 700-PSDA1
5
Output
Contact ADJ. 0.1…2 s 700-PSPA1
(C1 C2)
(C1, POT
POT.

0.4…8 s 700-PSRA1
C2 L1 L2
Off-Delay
1.5…30 s 700-PSTA1

110/120V, 50/60 Hz Power

6…120 s 700-PSUA1

0.1…2 s 700-PSRAA1

External 0.4…8 s 700-PSRBA1

Potentiometer C1 S1 S2
On-Delay Output R1 R2 1.5…30 s 700-PSRCA1
Contact
(C1,
(C1 C2)
6…120 s 700-PSRDA1
5 C2 L1 L2
0.1…2 s 700-PSRPA1

0.4…8 s 700-PSRRA1
Off-Delay
Remote Pot. Max. Shielded
Cable Length 50 FT 1.5…30 s 700-PSRTA1
UL Style #2517 or Equivalent
6…120 s 700-PSRUA1

Remote Potentiometers for Cat. No. 700-PSR…

Timing Range (s) Resistance (mΩ) Cat. No.
0.1…2 0.75 700-N35
0.4…8 0.75 700-N35
1.5…30 2.0 700-N36
6…120 3.5 700-N37

Pneumatic Time-Delay Unit – 1 N.O. and 1 N.C. Convertible Contact Cartridge✶

Open Type
Without
Description Continuous Enclosure
Operating No. of N.O. No. of N.C. Carrying
Mode Contacts Contacts Current (A) Arrangement Timing Range Cat. No.
D1X D2X
10 700-PT

On-Delay
1 1 0.1…60 s
Off-Delay
Pneumatic Time-Delay 20 700-PKT
D1Y D2Y

✶ Mounts on 4-pole Bulletin 700-P or -PK relay or 2-pole Bulletin 700-PH relay.
† Maximum time may be 50% greater and the minimum time may be 50% less than the value specified.

9-118 Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs

Bulletin_700-P.qxd 06/02/2004 22:16 Page 9-119

Bulletin 700-P
Heavy-Duty Industrial Relays
Accessories, Continued

Mechanical Latch Units

Continuous Carrying Current
Description Arrangement (A) Cat. No.
D1X D2X K3 No cartridge 700-PLL⊗
10 700-PLL11⊗

AC-Operated Latch Units

20 700-PKLL11⊗

D1Y D2Y K4
Reset No cartridge 700DC-PLL⊗
Input 10 700DC-PLL10⊗
D1X D2X K3

DC-Operated Latch Units

20 700DC-PKLL10⊗

D1Y D2Y K4

⊗AC Voltage Suffix Code

The Cat. No. as listed is incomplete. Select a voltage suffix code from the table below to complete the Cat. No. Example: Cat. No. 700-PLL⊗
becomes Cat. No. 700-PLLA1. For other coil voltages, consult your local Allen-Bradley distributor.
Hz 24 48 110 110-115 115-120 120 127 200-208 220-230 230-240 277 347 380 415 440-480 460-480 500 575-600
50 B24 B48 A1✶ B11† — — B27 — B22 B2 — — B3 B41 B44 — B50 —
60 A24 A48 — — A1✶ B11† — A20 A22 A2 A27 A35 — — — A4 — A6
✶ Optimized for 115…120V, 60 Hz. Operates satisfactorily at 110V, 50 Hz.
† Optimized for 110…115V, 50 Hz. Operates satisfactorily at 120V, 60 Hz.

⊗DC Voltage Suffix Code

The Cat. No. as listed is incomplete. Select a voltage suffix code from the table below to complete the Cat. No. Example: Cat. No. 700DC-
PLL⊗ becomes Cat. No. 700DC-PLLZ12. For other coil voltages, consult your local Allen-Bradley Sales Office.
6 12 18 24 32 48 64 72 90 115-125 230-250 500-550 575-600
Z06 Z12 Z18 Z24 Z32 Z48 Z64 Z72 Z90 Z1 Z2 Z5 Z6
Description Relays per Strip Pkg. Quantity Cat. No.
Relay Rail 4 Relays per Strip 5 700-MP4
Simplifies panel layout. These indexed strips are easily cut to the 8 Relays per Strip 5 700-MP8
required length and bolted, riveted, or spot-welded in place.
Relays are installed adjacent to one another on the mounting strip
with the captive mounting screws provided. Rows of relays on 12 Relays per Strip 5 700-MP12
Relay Rail form their own wiring trough.
Mounting Strip Can be used with the following relays: 700P, 700-PK, 700PH,
700S-P, 700N, 700-R, 700-RTC 16 Relays per Strip 5 700-MP16
Cat. No. 700-MP4

DIN Rail Adapter

Can be used with the following relays: 1 700-DRA
700P, 700-PK, 700-PH, 700S-P, 700-N, 700-R, 700-RTC

Cat. No. 700-DRA

DIN (#3) Symmetrical Rail

35 mm x 7.5 mm x 1 m long
10 199-DR1
Zinc-plated, yellow chromated
EN 50022

199-DR1
Type 1 Enclosure – Use for all Bulletin 700-P, -PH and -PK relays except 10- and 12-pole
1 700-N31
DC relays or 5- and 6-pole DC Bulletin 700-PH relays.

Type 4/4X Enclosure – For 2- and 4-pole Bulletin 700-P, -PH, -N and -R relays and 2-pole
1 700-N39
Bulletin 700-PH relays.

Type 7 & 9 Enclosure – For 2- and 4-pole Bulletin 700-P, -PK, -N and -R relays and 2-
Cat. No. 700-N31 1 700-N33
pole Bulletin 700-PH relays. 1 conduit hub; top and bottom.

Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs 9-119

Bulletin_700-P.qxd 06/02/2004 22:16 Page 9-120

Bulletin 700-P
Heavy-Duty Industrial Relays
Accessories, Continued

Description Pkg. Quantity Cat. No.

Mounting behind
1 700-N5
relay
Surge Suppressors (RC Circuit) — Surge suppressors reduce the
high transient voltages generated when the coil circuit is opened.
Surge Suppressor
These suppressors can be used with Bulletin 700-P, -PH, -PK and
Cat. No. 700-N5
-N relays, and other electromechanical devices. They contain a
resistor and capacitor. Maximum ratings: 150V, AC or DC, 35 VA.
Cat. No. 700-N5 requires 1 in. additional depth of enclosure.
Mounting on coil
1 700-N24
terminal
Surge Suppressor
Cat. No. 700-N24
Surge Suppressor 24…48V AC/DC 1 199-FSMA9
When the circuit to a DC operating coil is opened, the inductive 50…120V AC/DC 1 199-FSMA10
energy stored in the coil can generate very high transient voltages.
With the addition of the appropriate surge suppressor, the stored
energy is absorbed and dissipated limiting the voltage spikes. A 130…250V
surge suppressor is not required with AC 700-R or -RM relays 1 199-FSMA11
AC/DC
because the AC operating coil transients are suppressed by a full
wave rectifier connected to the coil.
Surge Suppressor Diode Surge Suppressor – for 6…300V DC voltage coils. Used on Bulletin 700-P, -
1 199-FSMZ-1
Cat. No. 199-FSMA1 PH, -PK, -N, -F, and -R relays.
35 A Jumper Kit – CSA Approved, UL Listed
This 35 A Jumper Kit can be used with any Bulletin 700-P and -PK AC or DC relay,
Time-Delay relay or Latch Unit equipped with 20 A Master Cartridges. It does not
require any additional panel space.
Jumper Kit terminals are designed for one #8 AWG wire or two #10 AWG wires. When
1 700-CPH
connecting the two 20 A Master Cartridges in parallel, it is important that they be the
same configuration (Normally Open or Normally Closed).
Jumpers can be added to any contact cartridge location on a relay except the two
35A Jumper Kit center poles because of the wide spacing. An adhesive label is included with each kit
Cat. No. 700-CPH listing the contact ratings.

Jumpers (Not applicable for Bulletin 700-PH or -PK relays) – For

Jumper – For
connection between a middle pole and an outer pole on the left or 700-N3
outer poles
right side of the relay 50

Jumper Jumper Jumpers (Not applicable for Bulletin 700-PH or -PK relays) – For Jumper – For
700-N4
Cat. No. 700-N3 Cat. No. 700-N4 connection between two middle poles. middle poles

Check Out Tool — Mechanically maintains the Bulletin 700-P, -PH or -PK relay in the
700-N23
energized position for troubleshooting purposes.
1

Adapter Plate — Simplified relay conversion. Allows you to use the existing mounting
Check Out Tool
holes when you replace a Bulletin 700-B, -BR, -BX or -D relay with a Bulletin 700-P, - 700-N34
Cat. No. 700-N23
PH, or -PK relay.

Protective Cover –— For 700-PT Timing Adjustment Knob. Helps prevent tampering
5 700-N38
with time setting.

IP 2x Finger-Safe Cover Accessories

Description Pkg. Quantity Cat. No.
Top Covers (Covering Top Level Contact Screws)
IP2X Top Cover for 700-P, (AC Standard Relays) 5 700-PFSACT
IP2X Top Cover for 700-P, (DC Standard Relays) 5 700-PFSDCT
IP2X Top Cover for 700PK, (AC Master Control Relays) 5 700-PFSAPKT
IP2X Top Cover for 700PK, (DC Master Control Relays) 5 700-PFSDPKT
Timer Top Cover Kit, (for Relays with Pneumatic Latch Attachment) 5 700-PFSTC
Timer Top Cover Kit (for Relays with Mechanical Latch Attachment) 5 700-PFSLCK
Timer Top Cover Kit, (for Master Cont. Relays with Pneumatic Timer) 5 700-PFSKTC
Latch Top Cover Kit (for Master Cont. Relays with Mechanical Latch) 5 700-PFSKLCK
Deck Covers (Covering all terminals not on top deck, only for multi-deck relays)
IP2X Deck Cover for all AC & DC Relays in the 700P Range 10 700-PFSDEK
Coil Covers
IP2X Coil Cover for all AC Relays in the 700P Range 5 700-PFSACC
IP2X Coil Cover for all DC Relays in the 700P Range 5 700-PFSDCC

9-120 Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs

Bulletin_700-P.qxd 06/02/2004 22:16 Page 9-121

Bulletin 700-P
Heavy-Duty Industrial Relays
Specifications
Σπεχιφιχατιονσ

Type 700-P, PLL, PT 700-PK, PKLL, PKT 700-PH

Electrical
10 A @ 600V AC 20 A @ 600V AC 35 A @ 600V AC
Contact Rating Continuous
5 A @ 600V DC 10 A @ 600V DC 20 A @ 600V DC
Ratings AC NEMA A600 2 x NEMA A600 2 x NEMA A600
Make/Break DC NEMA P600 2 x NEMA P600 2 x NEMA P600
3 Hp @ 240V AC - N.O. 5 Hp @ 240V AC - N.O.
2 Hp @ 240V AC - N.O./N.C. 3 Hp @ 240V AC - N.O./N.C.
Additional Contact Ratings for
— 1 Hp @ 120V AC - N.O./N.C. 2 Hp @ 120V AC - N.O./N.C.
AC single-phase loads
20 A Resistive Heating to 600V AC 35 A General Use At 0.75 PF to 600V AC
20 A Tungsten Lighting Load to 480V AC 35 A Tungsten Lighting Load to 480V AC
DC Current
Cartridge Cat. No. 700-CP1 Cartridge Cat. No. 700-CPM Cartridge Cat. No. 700-CPH
Ratings Make/Break
Volts DC
Contacts in
24 64 125 250 500 600
Series 24 64 125 250 500 600 24 64 125 250 500 600
480W 480W 275W 138W 135W 120W
DC Switching 1 5 A 2.2 A 1.1 A .55 A .24 A .2 A 10 A 5 A 2.2 A .55 A .24 A .2 A 10 A 5 A 2.2 A .55 A .24 A .2 A
2 10 A 10 A 5 A 2A .7 A .5 A 20 A 10 A 5 A 2A .7 A .5 A 20 A 10 A 5 A 2A .7 A .5 A
3 — — 7A 3 A 1.5 A 1.0 A — 15 A 7 A 3 A 1.5 A 1.0 A — 15 A 7 A 3A 1.5 A 1.0 A
4 — — 10 A 5 A 2.5 A 1.5 A — 20 A 10 A 5 A 2.5 A 1.5 A — 20 A 10 A 5 A 2.5 A 1.5 A
AC 85…110% 85…110% 85…110%
Coil Voltage DC 80…110% 80…110% 80…110%
Range Battery
85…115% 85…115% 85…115%
Charging
50 Hz 60 Hz 50 Hz 60 Hz 50 Hz 60 Hz
Coil A Inrush 132 VA† 138 VA† 132 VA† 138 VA† 132 VA† 138 VA†
Consumption C Sealed 19.3 VA† 19 VA† 19.3 VA† 19 VA† 19.3 VA† 19 VA†
P-PH-PK
D Inrush 12.7 VA† 12.7 VA† 12.7 VA†
C Sealed 12.7 VA† 12.7 VA† 12.7 VA†
PLL - PKLL Inrush 15 VA† 15.6 VA† 5 VA† 15.6 VA† 15 VA† 15.6 VA†
AC Latch Unit Sealed 5.4 VA† 5.5 VA† 5.4 VA† 5.5 VA† 5.4 VA† 5.5 VA†
PLL - PKLL Unlatch 35 VA† 35 VA† —
DC Latch Unit Intermittent 35 W† 35 W† —
Reset Time PT – PKT 75 ms 75 ms —
Minimum Pulse PLL–PKLL 75 ms 75 ms —
Mechanical
AC – 10…20 ms AC – 10…20 ms AC – 10…20 ms
Pickup
DC – 30…50 ms DC – 30…50 ms DC – 30…50 ms
Operating Time
AC – 10…20 ms AC – 10…20 ms AC – 10…20 ms
Dropout
DC – 20…33 ms DC – 20…33 ms DC – 20…33 ms
Mechanical Life 10 million operations
Construction
Up to 12 Poles, Convertible to N.O. or Up to 12 Poles, Convertible to N.O. or Up to 6 Poles, Convertible to N.O. or
Contact Arrangement
N.C. (8 N.C. Maximum) N.C. (8 N.C. Maximum) N.C. (4 N.C. Maximum)
Contact Material Nickel Silver Silver Cadmium Oxide Silver Cadmium Oxide
Panel or Strip Mount Panel or Strip Mount Panel or Strip Mount
Mounting
Horizontal Mounting Recommended Horizontal Mounting Recommended Horizontal Mounting Recommended
Environmental
Operating✶ –20…+65 °C (–4…149 °F) –20…+65 °C (–4…149 °F) –20…+65 °C (–4…149 °F)
Temperature
Storage –40…+65 °C (–40…149 °F) –40…+65 °C (–40…149 °F) –40…+65 °C (–40…149 °F)
Certifications CSA Certified, CSA File #LR1234, UL Listed, UL File #E14840, Guide NKCR, CE Certified
IEC 947-5-1, IEC 337-1 CENELEC, BS 4794, VDE 0660, Listed: U.S. Coast Guard and American Bureau of Shipping, UL508,
Standards
CSA 22.2
Wire Terminations
Wire size per UL/CSA #18 AWG…(2) #12 AWG
Tightening Torque 8…12 lb-in. (0.9…1.4 N•m)
✶ Temperature inside the panel.
† Average value for all coils within range. For values on a specific coil voltage, contact your local Allen-Bradley distributor.

Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs 9-121

Bulletin_700-P.qxd 06/02/2004 22:16 Page 9-122

Bulletin 700-P
Heavy-Duty Industrial Relays
Specifications, Continued

Operating Coils
Bulletin 700 Bulletin 700-P-PH-PK Relays — Bulletin 700-PLL-PKLL Mechanical Latch Attachments✶
Bulletin 700-P-PK
…12-pole,
Bulletin 700-P, -PK 2…12-pole, Bulletin Bulletin 700-PLL–PKLL AC Mechanical Bulletin 700-PH
Coil 700-PH 1…6-pole AC Latch Attachment …6-pole DC
Volts✶ 60 Hz 50 Hz 60 Hz 50 Hz —
24 PA013 PA407 PL013 PL407 PD714
32 — — — — PD718
48 PA222 PA314 PL222 PL314 PD724
110† — PA236 — PL236 PD733 § (100…110)
115…120† PA236 — PL236 — —
110…115‡ — PA322 — PL322 —

115…125 — — — — PD735

Bulletin 700-P 120‡ PA322 — PL322 — —

Operating Coil 130…140 — — — — PD738
200…208 PA249 — PL249 — —
220…230 PA251 PA339 — PL339 —
230…240 PA254 PA342 PL254 PL342 —
230…250 — — PD748 — PD748
277 PA260 — — — —
380 — PA354 — PL354 —
415 — PA357 — PL357 —

440…460 — PA360 — PL360 —

Bulletin 700-PL 460…480 PA273 — PL273 — —

Unlatch Coil and 500 — PA364 — PL364 PD759
Magnet Assembly 575…600 PA278 — PL278 — PD758
✶ Coils for AC relays cannot be used in DC relays and vice versa.
† This coil is optimized for 115…120V, 60 Hz applications and will operate satisfactorily at 110V, 50 Hz.
‡ This coil is optimized for 110…115V, 50 Hz applications and will operate satisfactorily at 120V, 60 Hz.
§ This coil is designed and marked for use at 100…110V DC.

9-122 Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs

Bulletin_700-P.qxd 06/02/2004 22:16 Page 9-123

Bulletin 700-P
Heavy-Duty Industrial Relays
Approximate Dimensions
Αππροξιµατε ∆ιµενσιονσ

Dimensions are shown in millimeters (inches). Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes.

Bulletin 700-P, -PH and -PK Relays

2- and 4-pole Bulletin 700-P or -PK Relay or 2-pole Bulletin 700-PH Relay
with Pneumatic Time Delay Attachment
2- and 4-pole Bulletin 700-P, -PK Relay — 2-pole Bulletin 700-PH Relay Approximate Shipping Weight AC – 0.85 kg (1.88 lbs.),
Approximate Shipping Weight AC – 0.68 kg (1.5 lbs.), DC – 1.5 kg (3.33 lbs.)
DC – 1.34 kg (2.95 lbs.)

2- and 4-pole Bulletin 700-P or -PK Relay or 2-pole Bulletin 700-PH Relay
with Mechanical Latch Attachment
6- and 8-pole Bulletin 700-P, or -PK Relay — 4-pole Bulletin 700-PH Relay Approximate Shipping Weight AC – 0.97 kg (2.13 lbs.),
Approximate Shipping Weight AC – 0.79 kg (1.75 lbs.), DC – 1.62 kg (3.58 lbs.)
DC – 1.45 kg (3.20 lbs.)

Bulletin 700-PS Timer Mounted on a 4-pole Bulletin 700 Bulletin 700-P or

10- and 12-pole Bulletin 700-P, DIN Rail Adapter or -PK Relay — 6-pole -PK Relay or 2-pole Bulletin 700-PH Relay.
Bulletin 700-PH Relay Approximate Shipping Weight Approximate Shipping Weight AC – 0.68 kg (1.5 lbs.) without 700-PS,
AC – 1.02 kg (2.25 lbs.), DC – 1.68 kg (3.7 lbs.) eDC – 1.34 kg (2.9 lbs.) without 700-PS

Relay Rail for Bulletin 700-P, -PH, -PK, -N, -NM, -R,
-RM, -RT, -RTA Relays
Type 1 Enclosure (Approximate Shipping Weight 1.04 kg (2.3 lb.)
for Bulletin 700-P or -PK Relay (2…4-pole); Secure the mounting strip with 2 screws at each end relay position.
Bulletin 700-PH Relay (1…2-pole only); Use a minimum of one screw at the 3rd, 5th, 7th, etc., relay positions.
Cat. No. 700-N31 NEMA Type 1 Enclosure for other Bulletin 700-P, -PH, -PK, Alternate between upper and lower horizontal slots.
-RTC Relays has
same Approximate Dimensions except the depth is 178 mm (7”).
Approximate Shipping Weight 1.26 kg (2.8 lb.)

Cat. No. 199-DR1 DIN Mounting Rail Series B

Cat. No. 199-DR4 DIN Mounting Rail Series B Has No Mounting Holes

9-123
Bulletin_700S-P.qxd 09/02/2004 09:24 Page 9-124

Bulletin 700S-P
Heavy-Duty Industrial Safety Relays
Product Selection/Overview
Προδυχτ Σελεχτιον

Bulletin 700S-P Table of Contents

y Mechanically Linked Contacts meet IEC 947-5-1-L
Specifications . . . . . . . 9-125
y 2…12 poles – all Mechanically Linked
y Red Faceplate for Easy Identification of Safety Circuits Approximate
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . 9-126
y IEC Mechanically linked Contacts Symbol Displayed on Front
y Double-break Contacts to Reduce Probability of Welded Contacts Certifications
y Visual Indication of Contact State y UL Listed (File No. E14840)
y Tamper Resistant Cover Helps Prevent Changes Which Could (Guide No. NKCR) per
Jeopardize Safety UL 508
y Complete Catalog Number Displayed on Front y CSA Certified (File No.
y Ideal for use in Safety Circuits LR1234) per CSA C22.2
No. 14
y CE Certified

Type S-P Safety Control Relays — AC and DC Coil Voltages

Connection Diagrams and terminal markings Contacts AC Coils 24V DC Coils

Coil and Main

Contacts Additional Contacts Additional Contacts N.O. N.C. Cat. No.✶ Cat. No.✶

— — 3 1 700S-P310⊗ 700S-DCP310Z24

— — 2 2 700S-P220⊗ 700S-DCP220Z24

— 7 1 700S-P710⊗ 700S-DCP710Z24

— 6 2 700S-P620⊗ 700S-DCP620Z24

— 5 3 700S-P530⊗ 700S-DCP530Z24

— 4 4 700S-P440⊗ 700S-DCP440Z24

— 3 5 700S-P350⊗ 700S-DCP350Z24

10 2 700S-P1020⊗ 700S-DCP1020Z24

⊗AC Voltage Suffix Code

The Cat. No. as listed is incomplete. Select a voltage suffix code from the table below to complete the Cat. No.
Example: Cat. No. 700S-P310 becomes Cat. No. 700S-P310A1 for a 120V AC coil.
Hz 24 115-120 230-240 277 460-480
60 A24 A1 A2 A27 A4
✶ For other coil voltages, consult your local Allen-Bradley Distributor.
IEC 947-5-1 Annex L has 2 requirements for a relay to meet for mechanically linked contacts:
1.) If a N.O. contact welds, all the N.C. contacts will remain open and meet a 2500V impulse test.
2.) If a N.C. contact welds, all the N.O. contacts will remain open and meet a 2500V impulse test.
700S-P and 700S-DCP relays meet these requirements including the 2500V impulse test.
The relays shown on this page are shipped from the factory with the 700-CPS cartridge installed and can not be converted to N.O. or N.C. in
the Field.

9-124 Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs

Bulletin_700S-P.qxd 09/02/2004 09:24 Page 9-125

Bulletin 700S-P
Heavy-Duty Industrial Safety Relays
Specifications
Σπεχιφιχατιονσ

Type 700S-P
Electrical
10 A @ 600V AC
Contact Rating Continuous
5 A @ 600V DC
Ratings AC NEMA A600
Make/Break DC NEMA P600
Minimum Contact Switching Ratings 10V, 50 mA
Contacts Volts DC
in Series 24V 64V 125V 250V 500V 600V
1 5A 2.2 A 1.1 A 0.55 A 0.24 A 0.2 A
DC Switching
2 10 A 10 A 5A 2A 0.7 A 0.5 A
3 — — 7A 3A 1.5 A 1.0 A
4 — — 10 A 5A 2.5 A 1.5 A
1.5 million operations at 10A break at 120V AC
Contact Electrical Life—Resistive Loads 14 million operations at 1A break at 120V AC
6 million operations at 1A break at 24V DC
AC 85…110%
DC 80…110%
Coil Voltage Range✶
Battery
85…115%
Charging
50 Hz 60 Hz
Inrush 132 VA 138 VA
Coil AC
Sealed 19.3 VA 19 VA
Consumption
Inrush 12.7 W
DC
Sealed 12.7 W
Mechanical
Mechanically Linked Contacts All contacts are mechanically linked per IEC 947-5-1 annex L for 2 to 12 poles
AC – 10…20 ms
Pickup
DC – 30…50 ms
Operating Time
AC – 10…20 ms
Dropout
DC – 20…33 ms
Mechanical Life 12.5 million operations†
Construction
2 to 12 Poles, Double Break Contacts
Contact Arrangement
N.O. or N.C. (8 N.C. Maximum)
Contact Material/Design Silver Nickel/Bifurcated
Panel mount or mount on 700-MP Relay or DIN Rail
Mounting
Horizontal Mounting Recommended
Environmental
Operating‡ –20…+65 °C (–4…149 °F)
Temperature
Storage –40…+65 °C (–40…149 °F)
Wire Terminations
Wire size per UL/CSA #18 AWG…(2) #12 AWG
Tightening Torque 8…12 lb-in. (0.9…1.4 N•m)
✶ Coil voltage required for proper operation (percent of rated coil voltage).
† 90% of devices are expected to meet or exceed 12.5 million operations, and 50% of devices are expected to meet 20 million operations.
‡ Temperature inside the panel.

Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs 9-125

Bulletin_700S-P.qxd 09/02/2004 09:24 Page 9-126

Bulletin 700S-P
Heavy-Duty Industrial Safety Relays
Approximate Dimensions
Αππροξιµατε ∆ιµενσιονσ

Dimensions are shown in millimeters (inches). Dimensions are not intended for manufacturing purposes.

6- and 8-pole Bulletin 700S-P Relay

2-pole and 4-pole Bulletin 700S-P Relay
Approximate Weight AC – 0.79 kg (1.75 lbs.),
Approximate Weight AC – 0.68 kg (1.5 lbs.), DC – 1.34 kg (2.95 lbs.)
DC – 1.45 kg (3.20 lbs.)

10- and 12-pole Bulletin 700S-P Relay

Approximate Weight AC – 1.02 kg (2.25 lbs.),
DC – 1.68 kg (3.7 lbs.)

Relay Rail

DIN Rail

9-126 Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs

Bulletin_700-N.qxd 06/02/2004 22:28 Page 9-127

Bulletin 700-N
Industrial Relays
Overview/Product Selection
Προδυχτ Σελεχτιον

Bulletin 700-N Industrial Relay Table of Contents

y Contact Cartridges Convertible from N.O. to N.C. and Vice Versa
Product Selection . . . this page
y NEMA A300 AC
y 24…250V AC Coils Accessories . . . . . . . . . 9-130
y Pneumatic Timing Unit Specifications . . . . . . . 9-131
y Solid State Timing Unit Approximate
y Overlap Contacts Dimensions . . . . . . . . . 9-132
y Logic Reed Contacts Certifications
y 2…8-pole y UL Listed (File No. E14840)
(Guide No. NKCR) per
UL 508
y CSA Certified (File No.
LR1234) per CSA C22.2
No. 14

AC-Operated Relays
Contacts Type 1
✶†‡ Open Type General Purpose
N.O. N.C. Contact Arrangement Cat. No. Cat. No.
2  700-N200⊗ 700-N201⊗

4  700-N400⊗ 700-N401⊗

6  700-N600⊗ 700-N601⊗

8  700-N800⊗ 700-N801⊗

⊗ AC Voltage Suffix Code

The Cat. No. as listed is incomplete. Select a voltage suffix code from the table below to complete the Cat. No. Example: Cat. No.700-
N200⊗ becomes Cat. No. 700-N200A24 for 24V 60 Hz. For other coil voltages, contact your local Allen-Bradley Distributor.
Voltage 24V 32V 48V 64V 110V 120V 208V 220V 240V
50 B24 B32 B48 B64 A1 — B20 A2 —
60 A24 A32 A48 A64 — A1 A20 — A2
✶ NORMALLY CLOSED CONTACTS: Listed relays are supplied with all contacts normally open. These contacts can be readily converted to normally closed in
the field. Relays having combinations of normally open and normally closed contacts can be supplied.
† OVERLAP CONTACTS: Overlap contacts (normally open contact closes before the normally closed contact opens) can be supplied. See page 9-119 for
information on kits for field installation of overlap contact cartridges.
‡ BIFURCATED CONTACTS: To order a relay with bifurcated contacts, add the letter “B” after the letter “N” in the Cat. No. Example: Cat. No. 700-N200A1
becomes Cat. No. 700-NB200A1.
§ Location of contacts in 2-pole relays.
♣ Location of contacts in 6-pole relays: 4-pole relay plus the two contacts indicated.

Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs 9-127

Bulletin_700-N.qxd 06/02/2004 22:28 Page 9-128

Bulletin 700-N
Industrial Relays
Product Selection, Continued

Operating Coils
Bulletin 700-N Relay • 2…8-Pole
Coil Voltage 60 Hz 50 Hz
24 84AB27 84AB28
110 84AB01 84AB86
120 84AB86 —

208 84AB113 —

Bulletin 700-N 220 84AB06 84AB83

Operating Coil 240 84AB83 —

AC-Operated Relays with Pneumatic Timing Unit✶†‡

Instantaneous
Contacts Open Type
Description N.O. N.C. Contact Arrangement Cat. No.

2  700-NT200⊗

Electrically Held AC Relay

4  700-NT400⊗

⊗ AC Voltage Suffix Code

The Cat. No. as listed is incomplete. Select a voltage suffix code from the table below to complete the Cat. No. Example: Cat. No. 700-
NT200 ⊗ becomes Cat. No. 700-NT200A24. For other coil voltages, contact your local Allen-Bradley Distributor.
Voltage 24V 32V 48V 64V 110V 115…125V 120V 208V 220V 230…250V 240V
50 Hz B24 B32 B48 B64 A1 — — B20 A2 — —
60 Hz A24 A32 A48 A64 — — A1 A20 — — A2
✶ NORMALLY CLOSED CONTACTS: Listed relays are supplied with all contacts normally open. These contacts can be readily converted to normally closed in
the field. Relays having combinations of normally open and normally closed contacts can be supplied.
† OVERLAP CONTACTS: Overlap contacts (normally open contact closes before the normally closed contact opens) can be supplied. See page page 9-130 for
information on kits for field installation of overlap contact cartridges.
‡ BIFURCATED CONTACTS: To order a relay with bifurcated contacts, add the letter “B” after the letter “T” in the Cat. No. Example: Cat. No. 700-NT200A1
becomes Cat. No. 700-NTB200A1.

9-128 Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs

Bulletin_700-N.qxd 06/02/2004 22:28 Page 9-129

Bulletin 700-N
Industrial Relays
Product Selection, Continued

Bulletin 700-NT Pneumatic Timing Unit

Timed
Contacts Contact Open Type
Description N.O. N.C. Arrangement Cat. No.

Timing Unit Only

1 1 700-NT
(for Bulletin 700-N, 2…4-pole)
Cat. No. 700-NT

Timing Unit Mounted on 700-N Relay

1 1 700-NPT⊗
(Relay supplied without contacts)

ON-Delay mode is
standard. Timer is
Cat. No. 700-NPTA1
easily converted to
OFF-Delay mode.

⊗ AC Voltage Suffix Code

The Cat. No. as listed is incomplete. Select a voltage suffix code from the table below to complete the Cat. No. Example: Cat. No. 700-
NPT⊗ becomes Cat. No. 700-NPTA24 for 24V 60 Hz. For other coil voltages, contact your local Allen-Bradley Sales Office.
Voltage 24V 32V 48V 64V 110V 115…125V 120V 208V 220V 230…250V 240V
50 Hz B24 B32 B48 B64 A1 — — B20 A2 — —
60 Hz A24 A32 A48 A64 — — A1 A20 — — A2

Bulletin 852S Solid-State Timing Unit for Mounting on Bulletin 700-N Relays✶
(Supplied as On-Delay. Easily Converted to Off-Delay Mode) Input: 110V/50 Hz, 120V/60 Hz; Output: NEMA B300, Sealed Contacts
Timing Unit with Self-Contained Potentiometer
Minimum Time (s) Maximum Time (s) Cat. No.
0.1 5.0 852S-NSA
0.5 30.0 852S-NSB
1.0 60.0 852S-NSC

Timing Unit Only External Potentiometer†

Minimum Time (s) Maximum Time (s) Cat. No. Resistance Cat. No.
0.21 15 kΩ 800T-U34
0.35 25 kΩ 800T-U37
0.70 50 kΩ 800T-U41
1.10 75 kΩ 800T-U46
1.50 100 kΩ 800T-U49
0.1 852S-A†
2.10 150 kΩ 800T-U50
5.6 400 kΩ 800T-U54
7.0 500 kΩ 800T-U55
14.0 1 MΩ 800T-U57
29.0 2 MΩ 800T-U59
2.0 50 kΩ 800T-U41
4.0 100 kΩ 800T-U49
8.0 200 kΩ 800T-U51
16.0 400 kΩ 800T-U54
1.0 32.0 852S-C 800 kΩ 800T-U56
40.0 1 MΩ 800T-U57
80.0 2 MΩ 800T-U59
120.0 3 MΩ 800T-U62
160.0 4 MΩ 800T-U64
✶ The maximium time is fixed by component characteristics and may be up to 70% greater than listed
† These timing relays require an external potentiometer. To order an external potentiometer, refer to right side of table.

Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs 9-129

Bulletin_700-N.qxd 06/02/2004 22:28 Page 9-130

Bulletin 700-N
Industrial Relays
Accessories
Αχχεσσοριεσ

Description Cat. No.

Relay Rail Relays per strip
700-MP4
Simplifies panel layout. These indexed strips are easily cut to the 4
required length and bolted, riveted, or spot-welded in place. 8 700-MP8
Relays are installed adjacent to one another on the mounting
strip with the captive mounting screws provided. Rows of relays 12 700-MP12
on Relay Rail form their own wiring trough.
Universal Mounting Strip Can be used with the following relays: 700P, 700-PK, 700PH, 16 700-MP16
700S-P, 700N, 700-R, 700-RTC

DIN Rail Adapter — 700-DRA

Cat. No. 700-DRA

Front Deck
Front decks can be attached to Bulletin 700 4-pole relays. Front Deck with 2 Contact Cartridges 700-NA20
Provides up to 4 additional convertible poles – without changing
the mounting area.
Cat. No. 700-NA40 Front Deck with 4 Contact Cartridges 700-NA40
Rear Deck Contact Cartridge 700-C1✶
Standard Contact Cartridges
Available for adding to both rear deck and front deck. Front Deck Contact Cartridge 700-C2✶

Rear Deck Contact Cartridge 700-C1X✶

Gold-Plated Contact Cartridges
May be used in low power circuits to improve reliability. Good
for long term storage, because gold resists corrosion. Front Deck Contact Cartridge 700-C2X✶

Logic Reed Cartridges Rear Deck Contact Cartridge

Cartridges are hermetically sealed contact for low energy (150V AC, 150 mA, 8VA Max.) 700-C1R✶
switching. (30V DC, 60 mA Max.)

Rear Deck Contact Cartridge 700-C1B✶

Bifurcated Contact Cartridges
Cartridges are less apt to open because of vibration and shock. Front Deck Contact Cartridge 700-C2B✶

Overlap Contact Cartridges Rear Deck Contact Cartridge

Cartridges are available in pairs. The N.O. contact closes before 700-C11Z✶
(1 pair in a package)
the N.C. contact opens.
300V AC max.
125V DC max.
Front Deck Contact Cartridge
Cat. No. 700-C11Z 700-C22Z✶
(1 pair in a package)
Timing Unit Replacement (Bifurcated) Contact Cartridge for
Timing Unit Deck Contact Cartridge X-457011✶
Bulletin 700-NT relay

Jumpers (Not applicable for Bulletin 700-PH or -PK relays) – For Jumper for middle pole to outer poles 700-N3
connection between a middle pole and an outer pole on the left
or right side of the relay
Cat. No. 700-N4,-N3 Jumper for middle poles 700-N4
Gold-Plated Contact Timing Unit Replacement Cartridge — 40163-447-03✶

Surge Suppressors (RC Circuit) — Surge suppressors reduce

the high transient voltages generated when the coil circuit is
opened. These suppressors can be used with Bulletin 700-P, - For mounting behind relay
700-N5
PH, -PK and -N relays, and other electromechanical devices. (1 in. additional depth needed)
They contain a resistor and capacitor. Maximum ratings: 150V,
AC or DC, 35 VA. Cat. No. 700-N5 requires 1 in. additional depth
of enclosure.
Cat. No. 700-N5 Cat. No. 700-N24 For mounting on coil terminal 700-N24

Check Out Tool

Check Out Tool for Bulletin 700-N AC
Mechanically maintains the Bulletin 700-N relay in operated 700-N21
relay
position.
Cat. No. 700-N21
✶ Note: All contact cartridges are convertible (N.O. or N.C.).

9-130 Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs

Bulletin_700-N.qxd 06/02/2004 22:28 Page 9-131

Bulletin 700-N
Industrial Relays
Specifications
Σπεχιφιχατιονσ

Type 700-N Type 700-NT

Electrical Ratings
Rated Thermal Current ,th 10 A
Rated Insulation Voltage 300V
Contact Rating 10 A @ 300V AC, NEMA A300
AC 85…110%
Coil Voltage Range
DC 80…110%
Coil Consumption
50 Hz 60 Hz —
Inrush 120 VA 133 VA —
AC
Sealed 24 VA 20 VA —
Mechanical
AC —
Max. Pickup 14 ms —
Operating Time Drop Out 13 ms —
Timing Range — 0.2…60 s
Repeat Accuracy — ±15% of setting
Reset Time — 75 ms
On-Delay — convertible to OFF Delay, up to 2 poles
Timing Mode —
convertible to N.O. or N.C.
Construction
Contact Arrangement Up to 8 Poles, Convertible to N.O. or N.C. —
Contact Material Silver Silver
Panel or strip mount
Mounting On relay only
Horizontal mounting recommended
Environmental
Ambient Temperature (Outside Operating –20…+40 °C (–4…+104 °F)
Enclosure) Storage –40…+60 °C (–40…+140 °F)
Operating Temperature Rise
+25 °C Max —
(Inside Enclosure)
Wire Terminations
Wire size per UL/CSA #18 AWG…(2) #12 AWG
Tightening Torque 8…12 lb-in. (0.9…1.4 N•m)

Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs 9-131

Bulletin_700-N.qxd 06/02/2004 22:28 Page 9-132

Bulletin 700-N
Industrial Relays
Approximate Dimensions and Shipping Weights
Αππροξιµατε ∆ιµενσιονσ

Dimensions are shown in millimeters (inches). Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes.
Open Type Type 1
Without Enclosure Approx. General Purpose Enclosure Approx.
No. of Drawing A B C Ship. Wt. A B C Ship. Wt.
Type of Relay Poles Number Wide High Deep D kg (lbs.) Wide High Deep D E kg (lbs.)
Bulletin 57.15 88.90 82.55 79.38 0.68 107.95 185.74 103.19 146.05 85.73 1.59
2…4 1
700 (2-1/4) (3-1/2) (3-1/4) (3-1/8) (1-1/2) (4-1/4) (7-5/16) (4-1/16) (5-3/4) (3-3/8) (3-1/2)
N
Bulletin 57.15 88.90 106.36 79.38 0.79 112.71 228.60 120.65 206.38 92.08 2.27
6…8 2
700 (2-1/4) (3-1/2) (4-3/16) (3-1/8) (1-3/4) (4-7/16) (9) (4-3/4) (8-1/8) (3-5/8) (5)
N
with Bulletin 57.15 88.90 138.11 79.38 0.91
2…4 3 — — — — — —
Pneumatic 700 (2-1/4) (3-1/2) (5-7/16) (3-1/8) (2)
Timer
N
with Bulletin 57.15 88.90 160.34 79.38 1.02
2…4 3 — — — — — —
Solid-State 700 (2-1/4) (3-1/2) (6-5/16) (3-1/8) (2-1/4)
Timer

Drawing Number 1 Drawing Number 2 Drawing Number 3

Type 1 Enclosure Relay Rail for Bulletin 700-P, -PH, -PK, -N, -NM, -R, -RM, -RT, -RTA Relays

Secure the mounting strip with 2 screws at each end relay

position. Use a minimum of one screw at the 3rd, 5th, 7th, etc.
relay positions. Alternate between upper and lower horizontal
slots.

DIN Rail Adapter

9-132 Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs

Bulletin_700R-RM.qxd 06/02/2004 22:39 Page 9-133

Bulletin 700-R, -RM

Sealed Switch Relays
Overview/Product Selection
Προδυχτ Σελεχτιον

Bulletin 700-R -RM Table of Contents

y Sealed Contacts
Modifications . . . . . . . 9-135
y Extremely Long Mechanical and Electrical Life
y Hazardous Locations Class 1, Div 2 Groups A, B, C, D Specifications . . . . . . . 9-136
y Harsh Environments Approximate
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . 9-137
y Suitable for Applications with Shock and Vibration
y High Reliability Circuit Integrity Certifications
y UL Listed (File No. E10314)
(Guide No. NOIV) per UL 508
y CSA Certified
(File No. LR11924)
y CE Certified

Electrically Held
AC-Operated Relay Only DC-Operated Relay Only
No. Type 1 Type 1
of Contacts Contact Arrangement Open Type General Purpose Open Type General Purpose
Poles N.O. N.C. and Markings† Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No.
0 0 0 Relay without Contact 700-R000⊗ 700-R001⊗ 700DC-R000⊗ 700DC-R001⊗
2 0 700-R200⊗ 700-R201⊗ 700DC-R200⊗ 700DC-R201⊗
2 1 1 700-R110⊗ 700-R111⊗ 700DC-R110⊗ 700DC-R111⊗
0 2 700-R020⊗ 700-R021⊗ 700DC-R020⊗ 700DC-R021⊗
4 0 700-R400⊗ 700-R401⊗ 700DC-R400⊗ 700DC-R401⊗
3 1 700-R310⊗ 700-R311⊗ 700DC-R310⊗ 700DC-R311⊗
4 2 2 700-R220⊗ 700-R221⊗ 700DC-R220⊗ 700DC-R221⊗
1 3 700-R130⊗ 700-R131⊗ 700DC-R130⊗ 700DC-R131⊗
0 4 700-R040⊗ 700-R041⊗ 700DC-R040⊗ 700DC-R041⊗
6 0 700-R600⊗ 700-R601⊗ 700DC-R600⊗ 700DC-R601⊗
5 1 700-R510⊗ 700-R511⊗ 700DC-R510⊗ 700DC-R511⊗
4 2 700-R420⊗ 700-R421⊗ 700DC-R420⊗ 700DC-R421⊗
6 3 3 700-R330⊗ 700-R331⊗ 700DC-R330⊗ 700DC-R331⊗
2 4 700-R240⊗ 700-R241⊗ 700DC-R240⊗ 700DC-R241⊗
1 5 700-R150⊗ 700-R151⊗ 700DC-R150⊗ 700DC-R151⊗
0 6 700-R060⊗ 700-R061⊗ 700DC-R060⊗ 700DC-R061⊗
8 0 700-R800⊗ 700-R801⊗ 700DC-R800⊗ 700DC-R801⊗
7 1 700-R710⊗ 700-R711⊗ 700DC-R710⊗ 700DC-R711⊗
6 2 700-R620⊗ 700-R621⊗ 700DC-R620⊗ 700DC-R621⊗
5 3 700-R530⊗ 700-R531⊗ 700DC-R530⊗ 700DC-R531⊗
8 4 4 700-R440⊗ 700-R441⊗ 700DC-R440⊗ 700DC-R441⊗
3 5 700-R350⊗ 700-R351⊗ 700DC-R350⊗ 700DC-R351⊗
2 6 700-R260⊗ 700-R261⊗ 700DC-R260⊗ 700DC-R261⊗
1 7 700-R170⊗ 700-R171⊗ 700DC-R170⊗ 700DC-R171⊗
0 8 700-R080⊗ 700-R081⊗ 700DC-R080⊗ 700DC-R081⊗

⊗ Voltage Suffix Code

The Cat. No. as listed is incomplete. Select a voltage code from the table below to complete the Cat. No. Example: Cat. No. 700-R000⊗
becomes Cat. No. 700-R000A24. For other coil voltages, contact your local Allen-Bradley Sales Office.
Coil Volts
Type of Relay Hz 24V 48V 110V 115-125V 120V 220V 230-250V 240V
25 — — C11 — C1 — — C2
AC 50 B24 B48 A1 — — A2 — —
60 A24 A48 — — A1 — — A2
DC — Z24 Z48 — Z1 — — Z2 —
✶ 3-, 5- and 7-pole relays are available. Refer to your local Allen-Bradley Distributor.
† Arrangement displays all N.O. contacts.
§ Polarity must be observed for DC voltage (700 DC) relays.
♣ Location of contacts in 2-pole relays.
➤ Location of contacts in 6-pole relays.

Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs 9-133

Bulletin_700R-RM.qxd 06/02/2004 22:39 Page 9-134

Bulletin 700-R, -RM

Sealed Switch Relays
Product Selection, Continued

Magnetic Latch
AC-Operated Relay Only DC-Operated Relay Only
No. Type 1 Type 1
of Contacts Contact Arrangement Open Type General Purpose Open Type General Purpose
Poles N.O. N.C. and Markings † Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No.
0 0 0 Relay without Contact 700-RM000⊗ 700-RM001⊗ 700DC-RM000⊗ 700DC-RM001⊗
2 0 700-RM200⊗ 700-RM201⊗ 700DC-RM200⊗ 700DC-RM201⊗
2 1 1 700-RM110⊗ 700-RM111⊗ 700DC-RM110⊗ 700DC-RM111⊗
0 2 700-RM020⊗ 700-RM021⊗ 700DC-RM020⊗ 700DC-RM021⊗
4 0 700-RM400⊗ 700-RM401⊗ 700DC-RM400⊗ 700DC-RM401⊗
3 1 700-RM310⊗ 700-RM311⊗ 700DC-RM310⊗ 700DC-RM311⊗
4 2 2 700-RM220⊗ 700-RM221⊗ 700DC-RM220⊗ 700DC-RM221⊗
1 3 700-RM130⊗ 700-RM131⊗ 700DC-RM130⊗ 700DC-RM131⊗
0 4 700-RM040⊗ 700-RM041⊗ 700DC-RM040⊗ 700DC-RM041⊗
6 0 700-RM600⊗ 700-RM601⊗ 700DC-RM600⊗ 700DC-RM601⊗
5 1 700-RM510⊗ 700-RM511⊗ 700DC-RM510⊗ 700DC-RM511⊗
4 2 700-RM420⊗ 700-RM421⊗ 700DC-RM420⊗ 700DC-RM421⊗
6 3 3 700-RM330⊗ 700-RM331⊗ 700DC-RM330⊗ 700DC-RM331⊗
2 4 700-RM240⊗ 700-RM241⊗ 700DC-RM240⊗ 700DC-RM241⊗
1 5 700-RM150⊗ 700-RM151⊗ 700DC-RM150⊗ 700DC-RM151⊗
0 6 700-RM060⊗ 700-RM061⊗ 700DC-RM060⊗ 700DC-RM061⊗
8 0 700-RM800⊗ 700-RM801⊗ 700DC-RM800⊗ 700DC-RM801⊗
7 1 700-RM710⊗ 700-RM711⊗ 700DC-RM710⊗ 700DC-RM711⊗
6 2 700-RM620⊗ 700-RM621⊗ 700DC-RM620⊗ 700DC-RM621⊗
5 3 700-RM530⊗ 700-RM531⊗ 700DC-RM530⊗ 700DC-RM531⊗
8 4 4 700-RM440⊗ 700-RM441⊗ 700DC-RM440⊗ 700DC-RM441⊗
3 5 700-RM350⊗ 700-RM351⊗ 700DC-RM350⊗ 700DC-RM351⊗
2 6 700-RM260⊗ 700-RM261⊗ 700DC-RM260⊗ 700DC-RM261⊗
1 7 700-RM170⊗ 700-RM171⊗ 700DC-RM170⊗ 700DC-RM171⊗
0 8 700-RM080⊗ 700-RM081⊗ 700DC-RM080⊗ 700DC-RM081⊗

⊗ Voltage Suffix Code

The Cat. No. as listed is incomplete. Select a voltage code from the table below to complete the Cat. No. Example: Cat. No. 700-RM000⊗
becomes Cat. No. 700-RM000A24. For other coil voltages, contact your local Allen-Bradley Distributor.
Coil Volts
Type of Relay Hz 24V 48V 110V 115-125V 120V 220V 230-250V 240V
25 — — C11 — C1 — — C2
AC 50 B24 B48 A1 — — A2 — —
60 A24 A48 — — A1 — — A2
DC — Z24 Z48 — Z1 — — Z2 —
✶ 3-, 5- and 7-pole relays are available. Refer to your local Allen-Bradley Distributor.
† Arrangement displays all N.O. contacts.
§ Location of contacts in 6-pole relays.
♣ Polarity must be observed for DC voltage (700 DC) relays.
➤ Location of contacts in 2-pole relays.

9-134 Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs

Bulletin_700R-RM.qxd 06/02/2004 22:40 Page 9-135

Bulletin 700-R, -RM

Sealed Switch Relays
Modifications/Accessories

Modifications
Letter Manual Actuator Actuation
Description Designation Addition for Relay Qty.
Manual Actuator RL Type R 1
A factory-installed manual actuator is available for manual RML Type RM on Latch Coil 1
energization of the relay coils. To order, replace the letters “R” or
“RM” after the dash in the listed catalog number with the letters RMR Type RM on Reset Coil 1
listed at right. Type RM on Latch and Reset Coil (2 manual
Ratings 150V AC or DC maximum. Example: Cat. No. 700- RMLR 2
actuators required)
RM300A1 becomes Cat. No. 700-RMLR300A1.

Accessories for Bulletin 700-R, -RM Relays

Pkg.
Description Quantity Cat. No.
Relay Rail 4 Relays per Strip Relays per Strip 5 700-MP4
Simplifies panel layout. These indexed strips are easily cut to 8 Relays per Strip Relays per Strip 5 700-MP8
the required length and bolted, riveted, or spot-welded in place.
Relays are installed adjacent to one another on the mounting 12 Relays per Strip Relays per
5 700-MP12
strip with the captive mounting screws provided. Rows of relays Strip
on Relay Rail form their own wiring trough.
16 Relays per Strip Relays per
Can be used with the following relays: 700P, 700-PK, 700PH, 5 700-MP16
Strip
700S-P, 700N, 700-R, 700-RTC

DIN (#3) Symmetrical Rail

35 mm x 7.5 mm x 1 m long 10 199-DR1
Zinc-plated, yellow chromated

Cat. No. 199-DR1

DIN Rail Adapter

Can be used with the following relays: 1 700-DRA
700P, 700-PK, 700-PH, 700S-P, 700-N, 700-R, 700-RTC

Front Deck with one N.O. Contact

1 700-RA10
Cartridge (700-R Relay)
Front Deck with one N.C. Contact
Front Deck 1 700-RA01
Cartridge (700-R Relay)
A front deck can be attached to Bulletin 700 2-, 3-, or 4-pole
AC and DC Type R or RM relays. Front Deck with one N.O. Contact
1 700-RB10
Cartridge (700-RM Relay)
Front Deck with one N.C. Contact
1 700-RB01
Cartridge (700-RM Relay)
Contact Cartridges N.O. Contact Cartridge - Green
1 700-CR5
These cartridges are used to increase the number of poles of a (700-R Relay)
relay. A dummy cartridge is also available to fill empty space N.C. Contact Cartridge - Yellow
not occupied by a contact cartridge. 1 700-CR6
(700-R Relay)
N.O. Contact Cartridge - Blue
1 700-CR7
(700-RM Relay)
N.C. Contact Cartridge - Red
1 700-CR8
(700-RM Relay)
Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No. “DUMMY” Cartridge - Black
1 700-CR9
700-CR5 700-CR6 700-CR9 (700-R and -RM Relays)
12V DC (700-R Relay) 1
12V DC (700-RM Relay) 2
Surge Suppressor 24V DC (700-R Relay) 1
When the circuit to a DC operating coil is opened, the inductive 199-FSMA9
24V DC (700-RM Relay) 2
energy stored in the coil can generate very high transient
voltages. With the addition of the appropriate surge suppressor, 48V DC (700-R Relay) 1
the stored energy is absorbed and dissipated limiting the 48V DC (700-RM Relay) 2
voltage spikes. A surge suppressor is not required with AC 700-
115…125V DC (700-R Relay) 1
R or -RM relays because the AC operating coil transients are 199-FSMA10
suppressed by a full wave rectifier connected to the coil. 115…125V DC (700-RM Relay) 2
230…250V DC (700-R Relay) 1
199-FSMA11
230…250V DC (700-RM Relay) 2
Bulletin 700-PS Solid-State Timing Unit
You can attach a Bulletin 700-PS solid-state timing unit to 4-pole 700-R or -RM relays. An adaptor kit, Cat. No. 700-N26, is
required. See page 9-142 for description.

Bulletin 852S Solid-State Timing Unit

You can attach a Bulletin 852S solid-state timing unit to 4-pole 700-R or -RM relays.

Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs 9-135

Bulletin_700R-RM.qxd 06/02/2004 22:40 Page 9-136

Bulletin 700-R, -RM

Sealed Switch Relays
Specifications
Σπεχιφιχατιονσ

Application Data – Because of the inherent characteristics of this device, the normally open contacts may close before the normally closed
contacts open on energization and the normally closed contacts may close before the normally open contacts open on de-energization.
Note: For Type 700-RM, energizing both the latch and unlatch coil together will cause the relay to be energized and both latch and unlatch
coils can be operated together continuously.

Ratings
AC Voltage DC Voltage
Continuous Continuous
NEMA Rating Carrying NEMA Rating Carrying
Designation Voltage Make Break Current (A) Designation Volts DC Make/Break Current (A)
Up to 300V 120V 30 3
B300 5 46…300 138 VA 5
AC 240V 15 1.5
NEMA P300
Above 300V 480V 7.5 0.75
C600 2.5 5…46 3A 5
AC 600V 6.0 0.60

Maximum Allowable Off-State Leakage Current

Maximum Off-State Leakage Maximum Off-State Leakage
Current (mA) Current (mA)
Voltage Type R Type RM
24V DC 23 8
24V AC 23 8
120V AC 5 2

Relay Data
Type 700-R 700-RM
Up to 8 Poles, available in any combination of N.O. or N.C. Up to 8 Poles, available in any combination of N.O. or N.C.
Contact Arrangement
contacts contacts
Contact Material W (tungsten in a controlled gas atmosphere) W (tungsten in a controlled gas atmosphere)
24…250V AC 24…250V AC
Coil Voltage Range
24…250V DC 24…250V DC
Sealed 5.5 VA, 50/60 Hz 1.7 VA, 50/60 Hz (Latch or Unlatch)
Coil Voltage Range: –15… +10% 5.5 W DC 1.7 W DC
Power 5.5 VA, 50/60 Hz 1.7 VA, 50/60 Hz (Latch or Unlatch)
Inrush
5.5 W DC 1.7 W DC
Pickup Time 30 ms 75 ms Min. Latch Pulse
Dropout Time 30 ms 75 ms Min. Unlatch Pulse
Operating Temperature –40…+60 °C (–40…+140 °F) –40…+60 °C (–40…+140 °F)
Mounting Panel Mount Panel Mount

Bulletin 700-R Operating Coils

Bulletin 700-R 2-…8-Pole AC Bulletin 700-R
Coil Volts 60 Hz 50 Hz 2-…8-Pole DC
24 77AB27 77AB27 77D152
48 77AB134 77AB134 77D166
110 77AB86 77AB86 —
115…125 — — 77D155
120 77AB86 77AB86 —
208 — — —
220 77AB83 77AB83 —
240 77AB83 77AB83 —
Bulletin 700-R Operating Coil 230…250 — — 77D156

9-136 Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs

Bulletin_700R-RM.qxd 06/02/2004 22:40 Page 9-137

Bulletin 700-R, -RM

Sealed Switch Relays
Approximate Dimensions and Shipping Weights
Αππροξιµατε ∆ιµενσιονσ

Dimensions are shown in millimeters (inches) shown. Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes.
Secure the mounting strip with 2 screws at each end relay position. Use a minimum of one screw at the 3rd, 5th, 7th, etc., relay positions.
Alternate between upper and lower horizontal slots.

Bulletin 700-R400…, -RM400…

Bulletin 700-R800, -RM800…

Bulletin 700-PS Timer Mounted on a 4-Pole
Bulletin 700-R Relay
Approximate Shipping Wt.
1.25 kg (2.75 lbs.)

Bulletin 700-R with 852s timer

Type 1 Enclosure

Relay Rail

Cat. No. 199-DR1 DIN Mounting Rail Series B

Bulletin 700-R, -RM Relays

Open Type Type 1
Without Enclosures Approx. General Purpose Enclosure Approx.
No. of Drawing A B C Ship Wt. A B C Ship Wt.
Type of Relay Poles Number Wide High Deep D (kg) lbs. Wide High Deep D E kg (lbs.)
55.56 88.90 92.25 79.38 0.91 104.78 185.74 103.19 146.05 85.73 1.81
Bulletin 700 2…4 1
(2-3/16) (3-1/2) (3-3/8) (3-1/8) (2) (4-1/8) (7-5/16) (4-1/16) (5-3/4) (3-3/8) (4)
R and
Bulletin 700DC 55.56 88.90 111.13 79.38 1.02 112.71 228.60 120.65 206.38 92.08 2.49
5…8 2
(2-3/16) (3-1/2) (4-3/8) (3-1/8) (2-1/4) (4-7/16) (9) (4-3/4) (8-1/8) (3-5/8) (5)
R with Bulletin 700
55.56 88.90 165.1 79.38 1.25
Bulletin 852S and 2…4 3 — — — — — —
(2-3/16) (3-1/2) (6-1/2) (3-1/8) (2-3/4)
Timer Bulletin 700DC
55.56 88.90 95.25 79.38 0.91 104.78 185.74 103.19 146.05 85.73 1.81
Bulletin 700 2…4 1
(2-3/16) (3-1/2) (3-3/8) (3-1/8) (2) (4-1/8) (7-5/16) (4-1/16) (5-3/4) (3-3/8) (4)
RM and
Bulletin 700DC 55.56 89.90 111.13 79.38 1.02 112.71 228.60 120.65 206.38 92.08 2.49
5…8 2
(2-3/16) (3-1/2) (4-3/8) (3-1/8) (2-1/4) (4-7/16) (9) (4-3/4) (8-1/8) (3-5/8) (5)
RM with Bulletin 700
55.56 88.90 165.1 79.38 1.25
Bulletin 852S and 2…4 3 — — — — — —
(2-3/16) (3-1/2) (6-1/2) (3-1/8) (2-3/4)
Timer Bulletin 700DC

Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs 9-137

Bulletin_700-RTC.qxd 06/02/2004 22:44 Page 9-138

Bulletin 700-RTC
Sealed Switch Timing Relays
Overview
Προδυχτ Σελεχτιον

Bulletin 700-RTC Table of Contents

y Timing Functions
Product Selection . . . this page
y 8 ON-Delay
y 8 OFF-Delay Accessories . . . . . . . . . 9-140
y Timing Ranges Specifications . . . . . . . 9-141
y Seconds: 0.05…2, 0.2…8, 0.4…30, 2…120 Approximate
y Minutes: 0.015…1, 0.06…4, 0.25…16 and 1…64 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . 9-141
y AC, 50/60 Hz or DC Certifications
y 600V AC Maximum y UL Listed (File No. E10314)
y 300V DC Maximum (Guide No. NOIV) per UL 508
y Relays with Fixed Time Delay y CSA Certified (File No.
y Sealed Contacts LR11924)
y Harsh Environments y CE Certified
y Hazardous Locations Class I, Div. 2, Groups A, B, C and D

Bulletin 700-RTC Relay – Relays with Provision for Instantaneous Contacts

Relays listed below have slots for two timed contacts and two instantaneous contacts. Unused slots are equipped with removable dummy
cartridges.
Open Type
Without
Number of Contact Cartridges Enclosure
Instantaneous Timed
Total N.O. N.C. N.O. N.C. Cat. No.
0 0 0 0 0 700-RTC00000⊗
0 0 1 0 700-RTC00100⊗
1
0 0 0 1 700-RTC00010⊗
0 0 2 0 700-RTC00200⊗
1 0 1 0 700-RTC10100⊗
0 1 1 0 700-RTC01100⊗
2 0 0 1 1 700-RTC00110⊗
1 0 0 1 700-RTC10010⊗
0 1 0 1 700-RTC01010⊗
0 0 0 2 700-RTC00020⊗
1 0 2 0 700-RTC10200⊗
2 0 1 0 700-RTC20100⊗
0 1 2 0 700-RTC01200⊗
1 1 1 0 700-RTC11100⊗
1 0 1 1 700-RTC10110⊗
2 0 0 1 700-RTC20010⊗
3
0 2 1 0 700-RTC02100⊗
0 1 1 1 700-RTC01110⊗
1 1 0 1 700-RTC11010⊗
1 0 0 2 700-RTC10020⊗
0 2 0 1 700-RTC02010⊗
0 1 0 2 700-RTC01020⊗
2 0 2 0 700-RTC20200⊗
1 1 2 0 700-RTC11200⊗
2 0 1 1 700-RTC20110⊗
0 2 2 0 700-RTC02200⊗
4 1 1 1 1 700-RTC11110⊗
2 0 0 2 700-RTC20020⊗
1 1 0 2 700-RTC11020⊗
0 2 1 1 700-RTC02110⊗
0 2 0 2 700-RTC02020⊗

⊗ Voltage Suffix Code

The Cat. No. as listed is not complete. Select a voltage suffix code from the table below to complete the Cat. No. Example: Cat. No. 700-
RTC00100⊗ becomes Cat. No. 700-RTC00100U24. For other voltages consult your local Allen-Bradley Distributor.
Voltage 24V DC 24V AC, 50/60 Hz 120V DC 110/120V AC, 50/60 Hz 240V DC 220/240V AC, 50/60 Hz
Coil Code U24 U1 U2

9-138 Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs

Bulletin_700-RTC.qxd 06/02/2004 22:44 Page 9-139

Bulletin 700-RTC
Sealed Switch Timing Relays
Product Selection, Continued

Bulletin 700-RTC Relays with Fixed Time Delay— Relays with Provision for Instantaneous Contacts
Relays listed below have slots for two timed and two instantaneous contacts. Unused slots are equipped with removable dummy cartridges.
Open Type Without
Number of Contact Cartridges Enclosure
Timed Instantaneous
Total N.O. N.C. N.O. N.C. Cat. No.✶
0 0 0 0 0 700-RTC00#0⊗
1 0 0 0 700-RTC10#0⊗
1
0 1 0 0 700-RTC20#0⊗
2 0 0 0 700-RTC40#0⊗
1 0 1 0 700-RTC11#0⊗
1 0 0 1 700-RTC12#0⊗
2 1 1 0 0 700-RTC30#0⊗
0 1 1 0 700-RTC21#0⊗
0 1 0 1 700-RTC22#0⊗
0 2 0 0 700-RTC50#0⊗
2 0 1 0 700-RTC41#0⊗
1 0 2 0 700-RTC14#0⊗
2 0 0 1 700-RTC42#0⊗
1 0 1 1 700-RTC13#0⊗
1 1 1 0 700-RTC31#0⊗
0 1 2 0 700-RTC24#0⊗
3
1 0 0 2 700-RTC15#0⊗
1 1 0 1 700-RTC32#0⊗
0 1 1 1 700-RTC23#0⊗
0 2 1 0 700-RTC51#0⊗
0 1 0 2 700-RTC25#0⊗
0 2 0 1 700-RTC52#0⊗
2 0 2 0 700-RTC44#0⊗
2 0 1 1 700-RTC43#0⊗
1 1 2 0 700-RTC34#0⊗
2 0 0 2 700-RTC45#0⊗
4 1 1 1 1 700-RTC33#0⊗
0 2 2 0 700-RTC54#0⊗
1 1 0 2 700-RTC35#0⊗
0 2 1 1 700-RTC53#0⊗
0 2 0 2 700-RTC55#0⊗
✶ # Operating Mode
Replace the # in the Cat. No. with the appropriate letter and numbers to indicate the operating mode and the fixed time delay value. Refer to operating mode
table.
Digit Operating Mode Fixed Time Delay
S On-Delay – s Seconds –Two digits indicating the fixed time delay in seconds.
Three digits indicating the fixed time delay (first digit indicates seconds, next
Z Off-Delay – s two digits indicate 1/100 seconds).
Y On-Delay – Min. Minutes –Two digits indicating the fixed time delay in minutes.
Three digits indicating the fixed time delay (first digit indicates minutes, next
I Off-Delay – Min. two digits indicate 1/100 minutes).

Examples: Cat. No. 700-RTC00Y200U1 is for a relay without contact cartridges. “Y20” indicates an On-Delay timer with a 20 minute fixed
time delay. This is a “standard relay.” Order the contact cartridges separately. Cat. No. 700-RTC42S020U1 is for a relay with 2 N.O.
cartridges in the timed position and 1 N.C. cartridge in the instantaneous position. “S02” indicates an On-Delay timer with a 2 second fixed
time delay.

⊗ Voltage Suffix Code

The Cat. No. as listed is not complete. To complete the Cat. No., add a coil code selected from the table below.
Voltage 24V DC—24V AC, 50/60 Hz 120V DC—110/120V AC, 50/60 Hz 240V DC—220/240V AC, 50/60 Hz
Coil Code U24 U1 U2

Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs 9-139

Bulletin_700-RTC.qxd 06/02/2004 22:44 Page 9-140

Bulletin 700-RTC
Sealed Switch Timing Relays
Accessories
Αχχεσσοριεσ

Description Cartridge Type Color Cat. No.

N.O. Gray 700-CRT5
Contact Cartridges – These cartridges are used to
add contacts to timing relays having unused slots.
The N.O., N.C., and “Dummy” cartridges are
N.C. Orange 700-CRT6
interchangeable and can be used in timed or
instantaneous contact slots. “Dummy” cartridges
should be placed in unused cartridge slots to guard
against entrance of foreign material.
Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No.
Dummy Cartridge Black 700-CR9
700-CRT5 700-CRT6 700-CR9
External Potentiometer – The potentiometer units Oiltight✶ 800T-U90
listed are recommended for timers with remote Small Oiltight – Round†‡ 800MR-N37
potentiometer provision. Refer to catalog section on
Bulletin 800T or 800M for general construction
features.
Connection Cable – Use shielded twisted pair
cable, maximum of 50 feet. Recommended cable (or Small Oiltight – Square†§
equivalent): UL style 2517, having two #18 stranded
800MS-N37
conductors with aluminum mylar foil shield and #20
drain wire. Rated 150 °C, FR-1, 300 volts.

ATTENTION – If the recommended potentiometer and cable are not used, be certain that the
Cat. No. 800MR-N37
potentiometer and cable wiring is insulated from ground and circuit common for 300V RMS or greater.

Type 1 Enclosure – Use for all Bulletin 700-P, -PH and -PK relays except 10- and 12-pole DC relays or 5-
700-N31
and 6-pole DC Bulletin 700-PH relays.

Relay Rail Relays per Strip Pkg. Quantity

Simplifies panel layout. These indexed strips are 700-MP4
4 5
easily cut to the required length and bolted, riveted,
or spot-welded in place. Relays are installed 8 5 700-MP8
adjacent to one another on the mounting strip with 12 5 700-MP12
the captive mounting screws provided. Rows of
relays on Relay Rail form their own wiring trough. 16 5 700-MP16

DIN Rail Adapter 1 700-DRA

DIN (#3) Symmetrical Rail

35 mm x 7.5 mm x 1 m long
5 199-DR1
Zinc-plated, yellow chromated
EN 50022

Cat. No. 199-DR1

✶ Legend plate, Cat. No. 800T-X609, must be specified when ordering.
† Add suitable 400 KΩ potentiometer.
‡ Does not include legend plate. Refer to publication A115.
§ Does not include legend plate. Contact your local Allen-Bradley Distributor.

9-140 Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs

Bulletin_700-RTC.qxd 06/02/2004 22:44 Page 9-141

Bulletin 700-RTC
Sealed Switch Timing Relays
Specifications/Approximate Dimensions
Σπεχιφιχατιονσ

Voltage and Power Requirements

AC Voltage Maximum Allowable Leakage
+10% –15% 50/60 Hz Total Power Required Initiate Terminal (P) Power Current Coil Code
24V AC 8 VA 4 VA 10 mA U24
110/120V AC 9 VA 4 VA 2.4 mA U1
220/240V AC 11 VA 5 VA 2.4 mA U2

DC Voltage Maximum Allowable Leakage

+10% –20% Total Power Required Initiate Terminal (P) Power Current Coil Code
24V DC 10 W 5W 10 mA U24
120V DC 11 W 5W 2.4 mA U1
240V DC 12 W 5W 2.4 mA U2

Type 700-RTC
Contact Rating NEMA B600 600V AC, 5 A
(See page 19, pub. 700-SG003B-EN-P) NEMA P300 300V DC, 5 A
1…4 poles. Max. of 2 timed and 2 instantaneous.
Contact Arrangement
Available in any combination of N.O. and N.C. contacts
Contact Material W (tungsten in a controlled gas atmosphere)
Operating Mode Convertible to On-Delay or Off-Delay
Timing Range 0.05…64 min.
Reset Time 25 ms
Repeat Accuracy ±1% (or ±50 ms) at constant voltage and temperature
Mounting Panel or Strip Mount
Surge Suppression Not required. Timers have internal suppression
Standards NEMA B600, NEMA P300
UL Listed, File E10314, Guide NOIV
Certifications Suitable for use in Class I, Division 2, Groups A, B, C, and D
CSA Certified, File LR11924
24V AC/DC 10 mA
Maximum Allowable Leakage Current 110/120V AC, 220/240V AC,
2.4 mA
120/240V DC
Ambient Temperature✶
Operating: –20…+60 °C (–4…+140 °F)
Storage: –20…+60 °C (–4…+140 °F)
✶ Continuous duty units placed close to each other (3 in a row) have a temperature range of –20…+45 °C (–4…+113 °F) or should have air circulated around the
units. Approximate space of 3/4 in (mm) on all sides is needed.

Typical Wiring Diagram

Approximate Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions are shown in millimeters (inches). Approximate Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes.

Approximate Shipping Weight 0.92 kg (2.1 lb.) NEMA Type 1 Enclosure for RTC Relays
Approximate Shipping Weight 1.26 kg (2.8 lb.)

Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs 9-141

Bulletin_700-PS.qxd 06/02/2004 22:52 Page 9-142

Bulletin 700-PS
Industrial Timing Relays
Product Selection/Overview
Προδυχτ Σελεχτιον

Bulletin 700-PS Table of Contents

y Solid-State Timer
Product Selection . . . this page
y 600V AC Maximum, 300V DC Maximum
y Time Range 0.1…120 sec Specifications . . . . . . . 9-143
y Can be attached to a Bulletin 700 Type P, PK, R and RM relay Approximate
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . 9-144
y Convertable to ON Delay or OFF Delay
Certifications
y UL Listed (File No. E10319)
(Guide No. NOIV) per UL508
y CSA Certified (File No.
LR11924)
Solid-State Timer
Cat. No. 700-PSPA1

Bulletin 700-PS
Timing Relay with Self- Timing Relay for Use with
Contained Potentiometer Unit External Potentiometer Unit
Operating Mode Timing Range✶ Cat. No. Cat. No.
0.1…2 s 700-PSAA1 700-PSRAA1
0.4…8 s 700-PSBA1 700-PSRBA1
On-Delay
1.5…30 s 700-PSCA1 700-PSRCA1
6…120 s 700-PSDA1 700-PSRDA1
0.1…2 s 700-PSPA1 700-PSRPA1
0.4…8 s 700-PSRA1 700-PSRRA1
Off-Delay
Solid-State Timer 1.5…30 s 700-PSTA1 700-PSRTA1
Cat. No. 700-PSPA1 6…120 s 700-PSUA1 700-PSRUA1

Bulletin 700-PS — Accessories

Description Cat. No.
Adapter Plate — For mounting Bulletin 700-PS timers directly on a panel or on Bulletin 700-
700-N25
MP universal mounting strips.
Adapter for Bulletin 700-R, -RM Relays
700-N26
Allows you to mount the Bulletin 700-PS timer on a 1…4 pole Bulletin 700-R or -RM relay.

Timing Range✶ Resistance (mΩ)

0.1…2
Cat. No. 700-N25 0.75 700-N35†
(0.4…8)
0.1…2
0.75 700-N35†
(0.4…8)

1.5…30 2.0 700-N36†

Cat. No. 700-N26 6…120 3.5 700-N37†

✶ The maximum range may be 50% greater and the minimum range may be 50% less than the values specified.
† This Cat. No. includes only the potentiometer. Order Cat. No. 800T-N37 for the potentiometer operator and housing.

9-142 Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs

Bulletin_700-PS.qxd 06/02/2004 22:52 Page 9-143

Bulletin 700-PS
Industrial Timing Relays
Specifications
Σπεχιφιχατιονσ

Bulletin 700-PS
Supply Voltage 110…120V AC, 50/60 Hz
Power Requirement 4 VA, 2.5 W
Output Contact Ratings NEMA B600 and P300. See page 19, pub. 700-SG003B-EN-P.
Operating Temperature Range –20…+60 °C ambient (–4…+140 °F)
Reset Time 20 ms
Repeat Accuracy, Constant Voltage and Temperature ±2% of setting or ±0.004 s, whichever is greater
Standards NEMA B600, NEMA P300
Certifications UL Listed, Class I, Division 2, Groups A, B, C, and D, CSA Certified

Operation Typical Wiring Diagram✶

The timer must be energized continuously (L1-L2). ON-Delay: When External
the initiating contact closes, timing begins. At time-out, the output Initiating Contact
(See Attention)
contact closes. OFF-Delay: When the initiating contact closes, the
output contact closes instantly. When the initiating contact re-
opens, timing begins. At time-out, the output contact re-opens.
C1 S1 S2
Output
Contact Type PS Timer
To Load
C2 L1 L2

110/120V, 50/60 Hz

 Attention — To avoid damage to timer, do not switch any load in addition to timing relay
at terminals S1–S2. Do not apply an external voltage to terminals S1–S2.
✶ Note: External Potentiometer units have R1, R2 terminals for connecting the potentiometer.

Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs 9-143

Bulletin_700-PS.qxd 06/02/2004 22:52 Page 9-144

Bulletin 700-PS
Industrial Timing Relays
Approximate Dimensions
Αππροξιµατε ∆ιµενσιονσ

Dimensions are shown in millimeters (inches). Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes.

Bulletin 700-PS

Bulletin 700-PS Timer Mounted on the Adapter Plate Bulletin 700-PS Timer Mounted on a 4-Pole
Cat. No. 700-N25 Bulletin 700-P or -PK, or 2-Pole Bulletin 700-PH Relay
Approximate Shipping Wt. 0.45 kg (1 lb.) Approximate Shipping Wt. 1.02 kg (2.3 lbs.)

Bulletin 700-PS Timer Mounted on a 4-Pole

Bulletin 700-R or -RM Relay
Approximate Shipping Wt. 1.25 kg (2.8 lbs.)

9-144 Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs

700_Industrial_Relays_Overview.qxd 06/02/2004 22:55 Page 9-145

Industrial Relays
Overview
Οϖερϖιεω

Industrial Relays Importance of Double-Break Contacts

This design provides better protection
Moving contact
against contact welding than single
break design. Other benefits include
greater DC load breaking capability
and better isolation. It also provides
separation of N.O. and N.C. circuits,
unlike standard “Form C” contacts.
Double-break contacts open the circuit
Stationary contacts in two places, creating two air gaps. It
is analogous to having two contacts in
series.

Long Life
Allen-Bradley industrial relays and contacts are designed for long
life. Each component is engineered for millions of operations,
without compromising peformance. Contact life is often 3 to 5 times
greater than plug-in relays.

This portion of the selection guide covers industrial relays. Industrial Safety Applications:
relays are used for: Allen-Bradley industrial relays are frequently used in safety circuits
y Safety applications for:
y Applications requiring long life y Safety relay output to expand the current rating or contact life of a
y Hazadous Areas and Difficult Environments safety relay
y Latch and Pneumatic Timers y Master Control Relays (switching PLC power supplies)
y E-Stop Relays
y Directing course of action when a safety condition occurs
Safety Features y Light curtain monitoring
Industrial relays have important features that provide safe, more y Press control
reliable design of control systems.
y Mechanically linked contacts (positive-guided contacts)
Additional Features and Options
y Double-break contacts make it possible to detect a welded
contact and also reduce the posibility of welding a contact. y Switch up to 12 circuits with one relay
y Break before make contacts (non-overlapping) y Sealed contacts for dirty enviroments and low-energy switching
y Coil voltages from 12…600V AC and 6…600V DC
y Switch from 5…600V AC and DC
Importance of Mechanically Linked Contacts
y Switch from 1 mA…35 A
This feature allows detection of a welded contact condition. In most
y Pneumatic timers to maintain timing even if power is lost
relays, each contact opens and closes independently of the other
contacts. Mechanically linked (also known as positively guided and
Direct Drive™) contacts are linked together, thereby preventing the
reclosing of the N.C. contacts if a N.O. contact has welded.

Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs 9-145

700_Industrial_Relays_Overview.qxd 06/02/2004 22:55 Page 9-146

Industrial Relays
Overview, Continued

Relay Load Life Comparison—Pilot Duty Loads (solenoid valve, contactor coil, relay coil)

Does not change conditions of sales or warranty.

9-146 Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs

700_Industrial_Relays_Overview.qxd 06/02/2004 22:55 Page 9-147

Industrial Relays
Overview, Continued

Safety Relay Output Block Diagram

This diagram illustrates how 2 industrial relays can be used to expand safety relay outputs.

Safety Relay Output

K K K
13 14 1CR
A1 A2
X1 X2
1CR 2CR
2CR
21 22 21 22 A1 A2

Interlock

SAFETY OUTPUTS
1 CR 2 CR

LOAD 1
13 14 13 14

LOAD 2
33 34 33 36

LOAD 3
43 44 43 44

LOAD 4
53 54 53 54

LOAD 5
63 64 63 64

LOAD 6
73 74 73 74

LOAD 7
83 84 83 84

CR = Industrial Relay ( 700S-P, 700S-CF)

Note: 1 CR and 2 CR are Allen-Bradley Industrial relays with

mechanically linked contacts (Bulletins 700-P, 700-CF, and 700-M)

Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs 9-147

700_Industrial_Relays_Overview.qxd 06/02/2004 22:55 Page 9-148

Industrial Relays
Overview, Continued

Bulletin. No. 700-M/MB 700-CF 700S-CF 700-P 700S-P 700-R

Mechanically
Y† Y Y Y‡ Y‡ N
Linked contacts✶
Double-break
Y Y Y Y Y —
contacts
Switch millions of
Y Y Y Y Y Y
operations at >1 A
Low-energy
Y Y Y Y Y Y
switching
Marine
certification—
Y Y Y Y Y Y
vibration
applications
Relay Differences
Number of circuits
4…10 (AC)
to switch (number 4…8 8 2…12 2…12 2…8
4…8 (DC)
of poles)
Current ratings at
10 A 10 A 10 A 10…35 A 10 A 5A
120V AC
Pneumatic timer
N Y N Y N Y
option
Electronic timer
Y Y Y Y N Y
option
Latch option N Y N Y N Y
Built-in surge
suppression for Y Y Y N N Y§
24V DC coil option
Convertible and
replaceable N N N Y N Y
contacts
Switch 20…35 A
N N N Y N N
on 6…12 poles
DIN Rail Mounting Y Y Y N N N
Finger-Safe
Y Y Y N N N
Terminals
Poles permanently
N N Y Y Y Y
attached
✶ If a N.O. contact welds, the N.C. contacts will remain open and if a N.C. contact welds, the N.O. contacts will remain open.
† Yes for main poles only.
‡ Bulletins 700-P and 700S-P meet the component requirements for relays of ANSI B11.19 section 5.5.1 (Control Reliability).
§ Y for AC coil.

9-148 Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs

Bulletin_700-CF.qxd 09/02/2004 08:12 Page 9-149

Bulletin 700-CF
Industrial Relays
Overview/Product Selection
Προδυχτ Σελεχτιον

Bulletin 700-CF Table of Contents

y IEC Industrial Relays (Finger Safe Design)
Product Selection . . . this page
y Positively-Guided/Mechanically-Linked Contacts per IEC 947-5-1
Annex L on Main and Auxiliary Contacts Accessories . . . . . . . . . 9-151
y Gold Plated, Bifurcated Version for Low Level Switching Applications Specification . . . . . . . . 9-156
y Master Control Relay Version rated 15 A (AC-15) Approximate
y Solid-State and Pneumatic Timing Modules Dimensions . . . . . . . . . 9-159
y 4…10 Poles Standards Compliance
y 12…600V Coils and Certifications
y IEC 60947-5-1
y UL 508
y CSA C22.2 No. 14

4-Pole AC Coil Voltage

AC-12 AC-15 Contacts

Gold Plated
Standard Bifurcated Master
,th [A] ,th [A] Connection Contacts Contacts Contacts
40 °C 60 °C 24/48V 120V 240V 400V 500V 600V 690V Diagrams N.O. N.C. Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No.

2 2 700-CF220⊗ 700-CFB220⊗ 700-CFM220⊗

3 1 700-CF310⊗ 700-CFB310⊗ 700-CFM310⊗

20 20 10 10 10 6 2.5 1 1
4 0 700-CF400⊗ 700-CFB400⊗ 700-CFM400⊗
11 21 31 41

0 4 700-CF040⊗ 700-CFB040⊗ —
12 22 32 42

⊗ AC Coil Voltage Code

The Cat. No. as listed is incomplete. Select a Coil Voltage Code from the table below to complete the Cat. No. Example: Cat. No. 700-
CF220⊗ becomes Cat. No. 700-CF220D for 120V, 60 Hz
100 200 208 220 230 380 400
- - - - - - -
Voltage 12 24 32 36 42 48 100 110 110 120 127 200 220 208 240 230 230 240 240 277 347 380 400 400 415 440 480 500 550 600
50 Hz R K V W X Y KP — D P S KG L — — F — VA T — — — N — G B — M C —
60 Hz Q J — V — X — KP — D — — KG H L — — — A T I E — — — N B — — C
50/60 Hz — KJ — — — KY KP — KD — — KG KL — — KL KF — KA — — — — KN — KB — — — —

4-Pole DC Coil Voltage

AC-12 AC-15 Contacts

Gold Plated
Standard Bifurcated Master
,th [A] ,th [A] Connection Contacts Contacts Contacts
40 °C 60 °C 24/48V 120V 240V 400V 500V 600V 690V Diagrams N.O. N.C. Cat. No. Cat. No. Cat. No.

2 2 700-CF220⊗ 700-CFB220⊗ 700-CFM200⊗

20 20 10 10 10 6 2.5 1 1 3 1 700-CF310⊗ 700-CFB310⊗ 700-CFM310⊗

4 0 700-CF400⊗ 700-CFB400⊗ 700-CFM400⊗

⊗ DC Coil Voltage Code✶

The Cat. No. as listed is incomplete. Select a Coil Voltage Code from the table below to complete the Cat. No. Example: Cat. No. 700-
CF220⊗ becomes Cat. No. 700-CF220ZJ for 24V DC
Voltage 9 12 24 36 48 60 64 72 80 110 115 125 220 230 250
Standard ZR ZQ ZJ ZW ZY ZZ ZB ZG ZE ZD ZP ZS ZA ZF ZT
With diode suppressor — — DJ — — — — — — — — — — — —
✶ When ordering DJ coil with built-in surge suppression, the DJ is not polarity sensitive. Drop out time: 14…20 ms.

Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs 9-149

Bulletin_700-CF.qxd 09/02/2004 08:12 Page 9-150

Bulletin 700-CF
Industrial Relays
Product Selection, Continued

6- and 8-Pole Relays

Cat. No. 700-CFZ 1420 Cat. No. 700-CFZ 0530

Control Relays with Overlapping Side-Mounted Contacts

AC-12 AC-15 Overlapping
Side-
Mounted
,th [A] ,th [A] Left Relay Right Contacts Contacts
40 °C 60 °C 24/48V 120V 240V 400V 500V 600V 690V Aux. Arrangement Aux. N.O. N.C. N.O. N.C. Cat. No.

4 0 1 1 700-CFZ1510⊗
Main
20 20 10 10 10 6 2.5 1 1
Relay
3 1 1 1 700-CFZ1420⊗

2 2 1 1 700-CFZ1330⊗

4 0 2 2 700-CFZ2620⊗
Side
Contacts 10 10 6 6 5 3 1.6 1 1
: 3 1 2 2 700-CFZ2530⊗

2 2 2 2 700-CFZ2440⊗

Control Relays with Standard Side-Mounted Contacts

AC-12 AC-15 Standard
Side-
Mounted
,th [A] ,th [A] Left Relay Right Contacts Contacts
40 °C 60 °C 24/48V 120V 240V 400V 500V 600V 690V Aux. Arrangement Aux. N.O. N.C. N.O. N.C. Cat. No.

4 0 1 1 700-CFZ0510⊗

Main
20 20 10 10 10 6 2.5 1 1 3 1 1 1 700-CFZ0420⊗
Relay

2 2 1 1 700-CFZ0330⊗

4 0 2 2 700-CFZ0620⊗

Side
Contacts 10 10 6 6 5 3 1.6 1 1 3 1 2 2 700-CFZ0530⊗
:

2 2 2 2 700-CFZ0440⊗

⊗ AC Coil Voltage Code

The Cat. No. as listed is incomplete. Select a Coil Voltage Code from the table below to complete the Cat. No. Example: Cat. No. 700-
CFZ0510⊗ becomes Cat. No. 700-CFZ0510F.
100 200 208 220 230 380 400
- - - - - - -
Voltage 12 24 32 36 42 48 100 110 110 120 127 200 220 208 240 230 230 240 240 277 347 380 400 400 415 440 480 500 550 600
50 Hz R K V W X Y KP — D P S KG L — — F — VA T — — — N — G B — M C —
60 Hz Q J — V — X — KP — D — — KG H L — — — A T I E — — — N B — — C
50/60 Hz — KJ — — — KY KP — KD — — KG KL — — KL KF — KA — — — — KN — KB — — — —

9-150 Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs

Bulletin_700-CF.qxd 09/02/2004 08:12 Page 9-151

Bulletin 700-CF
Industrial Relays
Accessories
Αχχεσσοριεσ

Auxiliary Contacts
Standard Bifurcated
For Use Contacts Contacts
Description N.O. N.C. Connection Diagrams With Cat. No. Cat. No.
0 2 100-FA02 100-FAB02
1 1 100-FA11 100-FAB11
2 0 100-FA20 100-FAB20
-FA02 -FA11
1L 1L 100-FAL11 —

0 4 100-FA04 100-FAB04

1 3 -FA20
100-FA13 100-FAB13
-FAL11
Auxiliary Contact Blocks for Front Mounting✶† 2 2 100-FA22 100-FAB22
2- and 4-pole
Quick and easy mounting without tools 3 1 100-FA31 100-FAB31
Electronic-compatible contacts down to 17V, 5 mA 4 0 100-FA40 100-FAB40
Mechanically linked performance between N.O. and -FA04 -FA13
N.C. poles and to the main contactor poles (except 700-CF
for L types)
Models with equal function with several terminal
numbering choices
-FA22 -FB22
1L = Late break N.C./early make N.O.
Bifurcated version for switching down to 8V, 5 mA
1+ 1+
100-FAL22 —
1L 1L
-FA31

-FA40 -FAL22

Description N.O. N.C. Connection Diagrams For Use With Cat. No.
0 1 100-SA01
1 0 100-SA10
0 2 100-SA02
Auxiliary Contact Blocks for Side Mounting 1 1 100-SA11
-SA01 -SA10
without Sequence Terminal Designations†‡ 2 0 100-SA20
1- and 2-pole
Two-way numbering for right or left mounting on the
contactor
700-CF
Quick and easy mounting without tools
Electronic-compatible contacts down to 17V, 10 mA
-SA02 -SA11
Mirror contact performance to the main contactor
poles 1L 1L 100-SAL11
1L = Late break N.C./early make N.O.

-SA20 -SAL11

✶ Control Relay and Auxiliary Contact.

† Up to 6 auxiliary contacts may be mounted (a maximum of 4 N.C. contacts and a maximum of 2 N.O. contacts).
‡ Maximum No. of Contacts: Refer to the following tables.

700CF (AC coils), vertical mounting, 60 °C 700CF (DC coils), vertical mounting, 40 °C➤
Max. N.O. Max. N.C. Max. N.O. Max.
Cat. No.
Cat. No. Front + Front + + N.C. Max. N.O. Max. N.C. N.O. + N.C. Max. N.O. Max. N.C.
700…
700… Max. N.O. Max. N.C. Side Side Front + Side Aux. Side Aux. Side Aux. Front Aux. Front Aux.
Side Aux. Side Aux. Aux. Aux. Side Aux. CF400 2 2 2 4 4
CF400 2 4 6 4 6 CF310 2 2 2 4 3
CF310 2 4 6 4♣ 6 CF220 2 2 2 4 2
CF220 2 4 6 4♣ 6
CF040 2 3 4 4♣ 6 700CF (DC coils), vertical mounting, 60 °C➤
Max.
♣ Side mounted auxiliary contacts only. Cat. No.
Max. N.O. Max. N.C. N.O. + N.C. Max. N.O. Max. N.C.
➤ Side or front mounted auxiliary contacts only, not both. 700…
Side Aux. Side Aux. Side Aux. Front Aux. Front Aux.
CF400 2 2 4 4 2
CF310 2 2 4 4 2
CF220 2 2 4 4 2

Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs 9-151

Bulletin_700-CF.qxd 09/02/2004 08:12 Page 9-152

Bulletin 700-CF
Industrial Relays
Accessories, Continued

Control Modules
Connection Repeat
Description Diagrams Reset Time Accuracy Delay For Use With Cat. No.
Pneumatic Timing Modules✶ On-Delay
700-CF all✶ 100-FPTA30
Pneumatic timing element contacts 0.3…30 s
switch after the delay time. The contacts
on the main control relay continue to 25…90 ms
1.8…180 s 700-CF all 100-FPTA180
operate without delay. for AC Coils
+/-10%
Pneumatic Timing Modules 47…85 ms Off-Delay
700-CF all 100-FPTB30
Pneumatic timing element contacts for DC coils 0.3…30 s
switch after the delay time. The contacts
on the main control relay continue to 1.8…180 s 700-CF all 100-FPTB180
operate without delay.
700-CF
On-Delay 110…240V AC
100-ETA3
0.1…3 s 110…250V DC
coils
700-CF
110…240V AC
1…30 s 100-ETA30
110…250V DC
coils
700-CF
Electronic Timing Modules — On-Delay 110…240V AC
Delay of the control relay coil assembly. 10…180 s 100-ETA180
110…250V DC
The control relay is energized at the end coils
of the delay time.
700-CF
On-Delay
24…48V DC 100-ETAZJ3
0.1…3 s
coils
700-CF
1…30 s 24…48V DC 100-ETAZJ30
coils
700-CF
100 ms +/-1% 10…180 s 24…48V DC 100-ETAZJ180
coils
700-CF
Off-Delay
110…240V AC 100-ETB3
0.3…3 s
coils
700-CF
1…30 s 110…240V AC 100-ETB30
coils
700-CF
Electronic Timing Modules — Off-Delay 10…180 s 110…240V AC 100-ETB180
Delay of the control relay coil assembly. coils
After interruption of the control signal, the
control relay is deenergized at the end of 700-CF
Off-Delay
the delay time. 24V AC 100-ETBKJ3
0.3…3 s
coils
700-CF
1…30 s 24V AC 100-ETBKJ30
coils
700-CF
Cat. No. 100-ETB30 10…180 s 24V AC 100-ETBKJ180
coils
✶ Cannot be used with side-mounted auxiliary contacts on DC coil relays.

9-152 Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs

Bulletin_700-CF.qxd 09/02/2004 08:12 Page 9-153

Bulletin 700-CF
Industrial Relays
Accessories, Continued

Control Modules, Continued

Connection
Description Diagrams For Use With Cat. No.

Mechanical Latch
Following relay latching, the relay coil is immediately de-energized (off)
700-CF with AC
by the N.C. auxiliary contact (65-66). 100-FL11⊗
coils
Electrical or manual release
1 N.O. + 1 N.C. auxiliary contacts
Cat. No. 100-FL⊗

Connection For Use

Description Diagrams With Cat. No.
24…48V
100-FSC48
50/60 Hz
RC Module 700-CF
110…280V
AC Operating with AC 100-FSC280
50/60 Hz
Mechanism coils
380…480V
100-FSC480
50/60 Hz
12…55V AC/
100-FSV55
Surge Suppressors 12…77V DC
For limitation of coil Varistor Module 56…136V AC/
switching transients. 100-FSV136
AC/DC Operating 78…180V DC 700-CF all
Plug-in, coil mounted Mechanism 137…277V AC/
100-FSV277
181…350V DC
278…575V AC 100-FSV575
Diode Module
DC Operating 700-CF
Mechanism 12…250V DC with DC 100-FSD250
Dropout Time coils
70…95 ms

⊗ Coil Voltage Code

The Cat. No. as listed is incomplete. Select a Coil Voltage Code from the table below to complete the Cat. No. Example: Cat. No. 100-FL11⊗
becomes Cat. No. 100-FL11J.✶
Voltage 24 48 100 110 120 230-240 240 277 380-400 400-415 440 480
50 Hz K Y KP D — VA T — N G B —
60 Hz J — — — D — A T — — N B
✶ For special voltages, consult your local Allen-Bradley Distributor.

Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs 9-153

Bulletin_700-CF.qxd 09/02/2004 08:12 Page 9-154

Bulletin 700-CF
Industrial Relays
Accessories, Continued

Connection For Use With

Description (Relays) Diagrams (Relays) Cat. No.
Input:
18…30V DC
DC Interface (electronic) 100-JE
Output:
Interface between the DC control signal (PLC) 110…240V AC
and the AC operating mechanism of the
control relay. Input:
12V DC 700-CF with
Control (input) voltage 100-JE12
Output: 110…240V AC
12V DC
110…240V AC coils
18…30V DC (24V nominal)
48V DC Input:
Requires no additional surge suppression on 48V DC
Cat. No. 100-JE the relay coils 100-JE48
Output:
110…240V AC E1, E2 = DC Signal

100-JE 100-JE12 100-JE48

Electrical
Input Voltage 24V DC 12V DC 48V DC
Input Voltage Range 18…30V DC 6…12V DC 35…48V DC
Output Voltage 110…240V DC 110…240V DC 110…240V DC
Power Consumption 0.1…0.4 W 0.02…0.12 W 0.2…0.5 W
Minimum Actuation 5V DC, 2 mA DC 5V DC, 2 mA DC 5V DC, 2 mA DC
Mechanical
Finger Protection IP20 IP20 IP20
0…10 ms + pickup time of the 0…10 ms + pickup time of the 0…10 ms + pickup time of the
Pickup Time
contactor contactor contactor
0…10 ms + dropout time of 0…10 ms + dropout time of 0…10 ms + dropout time of
Dropout Time
the contactor the contactor the contactor
Max. Cycles Per Second 2✶ 2✶ 2✶
Isolation/Breakdown Voltage In: 50V, Out: 250V In: 50V, Out: 250V In: 50V, Out: 250V
Rated Impulse Withstand Voltage 4 kV 4 kV 4 kV
Environmental
Ambient Temperature Range -25…60 °C -25…60 °C -25…60 °C
Storage Temperature Range -50…+80 °C -50…80 °C -50…80 °C
Life 100+ million ops 100+ million ops 100+ million ops
Construction
Wire Size Range 1 Wire 0.5…2.5 mm2 (flexible wire) 0.5…2.5 mm2 (flexible wire) 0.5…2.5 mm2 (flexible wire)
2 Wire 0.75…2.5 mm2 (flexible wire) 0.75…2.5 mm2 (flexible wire) 0.75…2.5 mm2 (flexible wire)
1 Wire 1.0…2.5 mm2 (solid wire) 1.0…2.5 mm2 (solid wire) 1.0…2.5 mm2 (solid wire)
2 Wire 1.0…2.5 mm2 (solid wire) 1.0…2.5 mm2 (solid wire) 1.0…2.5 mm2 (solid wire)
Solid and Stranded 18…14 AWG 18…14 AWG 18…14 AWG
Tightening Torque 1…1.5 Nm/7…15 lb-in 1…1.5 Nm/7…15 lb-in 1…1.5 Nm/7…15 lb-in
Type of Light LED LED LED
✶ To consider the maximum ops/hour of the relays.

9-154 Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs

Bulletin_700-CF.qxd 09/02/2004 08:12 Page 9-155

Bulletin 700-CF
Industrial Relays
Accessories, Continued

Assembly Components
Description For Use With Pkg. Quantity✶ Cat. No.

Protective Covers
700-CF all 1 100-SCCA
Provides protection against unintended manual operation
Cat. No. 100-SCCA

Protective Covers
100-FA, -FB, -FC, -
Provides protection against unintended manual operation 10 100-SCFA
FP, -FL;
For front mounted auxiliary contacts, pneumatic timers and latches
Cat. No. 100-SCFA

Marking Systems Uniform labelling materials for contactors, motor startup equipment, relays and circuit breakers.
Description Pkg. Quantity✶ Cat. No.

Label Sheet
10 100-FMS
10 sheets with 105 self-adhesive paper labels each, 6 x 17 mm

Marking Tag Sheet

10 sheets with 160 perforated paper labels each, 6 x 17 mm 10 100-FMP
To be used with a transparent cover
Transparent Cover
100 each 100 100-FMC
To be used with marking tag sheets
Marking Tag Adapters
100 each 100-FMA1
To be used with marking tag: 100
System 1492 W 100-FMA2
✶ Must be ordered in multiples of package quantities.

Coils
AC Voltages Cat. No. DC Coil Cat. No.
AC Coil Code 50Hz 60Hz 50/60Hz 700-CF Code DC Voltages 700-CF
Q — 12V — TA006 ZR 9V TA766
R 12V — — TA404 ZQ 12V TA708
J — 24V — TA013 DJ 24V Diode TA714M
K 24V — — TA407 ZJ 24V TA714
KJ — — 24V TA855 ZW 36V TA719
V 32V 36V — TA481 ZY 48V TA724
W 36V — — TA410 ZZ 60V TA774
X 42V 48V — TA482 ZB 64V TA727
Y 48V — — TA414 ZG 72V TA728
KY — — 48V TA860 ZE 80V TA729
KP 100V 100 - 110V 100V TA861 ZD 110V TA733
D 110V 120V — TA473 ZP 115V TA734
KD — — 110V TA856 ZS 125V TA737
P 120V — — TA425 ZA 220V TA747
S 127V — — TA428 ZF 230V TA749
KG 200V 200 - 220V 200V TA862 ZT 250V TA751
H — 208V — TA049 — — —
L 200 - 220V 208 - 240V — TA296 — — —
KL — — 200 - 230V TA864 — — —
A 220V 240V — TA474 — — —
F 220 - 230V — — TA441 — — —
KF — — 230V TA851 — — —
VA 230 - 240V — — TA440 — — —
T 240V 277V — TA480 — — —
KA — — 240V TA858 — — —
I — 347V — TA065 — — —
E — 380V — TA067 — — —
N 380 - 400V 440V — TA071 — — —
KN — — 400V TA863 — — —
G 400-415V — — TA457 — — —
B 440V 480V — TA475 — — —
KB — — 440V TA859 — — —
M 500V — — TA479 — — —
C 550V 600V — TA476 — — —

Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs 9-155

Bulletin_700-CF.qxd 09/02/2004 08:13 Page 9-156

Bulletin 700-CF
Industrial Relays
Specifications
Σπεχιφιχατιον

General
Front Front
Mounted Mounted
Mounted Main Relay Standard Main Relay Bifurcated Master Relay Side-
Standard Cat. No. Auxiliary Cat. No. Auxiliary Cat. No. mounted
Auxiliary 700-CF‡ Contacts 700-CFB Contacts 700-CFM Contacts
2 x A600,
Contact Ratings — NEMA A600, P600 A600, Q600 A600, Q600
P600
Min. Contact Rating 17V, 10 mA 17V, 5 mA 5V, 3 mA — 17V, 10 mA
24V 10 A 6A 3A 3A 15 A 6A
48V 10 A 6A 3A 3A 15 A 6A
120V 10 A 6A 3A 3A 15 A 6A
Contact Ratings — IEC AC-15 (solenoids, 240V 10 A 5A 3A 3A 15 A 5A
contactors) at rated voltage IEC 60947-5-1 400V 6A 3A 2A 2A 7.5 A 3A
480V/500V 2.5 A 1.6 A 1.2 A 1.2 A 5A 1.6 A
600V 1A 1A 0.7 A 0.7 A 2A 1A
690V 1A 1A 0.7 A 0.7 A 2A 1A
40 °C ,th 20 A
230V 8 kW
10 A 10 A 10 A 20 A 10 A
400V 14 kW
AC-12 (Control of resistive 690V 24 kW
loads)
IEC 60947-5-1 60 °C ,th 20 A
230V 8 kW
6A 6A 6A 20 A 6A
400V 14 kW
690V 24 kW
24V 12 A 12 A 6A 6A 20 A 6A
DC-12 Switching DC Loads 48V 9 A 9A 3.2 A 3.2 A 20 A 3.2 A
L /R < 1ms, Resistive Loads 110V 3.5 A 3.5 A 0.45 A 0.45 A 8A 0.45 A
IEC 60947-5-1 220V 0.55 A 0.55 A 0.18 A 0.18 A 1.5 A 0.18 A
440V 0.2 A 0.2 A 0.1 A 0.1 A 0.4 A 0.1 A
24V 5A 5A 2.5 A 2.5 A 5A 5A
48V 3A 3A 1.5 A 1.5 A 3A 3A
DC-13 IEC 60947-5-1, Solenoids and
110V 1.2 A 1.2 A 0.6 A 0.6 A 1.2 A 1.2 A
contactors
220V 0.6 A 0.6 A 0.3 A 0.3 A 0.6 A 0.6 A
440V 0.3 A 0.15 A 0.15 A 0.15 A 0.3 A 0.15 A
Location of State of N.C. Contacts if N.O. contact welds
welded N.O.
contacts Main Front aux. Side aux.
Mechanically Main Open Open✶ Open‡
Linked
Contacts† Front aux. Open Open✶

✶ If the accessory is a pneumatic timer or latch, there is no mechanically linked performance; the accessory contacts are independent.
† Defined in IEC 947-5-1 annex L. Mechanically linked is a relationship between contacts of opposite types (i.e., N.O. and N.C.).
‡ Side mounted auxiliary contacts provide “mirror contact” performance with main poles only.

Aux./Pneu DC Switching Ratings for 700-CF Main Poles in Series (Resistive Load at
matic 60 °C)
Timer 1 pole 2 poles 3 poles
Contact
Cat. No. (Front- 24/48 V 25/20 A 25 A 25 A
700-CF mounted) 125 V 6A 25 A 25 A
Mechanical Life [Mil] 15 5 220 V 1.5 A 8A 25 A
AC-15 440 V 0.4 A 1A 3A
Electrical Life [Mil] 1.5 1.5
(240V, 3 A)
Weight AC Coil [g] 390 —
Terminal Cross-Sections

Terminal Type

Terminal Size per IEC 947-1 2 x A4 2 x A4

Solid/Stran 1
[mm2] 1.5…6 0.5…2.5
ded Conductor
2
§ [mm2] 1.5…6 0.75…2.5
Conductor
Max. Wire Size per UL/CSA [AWG] 16…10 18…14
Tightening Torque [lb.-in.] 8.9…22 8.9…13.3
Tightening Torque [N-m] 1…2.5 1…1.5
§ For 16 or more strands, end ferrule is required.

9-156 Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs

Bulletin_700-CF.qxd 09/02/2004 08:13 Page 9-157

Bulletin 700-CF
Industrial Relays
Specifications, Continued

Control Circuit General

Cat. No. 700-CF Cat. No. 700-CF
Operating Voltage Rated Insulation Voltage Ui
Pickup [x Us] 0.85…1.1 IEC 690 V
AC 50/60 Hz
Dropout [x Us] 0.3…0.6 UL; CSA 600 V
Pickup [x Us] 0.8…1.1 Rated Impulse StrengthUimp 8 kV
DC✶
Dropout [x Us] 0.1…0.6 High Test Voltage
2500V
1 minute (per IEC 60947-4)
Coil Consumption
Rated Voltage Ue
AC 50/60 Hz Inrush [VA/W] 70/50
Seal [VA/W] 8/2.6 AC 115, 230, 400, 500, 690V
DC Inrush/Seal [W] 6.00 DC 24, 48, 110, 220, 440V
Operating Times Short-Circuit Protection gG Fuse 10 A
Rated Frequency 50/60 Hz, DC
AC 50/60 Hz Pickup Time [ms] 15…30
Ambient Temperature
Dropout Time [ms] 10…60
DC Pickup Time [ms] 40…70 Storage –55…+80 °C (–67…176 °F)
Dropout Time [ms] 7…15 Operation at nominal current –25…+60 °C (–13…140 °F)
Latch Attachment Release, 100-FL Conditioned 15% current reduction
–25…+70 °C (–13…158 °F)
after AC-1 at > 60 °C
Coil Consumption AC [VA/W] 45 VA/40W
humid-alternating climate, cyclic,
DC [W] 25 W Corrosion Resistance per IEC 68-2-30 and
Contact Signal DIN 50 016, 56 cycles
[min./max] 0.03…15 s
Duration 2000 m above mean sea level, per
Altitude
Timing Attachment IEC 947-4
Reset Time, Type of Protection
100ETA, 100-ETB IP2X (IEC 60529 and DIN 40050) in connected state
at min. time IEC 68-2: Half sinusoidal shock
[ms] 10 Shock Resistance
setting 11 ms, 30 G (in 3 directions)
at max. time IEC 68-2: Static >2 G, in normal
[ms] 70 Vibration Resistance
setting position no malfunction <5 G
Repeat Accuracy ± 10%
✶ For 9V DC, code ZR, use operating voltage 0.65…1.3 x Us.
For 24V DC, code ZJ or DJ, use operating voltage 0.7…1.25 x Us.

Utilization Category Table from EN 947-5-1

Verification of Making and Breaking Capacities of Switching Elements Under Normal Conditions
Corresponding to the Utilization Categories†
Normal Condition of Use
Number and Rate of Making and Breaking
Utilization Make‡ Break‡
operations
Category
No. operating Operating cycles per
,/,e U/Ue cos ψ ,/,e U/Ue cos ψ ON time (s)➤
cycles§ minute
AC-12a 1 1 0.9 1 1 0.9 6050 6 0.05
AC-13a 2 1 0.65 1 1 0.65 6050 6 0.05
AC-14a 6 1 0.3 1 1 0.3 6050 6 0.05
AC-15a 10 1 0.3 1 1 0.3 6050 6 0.05
DC — — T0.95 — — T0.95 — — —
DC-12 1 1 1 ms 1 1 1 6050 6 0.05➤
DC-13 1 1 6 x P♣ 1 1 6 x P♣ 6050 6 0.05➤
DC-14a 10 1 15 ms 1 1 15 6050 0.05➤
,e Rated operational current
Ue Rated operational voltage I Current to be made or broken
PUeIe Steady-state power consumption (W)
T0.95 Time to reach 95% of the steady-state current (ms) U Voltage before make
† See sub-clause 8.3.3.5.2.
‡ For tolerances on test quantities, see sub-clause 8.3.2.2.
§ The first 50 operating cycles shall be run at U/Ue=1.1 with the loads set at Ue.
♣ The value “6 x P” results from an empirical relationship which is found to represent most DC magnetic loads to an upper limit of P = 50 W, e.g., 6 x P= 300 W.
➤ The ON time shall be at least equal to T0.95.
a Where the break current differs from the make current value, the ON time refers to the make current value after which the current is reduced to the break
current value for a suitable period e.g., 0.05 s.

Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs 9-157

Bulletin_700-CF.qxd 09/02/2004 08:13 Page 9-158

Bulletin 700-CF
Industrial Relays
Specifications, Continued

Contact Rating Table from EN 60947-5-1

Examples of Contact Rating Designation Based on Utilization Categories
Conventional
NEMA IEC
Thermal Rated Operational Current Ie (A) at Rated
Designation Utilization VA Rating
Current ,the Operational Voltage Ue
✶ Category
(A)
AC 120V 240V 380V 480V 500V 600V Make Break
A150 AC-15 10 6      7200 720
A300 AC-15 10 6 3     7200 720
A600 AC-15 10 6 3 1.9 1.5 1.4 1.2 7200 720
B150 AC-15 5 3      3600 360
B300 AC-15 5 3 1.5     3600 360
B600 AC-15 5 3 1.5 0.95 0.75 0.72 0.6 3600 360
C150 AC-15 2.5 1.5      1800 180
C300 AC-15 2.5 1.5 0.75     1800 180
C600 AC-15 2.5 1.5 0.75 0.47 0.375 0.35 0.3 1800 180
D150 AC-14 1.0 0.6      432 72
D300 AC-14 1.0 0.6 0.3     432 72
E150 AC-14 0.5 0.3      216 36
DC 125V 250V 440V 500V 600V   
N150 DC-13 10 2.2      275 275
N300 DC-13 10 2.2 1.1     275 275
N600 DC-13 10 2.2 1.1 0.63 0.55 0.4  275 275
P150 DC-13 5 1.1      138 138
P300 DC-13 5 1.1 0.55     138 138
P600 DC-13 5 1.1 0.55 0.31 0.27 0.2  138 138
Q150 DC-13 2.5 0.55      69 69
Q300 DC-13 2.5 0.55 0.27     69 69
Q600 DC-13 2.5 0.55 0.27 0.15 0.13 0.1  69 69
R150 DC-13 1.0 0.22      28 28
R300 DC-13 1.0 0.22 0.1     28 28
✶ This letter stands for the conventional thermal current and identifies AC or DC: e.g., B = 5 A AC. The number that follows is the rated insulation voltage.

9-158 Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs

Bulletin_700-CF.qxd 09/02/2004 08:13 Page 9-159

Bulletin 700-CF
Industrial Relays
Approximate Dimensions
Αππροξιµατε ∆ιµενσιονσ

Approximate Dimensions are shown in millimeters (inches). Approximate Dimensions are not intended for manufacturing purposes.

Mounting Position

AC Control Relays
Type a b c c1 c2 Ød d1 d2
2 screws
45 81 80.5 75.5 6 60 35
700-CF, CFB 4.5
(1-25/32) (3-3/16) (3-11/64) (3-3/32) (1/4) (2-23/64) (1-25/64)
(3/16)
✶ May be mounted to 35 mm EN 50 022 DIN Rail.

DC Safety Control Relays

Type a b c c1 c2 Ød d1 d2
2 screws
45 81 106.5 101.5 6 60 35
700-CF___Z 4.5
(1-25/32) (3-3/16) (4-3/16) (4) (1/4) (2-23/64) (1-25/64)
(3/16)

Accessories
AC Control Relay DC Control Relay
Relay with mm (inches) mm (inches)
Auxiliary Contact for Front Mounting 2- or 4-pole c/c1 + 39 (c/c1 + 1 – 37/64) c/c1 + 39 c/c1 + 1 – 37/64)
Auxiliary Contact for Side Mounting 1- or 2-pole a+9 (a + 23/64) a+9 (a + 23/64)
Pneumatic Timing Module  c/c1 + 58 (c/c1 + 2 – 23/64)  
Solid-state Timing Module on coil terminal side b + 24 (b + 15/16) b + 24 (b + 15/16)
Mechanical Latching  c/c1 + 61 (c/c1 + 2 – 31/64)  
Interface on coil terminal side b+9 (b + 23/64)  
Protective Element on coil terminal side b+3 (b + 1/8) b+3 (b + 1/8)
Labelling with: label sheet +0 (+0) +0 (+0)
 marking tag with cover +0 (+0) +0 (+0)
 marking tag carrier for System V4/V5 +5.5 (+7/32) +5.5 (+7/32)
marking tag carrier for System Bull.
 +5.5 (+7/32) +5.5 (+7/32)
1492W

Product Selection — page 9-149

Accessories — page 9-151
Specifications — page 9-156

Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs 9-159

Bulletin_700S-CF.qxd 09/02/2004 08:18 Page 9-160

Bulletin 700S-CF
Industrial Relays
Overview/Product Selection
Προδυχτ Σελεχτιον

Bulletin 700S-CF Table of Contents

y IEC Industrial Safety Relay
Product Selection . . . this page
y Positively Guided/Mechanically Linked Contacts as Per IEC 947-5-1
Annex L Specifications . . . . . . . 9-162
y Third Party Certification By SUVA Approximate
y Red Cover and Mechanically Linked Contact Symbol on Front Face Dimensions . . . . . . . . . 9-163
y Gold Plated, Bifurcated Version for Low Level Switching Applications Standards Compliance
y IEC 60947-5-1
y UL 508
y CSA C22.2 No. 14

Type CF and CFB Safety Control Relays — 8-Pole AC Coil Voltage

AC-12 AC-15 Contacts

Connection Diagrams

Gold Plated
Standard Bifurcated
,e [A] ,e [A] Main Auxiliary Contacts Contacts
40 °C 60 °C 24/48V 120V 240V 400V 500V 600V 690V Contacts Contacts N.O. N.C. Cat. No. Cat. No.
A1 13 21 33 43 53 61 71 81
K1
A2 4 4 700S-CF440⊗C 700S-CFB440⊗C
14 22 34 44 54 62 72 82
Main
20 20 10 10 10 6 2.5 1 1
Contacts A1 13 21 33 43 53 61 71 83
K1
A2 5 3 700S-CF530⊗C 700S-CFB530⊗C
14 22 34 44 54 62 72 84

Adder A1 13 21 33 43 53 61 73 83
K1
Deck 10 6 6 6 5 3 1.6 1 1 A2 6 2 700S-CF620⊗C 700S-CFB620⊗C
Contacts 14 22 34 44 54 62 74 84

⊗ AC Coil Voltage Code

The Cat. No. as listed is incomplete. Select a Coil Voltage Code from the table below to complete the Cat. No. Example: Cat. No. 700S-
CF440⊗C becomes Cat. No. 700S-CF440DC for 120V, 60 Hz.
100- 200- 208- 220-
12 24 32 36 42 48 100 110 120 127 200 208
Voltage 110 220 240 230
50 Hz R K V W X Y KP  D P S KG L — — F
60 Hz Q J — V — X — KP — D — — KG H L —
50/60 Hz — KJ — — — KY KP — KD — — KG KL — — KL

230- 380- 400-

230 240 277 347 380 400 440 480 500 550 600
Voltage 240 400 415
50 Hz  VA T    N  G B  M C 
60 Hz   A T I E    N B   C
50/60 Hz KF  KA     KN  KB    

9-160 Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs

Bulletin_700S-CF.qxd 09/02/2004 08:18 Page 9-161

Bulletin 700S-CF
Industrial Relays
Production Selection, Continued

Ordering Details
Type CF and CFB Safety Control Relays — 8-Pole DC Coil Voltage

AC-12 AC-15 Contacts

Connection Diagrams
,e [A] ,e [A]

Gold Plated
No. of No. of Standard Bifurcated
120 240 400 500 600 690 Main Auxiliary N.O. N.C. Contacts Contacts
40 °C 60 °C 24/48V V V V V V V Contacts Contacts Contacts Contacts Cat. No.✶ Cat. No.✶
A1 13 21 33 43 53 61 71 81
K1
A2 4 4 700S-CF440⊗C 700S-CFB440⊗C
Main 14 22 34 44 54 62 72 82
20 20 10 10 10 6 2.5 1 1
Contacts 53 61 71 83

5 3 700S-CF530⊗C 700S-CFB530⊗C
54 62 72 84

Adder 53 61 73 83

Deck 10 6 6 6 5 3 1.6 1 1 6 2 700S-CF620⊗C 700S-CFB620⊗C

Contacts 54 62 74 84

✶ See table below for coil voltage selection information.

⊗ DC Coil Voltage Code

The Cat. No. as listed is incomplete. Select a Coil Voltage Code from the table below to complete the Cat. No. Example: 700S-CF440⊗C
becomes Cat. No. 700S-CF440ZJC for 24V DC.
Voltage 9 12 24 36 48 60 64 72 80 110 115 125 220 230 250
Standard ZR ZQ ZJ ZW ZY ZZ ZB ZG ZE ZD ZP ZS ZA ZF ZT
With diode
  DJ            
suppressor

Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs 9-161

Bulletin_700S-CF.qxd 09/02/2004 08:18 Page 9-162

Bulletin 700S-CF
Industrial Relays
Specifications
Σπεχιφιχατιονσ

General
Front Mounted Front Mounted
Main Relay Standard Main Relay Bifurcated Side-mounted
Cat. No. Auxiliary Cat. No. Auxiliary Auxiliary
700S-CF Contacts 700S-CFB Contacts Contacts
Contact Ratings — NEMA A600, P600 A600, Q600 A600, Q600 A600, Q600 A600, Q600
Min. Contact Rating 17V, 10 mA 17V, 5 mA 8V, 5 mA 5V, 3 mA 17V, 10 mA
24V 10 A 6A 3A 3A 6A
48V 10 A 6A 3A 3A 6A
120V 10 A 6A 3A 3A 6A
Contact Ratings — IEC AC-15
(solenoids, contactors) at rated 240V 10 A 5A 3A 3A 5A
voltage 400V 6A 3A 2A 2A 3A
IEC 60947-5-1
480V/500V 2.5 A 1.6 A 1.2 A 1.2 A 1.6 A
600V 1A 1A 0.7 A 0.7 A 1A
690V 1A 1A 0.7 A 0.7 A 1A
,th 20 A
230 V 8 kW
40 °C 10 A 10 A 10 A 10 A
400 V 14 kW
AC-12 (Control
of resistive 690 V 24 kW
loads) ,th 20 A
IEC 60947-5-1
230V 8 kW
60 °C 6A 6A 6A 6A
400V 14 kW
690V 24 kW
24V 12 A 12 A 6A 6A 6A
DC-12 Switching DC Loads 48V 9 A 9A 3.2 A 3.2 A 3.2 A
L/R < 1ms, Resistive Loads 110V 3.5 A 3.5 A 0.45 A 0.45 A 0.45 A
IEC 60947-5-1 220V 0.55 A 0.55 A 0.18 A 0.18 A 0.18 A
440V 0.2 A 0.2 A 0.1 A 0.1 A 0.1 A
24V 5A 5A 2.5 A 2.5 A 5A
48V 3A 3A 1.5 A 1.5 A 3A
DC-13 IEC 60947-5-1, Solenoids
110V 1.2 A 1.2 A 0.6 A 0.6 A 1.2 A
and contactors
220V 0.6 A 0.6 A 0.3 A 0.3 A 0.6 A
440V 0.3 A 0.15 A 0.15 A 0.15 A 0.15 A
Location of State of N.C. Contacts if N.O. contact welds
welded N.O.
contacts Main Front aux. Side aux.
Main Open Open Open✶
Mechanically
Linked Front aux. Open Open —
Contacts†
✶ Side mounted auxiliary contacts provide “mirror contact” performance with main poles only.
† Defined in IEC 947-5-1 annex L. Mechanically linked is a relationship between contacts of opposite types (i.e., N.O. and N.C.).

Cat. No. Aux. Contact DC Switching Ratings for 700S-CF Main Poles in Series
700S-CF (Front-mounted) (Resistive Load at 60 °C)
Mechanical Life [Mil] 15 15 1 pole 2 poles 3 poles
AC-15 24/48 V 25/20 A 25 A 25 A
Electrical Life [Mil] 1.5 1.5
(240V, 3 A) 125 V 6A 25 A 25 A
Weight AC Coil [g] 390  220 V 1.5 A 8A 25 A
Terminal Cross-Sections 440 V 0.4 A 1A 3A
Terminal Type
Terminal Size per IEC 947-1 2 x A4 2 x A4
Solid/ 1 Conductor [mm2] 1.5…6 0.5…2.5
Stranded‡ 2 Conductor [mm2] 1.5…6 0.75…2.5
Max. Wire Size per UL/CSA [AWG] 16…10 18…14
Tightening Torque [lb.-in.] 8.9…22 8.9…13.3
Tightening Torque [N-m] 1…2.5 1…1.5
‡ For 16 or more strands, end ferrule is required

9-162 Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs

Bulletin_700S-CF.qxd 09/02/2004 08:18 Page 9-163

Bulletin 700S-CF
Industrial Relays
Approximate Dimensions
Αππροξιµατε ∆ιµενσιονσ

Approximate Dimensions are shown in millimeters (inches). Approximate Dimensions are not intended for manufacturing purposes.

c2

c1
c

AC Safety Control Relays

Cat. No. a b c c1 c2 Ød d1 d2
45 81 119.5 114.5 6 2 - 4.5 60 35
700S-CF
(1-25/32) (3-3/16) (4-3/4) (4-43/64) (1/4) (2 - 3/16) (2-23/64) (1-25/64)

DC Safety Control Relays

Cat. No. a b c c1 c2 Ød d1 d2
45 81 145.5 140.5 6 2 - 4.5 60 35
700S-CF
(1-25/32) (3-3/16) (5-49/64) (5-37/64) (1/4) (2 - 3/16) (2-23/64) (1-25/64)

Accessories
Safety Control Relays with mm. (inches)
Auxiliary contact block for side mounting 1- or 2-pole a+9 (a + 23/64)
Electronic Timing Module on coil terminal side b + 24 (b + 15/16)
Interface Module on coil terminal side b+9 (b + 23/64)
Surge Suppressor on coil terminal side b+3 (b + 1/8)
Labeling with label sheet +0 (+ 0)
marking tag sheet with clear cover +0 (+ 0)
marking tag adapter for System Bul. 1492W + 5.5 (+ 7/32)

Mounting Positions

Safety Relay Circuit With 5 Safety Outputs

y Use for E-stop control. E-stop will work properly if any one fault occurs (a fault could be one welded contact or one undesired open
connection such as a loose wire).
y High output switching capability and long contact life.
y Circuit complies with EN 954 categories 1, 2, 3, 4.
y Prevents restart of the 5 safety outputs if there is a single fault anywhere in the system.
Use (3) 700S-CF relays and this diagram to construct the circuit, or contact your local Allen Bradley sales office for pre-assembled module

Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs 9-163

Bulletin_700S-CF.qxd 09/02/2004 08:18 Page 9-164

Bulletin 700S-CF
Industrial Relays
Specifications

Basic Circuit
(1) Output Circuit (3 Relays, 9 Terminal Blocks)

✶ Numbers shown are the line numbers where the contacts for this relay appear.

9-164 Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs

Bulletin_700-M.qxd 09/02/2004 08:22 Page 9-165

Bulletin 700-M
Industrial Relays
Overview/Product Selection
Προδυχτ Σελεχτιον

Bulletin 700-M Table of Contents

y IEC Compact Industrial Relay
Product Selection . . . this page
y 700-M Standard Contacts (10 A)
y 700-MB Bifurcated Contacts For Low Energy Loads Accessories . . . . . . . . . 9-166
y Positively Guided/Mechanically Linked Contacts Per IEC 60947-5-1 Specification . . . . . . . . 9-167
on All 700-M Relays Approximate
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . 9-170
Standards Compliance
and Certifications
y IEC 60947-5-1
y UL 508
y CSA C22.2 No. 14

AC Coil VoltageControl Relays (700-M) and Control Relays with Bifurcated Contacts (700-MB)✶
Contact Configuration
No. of N.O. Contacts No. of N.C. Contacts Pkg. Quantity† Cat. No.†
2 2 1 700-M220⊗S
3 1 1 700-M310⊗S
4  1 700-M400⊗S
2 2 1 700-MB220⊗S
3 1 1 700-MB310⊗S

4  1 700-MB400⊗S

⊗ AC Coil Voltage Code

The Cat. No. as listed is incomplete. Select a coil voltage code from the table below to complete the Cat. No. Example: Cat. No. 700-
MB400⊗S becomes Cat. No. 700-MB400A24S for 24V, 50-60 Hz. For other voltages, consult your local Allen-Bradley Distributor.
Voltage 24 48 100 110…120 220…230 230…240 380 440 440…480
50 Hz A24 A48 A1 — A2 — A3 A4 —
60 Hz A24 A48 — A1 — A2 A3 — A4

DC Control Relays (700DC-M) and Control Relays with Bifurcated Contacts (700DC-MB)✶
Contact Configuration
No. of N.O. Contacts No. of N.C. Contacts Pkg. Quantity Cat. No.†
2 2 1 700DC-M220⊗S
3 1 1 700DC-M310⊗S
4  1 700DC-M400⊗S
2 2 1 700DC-MB220⊗S
3 1 1 700DC-MB310⊗S

4  1 700DC-MB400⊗S

⊗ DC Coil Voltage Code

The Cat. No. as listed is incomplete. Select a coil voltage code from the table below to complete the Cat. No. Example: Cat. No. 700DC-
MB400⊗S becomes Cat. No. 700DC-MB400Z24S for 24V DC.
Voltage 12 24 24 with Diode 48 80 110 125 220
DC Z12 Z24 D24‡ Z48 Z80 Z11 Z3 Z2
✶ Mechanically Linked Contacts — Summary:
700-M, 700-MB, 700DC-M, and 700DC-MB relays are positively guided for 4 main poles. Restrictions apply when using auxiliary contacts.
† 10-packs can be ordered for the following voltage codes: A1, A2, A24, Z24, D24. To order a 10-pack, specify quantity in multiples of 10 and drop the final “S”
from the catalog number.
‡ To determine whether a 700DC-M relay has a diode, check the voltage label above the A1 terminal. A green background indicated that the relay has a built-in
diode; a white background indicates that there is no diode.

Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs 9-165

Bulletin_700-M.qxd 09/02/2004 08:22 Page 9-166

Bulletin 700-M
Industrial Relays
Product Selection, Continued/Accessories

Accessories
Auxiliary Contact Adder Decks
For Use with 700-M and 700-MB Relays
Description Pkg. Quantity Cat. No.
1 N.O.–1 N.C. 10 195-MA11
2 N.O. 10 195-MA20
2 N.C. 10 195-MA02
2 N.O.–2 N.C. 10 195-MA22
4 N.O. 10 195-MA40
1 N.O.–3 N.C. 10 195-MA13

4 N.C. 10 195-MA04

Surge Suppressors
Description Pkg. Quantity Cat. No.
24…48V AC 10 199-MSMA48
R-C Suppressor
110…240V AC 10 199-MSMA1
12…55V AC/12…77V DC 10 199-MSMV1
MOV Suppressor 56…125V AC/78…178V DC 10 199-MSMV2
126…277V AC/181…350V DC 10 199-MSMV3

Diode Suppressor 12…250V DC 10 199-MSMD1

Timers
Description Pkg. Quantity Cat. No.
0.1…3 s
10 196-MT3S
On–Delay
Solid-State Timing Element
1…30 s
10 196-MT30S
On–Delay
220…250V
10 196-MTSDA2
Star-Delta Timer 50/60Hz
110V AC 110…120V
10 196-MTSDA1
50/60 Hz

35 mm DIN Rail Mounting Adapter

For easy mounting of timer modules on standard DIN Rail (EN 10 196-MTM
50 022-35) and G-Rail

9-166 Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs

Bulletin_700-M.qxd 09/02/2004 08:22 Page 9-167

Bulletin 700-M
Industrial Relays
Specifications
Σπεχιφιχατιον

Mini-Relays
Cat. Nos. 700-M… and 700-MB…
Electrical
Pick-Up 85…110% nominal coil voltage
AC
Drop-Out 35…65% nominal coil voltage
Operating Range
Pick-Up 80…110% nominal coil voltage
DC
Drop-Out 10…25% nominal coil voltage
Inrush 22 VA
AC
Sealed 4 VA
Coil Consumption
Inrush 2.5 W
DC
Sealed 2.5 W
Mechanical
Pick-Up 15…40 ms
AC
Drop-Out 15…25 ms
Operating Time
Pick-Up 18…40 ms
DC
Drop-Out 6…12 ms
Environmental
In storage, transport –55…+80 °C (–67…176 °F)
Ambient Temperature At rated operational current –25…+60 °C (–13…140 °F)
At 85% rated operational current –25…+70 °C (–13…158 °F)
Humid heat 40 °C (104 °F), 95% relative humidity, 56 days
Resistance to Climatic Change
Alternating climatic conditions 23 °C (73.4 °F), 83%/40 °C (104 °F), 93%, 56 cycles

Mounting Position

Construction
Protection Class IP20
Protection Against Accidental Contact Finger and back-of-hand proof according to VDE 0106, part 100
Wire 2 x 0.75…2.5 mm2 (#18…14 AWG)
Terminals Stranded lead without connector sleeve 2 x 0.75…2.5 mm2 (#18…14 AWG)
Stranded lead with connector sleeve 2 x 0.75…2.5 mm2 (#18…14 AWG)
Weight 700-M = 153 g, 700-MB = 153 g

Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs 9-167

Bulletin_700-M.qxd 09/02/2004 08:22 Page 9-168

Bulletin 700-M
Industrial Relays
Specifications, Continued

Timers
Cat. No. 196-MT 196-MTSD
Electrical
AC only, 50/60 Hz
AC and DC
Operational Voltage 110V –23%…120V +10%
110V –23%…250V +10%
220V –20%…240V +10%
Voltage Drop 5V maximum 5V maximum
Load current for reliable function 10 mA minimum 10 mA minimum
Load current at 20 °C (68 °F) 600 mA 600 mA
40 °C (104 °F) 440 mA 440 mA
55 °C (131 °F) 320 mA 320 mA
Leakage current at 220V 5 mA Y 17 mA, ∆ 6 mA
0.1…3 s
Time range (delayed operation) 1…30 s
1…30 s
Transition time Y/∆ — 90 ms ± 30 ms
Reset time ≥200 ms ≥200 ms
Voltage failure duration having no influence on time
≤15 ms ≥20 ms
sequence
Repeat accuracy
At fixed temperature ±1% ±1%
With temperature range of
–5…+55 °C (+23…+131 °F) ±5% ±5%
Time interval for start commands 1.4 X set time 2 X set time
General
After the set time has expired, the After the set time has expired,
timer completes the circuit and contactor KY is switched off, and after
Functional description
switches on the series connected relay the fixed switching interval 90 ± 30 ms,
or contactor. contactor K∆ is switched on.

Circuit diagrams

The 0.1…3 s and 1…30 s delay period is preset by means of the seconds
Time setting marking and then corrected according to the process sequence or by checking
with a stop watch.
Environmental
Operation –20…+55 °C (–40…+131 °F) –20…+55 °C (–40…+131 °F)
Ambient temperature
Storage –40…+80 °C (–4…+176 °F) –40…+80 °C (–40…+176 °F)
Construction
Terminals:0.8 mm2 (AWG 18) 2 free cable ends, each 250 mm long 4 free cable ends, each 250 mm long

Surge Suppressors
Electrical
Cat. No. 199-MSM
Overvoltage factor n = Umax/Un = 0.8…2.5

9-168 Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs

Bulletin_700-M.qxd 09/02/2004 08:22 Page 9-169

Bulletin 700-M
Industrial Relays
Specifications, Continued

Contact Ratings
Description
Cat. No. 700-MB… and Auxiliary Contacts 700-M…
,th Open✶ 10 A 16 A
Rated Thermal Current
,th Enclosed✶ 6A 12 A
10 A @ 300V AC NEMA A300† 10 A @ 600V AC NEMA A600†
Contact Ratings Continuous
2.5 A @ 300V DC NEMA Q300† 2.5 A @ 600V DC NEMA Q600†
12…120V 2.5 A 12…230V 6.0 A
Make/Break 220…240V 2.5 A 240V 5.0 A
IEC 60947 AC-15
(Switching Solenoid) — 400V 2.5 A
— 500V 1.25 A
24V 5.0 A 24V 5.0 A
48V 0.6 A 48V 4.0 A
Make/Break
110V 0.45 A 110V 0.6 A
IEC 60947 DC-13
220V 0.1 A 220V 0.2 A
440V 0.04 A
Minimum Switching Recommendation 17V, 5 mA 17V, 25 mA
IEC 60947-5-1 300V 500V
Rated Voltage
UL, NEMA, CSA, EEMAC 600V 600V
Back-Up Fuse
10 A 16 A
IEC 60947-5-1
Mechanical 10 million operations 10 million operations
Life
AC-1 Electrical (230V/6 A) 0.7 million operations 0.7 million operations
300V 10 A 300V 10 A
Continuous Rating
600V 10 A 600V 10 A
1 pole 2 poles 3 poles
24/48V 6/4 6.0 A 6.0 A
DC Switching
— 110V 0.6 A 4.0 A 6.0 A
(DC-1 Slightly Inductive Loads at 60 °C)
220V 0.2 A 0.8 A 3.0 A
440V 0.08 A 0.2 A 0.4 A
Certifications Bureau Veritas, CSA Certified, UL Listed, File E14840
Standards IEC 60947-5-1, CSA C22.2 No. 14; UL 508
✶ “Open” values refer to 40 °C (104 °F) ambient temperature. “Enclosed” values refer to 60 °C (140 °F) ambient temperature.
† Refer to publication 700-SG003B-EN-P for NEMA Contact Rating information.

Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs 9-169

Bulletin_700-M.qxd 09/02/2004 08:22 Page 9-170

Bulletin 700-M
Industrial Relays
Approximate Dimensions
Αππροξιµατε ∆ιµενσιονσ

Approximate Dimensions are shown in millimeters (inches). Approximate Dimensions are not intended to be used for manufacturing purposes.

Mini-relay with surge suppressor mounted to

front. Cat. No. 700-M and 700-MB

Mini-relay with auxiliary contact adder deck or timer mounted to front.

Cat. No. 700-M and 700-MB

67
(2-43/64)
45 31.5
(1-13/16) (1-1/4)
4 5
(1/16) (3/16)

Surge Suppressor
Cat No. 199-MSM

Mini-relay with auxiliary contact adder deck mounted to front and

timer mounted to side
Cat No. 700-M and 700-MB

Timer with DIN Rail mounting adapter on 35 mm DIN Rail

Cat. No. 196-MT Timer with DIN Rail mounting adapter on 35 mm DIN Rail
Cat. No. 196-MT

9-170 Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs

Bulletin_700-SA.qxd 09/02/2004 08:25 Page 9-171

Bulletin 700-SA
Solid-State Relays
Overview/Product Selection

Bulletin 700-SA Table of Contents

y 5 A (resistive) Max. Continuous Load (Output) Current
Product Selection . . . this page
y 264V AC or 125V DC Max. Load Voltage Options
y Photocoupler Isolation Between Control and Load Voltage Accessories . . . . . . . . . 9-172
y LED Indicator (Standard) for Input/Logic ON/OFF Status Monitoring Specifications . . . . . . . 9-173
y 700-HN100, -HN125, -HN 202, or -HN108 Specialty Socket Approximate
Compatible Dimensions . . . . . . . . . 9-174
y 700-HT2 Timing Module Certifications
y UL 508
y CSA C22.2
y CE
y TÜV✶
✶ Cat. No. 700-SH_ _ H225 not CE
or TÜV approved.

Product Selection
Input-to-Output Zero Cross Output (Load) Max. Continuous Rated Input
Isolation Method Function LED Indicator Current and Rated Voltage Range (Control) Voltage Cat. No.
5 A @ 100…240V AC
Yes 700-SAZY5Z25
(47…63 Hz)

Photocoupler Yes 5…24V DC

Not Applicable 3 A @ 5…110V DC 700-SANY3Z25

Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs 9-171

Bulletin_700-SA.qxd 09/02/2004 08:25 Page 9-172

Bulletin 700-SA
Solid-State Relays
Accessories
Αχχεσσοριεσ

Description Pkg. Quantity Cat. No.

Screw Terminal Tube Base Socket — Panel or DIN Rail

Mounting; Guarded Terminal Construction. Order ten or 10 700-HN100
multiples of ten

Cat. No. 700-HN100

Specialty Socket
8-pin backwired socket with solder terminals Order ten or 10 700-HN108
multiples of ten
Cat. No. 700-HN108

Screw Terminal Tube Base Socket — Panel or DIN Rail

Mounting; Open Style Construction. Order must be for 10 10 700-HN125
sockets or multiples of 10. No retainer clip required.

Cat. No. 700-HN125

DIN (#3) Symmetrical Rail

35 mm x 7.5 mm x 1 m long 10 199-DR1
Zinc-plated, yellow chromated

Cat No. 199-DR1

Pre-printed identification tags — contains 10 sheets of pre-
printed and blank tags. Each sheet contains 13 sets of the
markings CR…9CR, TR…9TR, M…9M, F, R, 1S, and 117 blank 10 700-N40
tags. Tags are peel-off with sticky backing for easy placement
on relays.

Blank identification tags — contains 10 sheets of blank

identification tags for customer specialized printing. Each sheet
10 700-N41
contains 546 blank tags. Tags are peel-off with sticky backing
for easy placement on relays.

Retainer Clip for Cat. No. 700-HN153 Sockets with 700-SA

AND 700-HB Relays. Secures relay in socket. Order must be for 10 700-HN158
10 clips or multiples of 10.

Sample Retainer Clips

8-Pin Socket—Screw Terminal Tube Base Sockets — panel or

DIN Rail mounting. Order must be for 10 sockets or multiples of 10 700-HN204
10.

9-172 Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs

Bulletin_700-SA.qxd 09/02/2004 08:25 Page 9-173

Bulletin 700-SA
Solid-State Relays
Specifications
Σπεχιφιχατιονσ

Control/Input Ratings
Rated Control Max. Operating Max. Reverse Control Voltage Levels
Cat. No. Voltage Control Voltage Range Control Voltage Impedance Pick-up Voltage Drop-out Voltage
700-SAZY5Z25 4…32V DC -32V DC 15 mA max.✶
5…24V DC 4V DC max. 1V DC min.
700-SANY3Z25 4…30V DC -30V DC 1.5 kΩ (+20% -10%)

Load/Output Ratings
Maximum Load Continuous Load Current (Resistive)
Cat. No. Rated Load Voltage Voltage Range Min. Max† Max. Inrush Current‡
80 A, @ 50/60 Hz for 1
700-SAZY5Z25 100…240V AC 75…264V AC 0.1 A 5.0 A
cycle
700-SANY3Z25 5…110V DC 3…125V DC 0.1 A 3.0 A 12 A (10 ms)

Characteristics
Item 700-SAZY5Z25 700-SANY3Z25
Load Switching Method/Device Triac Transistor
1/2 cycle of load power source cycle time§ + 1 ms
Pick-up time 0.5 ms max.
max.
1/2 cycle of load power source cycle time§ + 1 ms
Drop-out time 2.5 ms max.
max.
Output ON voltage drop 1.6 V (RMS) max. 1.5 V max.
Output Leakage current 5 mA max. (at 100V AC); 10 mA max. (at 200V AC) 5 mA max. (at 125V DC)
Output VDRM VCEO (V) 600 150
Output di/dt (A/uS) 50 —
Output dv/dt (V/uS) 500 —
Output ,2t (A2S) 41.6 —
Output Tj (ºC) Max. 125 150
Insulation resistance 100 MΩ min. (at 500V DC)
Dielectric strength 1,500V AC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min.
Vibration resistance (max.) 10…55 Hz, 1.5 mm double amplitude (10 G)
Shock resistance (max.) 1,000 m/s2 (100 G)
Operating –30…80 °C (–22…176 °F) with no icing or condensation
Ambient temperature
Storage –30…100 °C (–22…212 °F) with no icing or condensation
Ambient humidity 45…85% (no condensation)
Standards Compliance UL508, CSA C22.2 , CE, VDE
Weight Approx. 70 g
✶ With constant current input system. SSR input impedance varies with a change in input (control) voltage.
† Refer to the following graph “Load Current Vs. Ambient Temperature Characteristics” for additional load current details.
‡ If the SSR operation is continuous ON/OFF, this value should be reduced by 50%. Refer to “Inrush Current Resistivity” graphs below.
§ 60 Hz full cycle time = 16.6 ms, 50 Hz full cycle time = 20 ms

Load Current vs. Ambient Temperature Characteristics Inrush Current Resistivity♣

700-SA 700-SA
Inrush current (A. Peak)

700-SAZY5Z25
Load current (A)

700-SANY3Z25

700-SAZY5Z25

700-SANY3Z25

Ambient temperature (°C) Energizing time (ms)

♣ Inrush current resistivity is the ability of an SSR to withstand a large surge current for a short period of time. Surges are considered non-repetitive (max.
repeatability once every 5 seconds). Keep the inrush current to half the rated value if it occurs repetitively. Exceeding the non-repetitive inrush current will
damage the SSR.

Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs 9-173

Bulletin_700-SA.qxd 09/02/2004 08:26 Page 9-174

Bulletin 700-SA
Solid-State Relays
Specifications, Continued

Terminal Arrangement (Bottom View)

Basic Application Considerations

High Density Mounting of Multiple SSRs

If multiple SSRs are installed side by side be aware that the outer case wall of the SSR serves to dissipate heat. Install the relays so that they
are adequately ventilated. If poor ventilation is unavoidable, reduce the load current to half.

Protective Component
When controlling AC inductive loads, connect an inrush/surge absorbing device (varistor) across the SSR load terminals. If the SSR has built-
in surge suppression (Bulletins 700-SE and 700-SH) and additional surge suppression is required, connect the varistor across the terminals of
the load device. Select a varistor that meets the conditions of the load voltage outlined in the table below.

Load Voltage Varistor Voltage Varistor Surge Resistance

100…120V AC 240…270 V
200…240V AC 440…470 V 1000 A min.
380…480V AC 820…1000 V
For additional details applying solid-state relays, refer to pub. 700-AT001A-EN-E, “Solid-State Relay Application Guide” available at The Automation Bookstore
http://www.theautomationbookstore.com.

For a DC inductive load, a diode should be connected parallel to the load to absorb the counter electromotive force (OFF) of the load.

Load
Load power
Input SSR supply

Note: For additional details when using Solid-State Relays, refer to pub. 700-AT001A-EN-E, “Solid-State Relay Application Guide” available at
the Automation Bookstore web site http://www.theautomationbookstore.com.

Approximate Dimensions
Note: All units in millimeters unless otherwise indicated. To convert millimeters to inches multiply by 0.0394. Dimensions are not intended to
be used for manufacturing purposes.

700-SA✶

✶ Bulletin 700-SA is compatible with cat. nos. 700-HN100, -108, -125, and -204 (sockets).

9-174 Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs

Bulletin_700-SC.qxd 09/02/2004 08:29 Page 9-175

Bulletin 700-SC
Solid-State Relays
Overview/Product Selection

Bulletin 700-SC Table of Contents

y 3 A (resistive) Max. Continuous Load (Output) Current
Product Selection . . . this page
y 264V AC, 48V DC or 125V DC Max. Load Voltage Options
y 5…24V DC or 110/220V AC Control (Input) Voltage Options Accessories . . . . . . . . . 9-176
y LED Indicator (Optional) For Input/Logic On/Off Status Monitoring Specifications . . . . . . . 9-177
y 700-HN103, 700-HN104, or 700-HN128 Socket Compatible Approximate
y Compatible with 700-AT1 or 700-AT2 Timer Module Dimensions . . . . . . . . . 9-179
Certifications
y UL 508
y CSA C22.2
y VDE, CE

Product Selection
Output (Load) Max.
Input-to-Output Zero Cross LED Continuous Current and Rated Input (Control)
Isolation Method Function Indicator Rated Voltage Range Voltage Cat. No.
3 A @ 100…240V AC✶ 5…24V DC 700-SCZY3Z25
Photocoupler Yes 100/110V AC 700-SCZY2A1
2 A @ 100…240V AC✶
Yes 200/220V AC 700-SCZY2A2
Phototriac No 3 A @100…240V AC✶ 24V DC 700-SCTY3Z24
Not Applicable 3 A @ 4…48V DC 5…24V DC 700-SCNY3Z25
Photocoupler
Yes 4…24V DC 700-SCZN3Z26
3 A @ 100…240V AC✶
Phototriac No 24V DC 700-SCTN3Z24
No 3 A @ 4…48V DC 4…24V DC 700-SCNN3Z26
Photocoupler Not Applicable
2 A @ 5…110V DC 5…24V DC 700-SCNN2Z25

✶ 47…63 Hz

Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs 9-175

Bulletin_700-SC.qxd 09/02/2004 08:30 Page 9-176

Bulletin 700-SC
Solid-State Relays
Accessories
Αχχεσσοριεσ

Description Pkg. Quantity Cat. No.

Screw Terminal Socket — Panel or DIN Rail Mounting;

Guarded Terminal Construction. ,th = 10 A per pole. 14-Blade
10 700-HN103
miniature socket for use with Bulletin 700-HC Relays. Order must
be in ten or multiples of ten

Cat. No. 700-HN103

Screw Terminal Socket – Panel or DIN Rail Mounting.

Guarded Terminal Construction ,th = 10 A per pole. 14-blade
miniature socket for use with Bulletin 700-HC relays. This socket
10 700-HN104
has coil and contact separation as well as the ability to plug in
optional plug in modules (700-A** accessories: LED, Surge
Suppression, Timing Modules)
Cat. No. 700-HN104

Screw Terminal Base Socket — Panel or DIN Rail Mounting;

Open Style Construction ,th = 10 A per pole. 14-Blade miniature
10 700-HN128
socket for use with Bulletin 700-HC Relays. Order must be in
multiples of ten

Cat. No. 700-HN128

DIN (#3) Symmetrical Rail

35 mm x 7.5 mm x 1 m long 10 199-DR1
Zinc-plated, yellow chromated

Cat. No. 700-DR1

Pre-printed identification tags — contains 10 sheets of pre-
printed and blank tags. Each sheet contains 13 sets of the
markings CR…9CR, TR…9TR, M…9M, F, R, 1S, and 117 blank 10 700-N40
tags. Tags are peel-off with sticky backing for easy placement on
relays.

Blank identification tags — contains 10 sheets of blank

identification tags for customer specialized printing. Each sheet
10 700-N41
contains 546 blank tags. Tags are peel-off with sticky backing for
easy placement on relays.

Retainer Clip — Secures relay in socket. Order must be for 10

10 700-HN114B✶
clips or multiples of 10.

Sample Retainer Clips

On-Delay Time Module Voltage Range: 12…24V AC/DC used
1 700-AT1
with 700-HN104 socket

One Shot Timing Module Voltage Range: 12…24V AC/DC used

1 700-AT2
with 700-HN104 socket

✶ Series B retainer clip must be used with Bulletin 700-SC

9-176 Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs

Bulletin_700-SC.qxd 09/02/2004 08:30 Page 9-177

Bulletin 700-SC
Solid-State Relays
Specifications
Σπεχιφιχατιονσ

Control/Input Ratings
Max. Operating Control Voltage Levels
Rated Control Control Voltage Max. Reverse
Cat. No. Voltage Range Control Voltage Impedance Pick-up Voltage Drop-out Voltage
700-SCZY3Z25 5…24V DC 4…28V DC -28.8 15 mA max. ✶ 4V DC max. 1V DC min.
700-SCZY2A1 100/110V AC 75…125V AC NA 41 kΩ± 20% 75V AC max. 20V AC min.
700-SCZY2A2 200/220V AC 150…250V AC NA 72 kΩ± 20% 150V AC max. 40V AC min.
700-SCTY3Z24 24V DC 19.2…28.8V DC -28.8 2 kΩ± 20% 19.2V DC max.
700-SCNY3Z25 5…24V DC 4…28V DC -28 1.5 kΩ +20%/ -10% † 4V DC max.
700-SCZN3Z26 4…24V DC 3…28V DC -28.8 15 mA max. ✶ 3V DC max.
1V DC min.
700-SCTN3Z24 24V DC 19.2…28.8V DC -28.8 2 kΩ± 20% 19.2V DC max.
700-SCNN3Z26 4…24V DC -28
3…28V DC 1.5 kΩ +20%/ -10% † 3V DC max.
700-SCNN2Z25 5…24V DC -28.8
Load/Output Ratings
Continuous Load Current
(Resistive) Max. Inrush Current‡
Rated Control Max. Load
Cat. No. Voltage Voltage Range Min. Max.§ —
700-SCZY3Z25
700-SCTY3Z24
0.1 A 3A
700-SCZN3Z26 45 A (@50/60 Hz, 1
100…240V AC 75…264V AC
700-SCTN3Z24 cycle)
700-SCZY2A1
0.1 A 2A
700-SCZY2A2
700-SCNN3Z26
4…48V DC 3…52.8V DC 0.1 A 3A 18 A (10 ms)
700-SCNY3Z25
700-SCNN2Z25 5…110V DC 3…125V DC 0.1 A 2A 10 A (10 ms)
† Input impedance attains its maximum at the operating voltage.
‡ If the SSR operation is continuous ON/OFF, this value should be reduced by 50%. Refer to “Inrush Current Resistivity” graphs on page 40 for details.
§ Refer to the following “Load Current Versus Ambient Temperature Characteristics” graphs on page 40 for additional load current details.
✶ With constant current input circuit system. SSR impedance varies with a change in input (control) voltage.
† Input impedance attains its maximum at the operating voltage.
‡ If the SSR operation is continuous On/Off, this value should be reduced by 50%. Refer to “Inrush Current Resistivity” graphs on page [T-499344] for details.
§ Refer to the following “Load Current Versus Ambient Temperature Characteristics” graphs on page [T-499342] for additional load current details.

Characteristics
Cat. No. 700-SCZ… 700-SCT 700-SCNY, 700-SCNN3… 700-SCNN2…
Load Switching Method/Device Triac Transistor
1/2 of load power source cycle
time ♣+ 1 ms max. (DC input)
Pick-up time 1 ms max 0.5 ms max. 0.5 ms max.
3/2 of load power source cycle
time ♣+ 1 ms max. (AC input)
1/2 of load power source cycle
time♣ + 1 ms max. (DC input) 1/2 of load power source cycle
Drop-out time 2 ms max. 2.5 ms max.
3/2 of load power source cycle time♣ + 1 ms max
time♣ + 1 ms max. (AC input)
Output On Voltage Drop 1.6 V (RMS) max. 1.6 V (RMS) 1.5 V max. 1.5 V max.
5 mA max (@ 100 V AC) 2.5 mA max (@ 100 V AC) 5
Output Leakage Current 5 mA max (@ 50 V DC) 0.1 mA max (@ 100 V DC)
10 mA max (@ 200 V AC) mA max (at 200 V AC)
Output VDRM, VCEO (V) 600 600 80 80
Output di/dt (A/uS) 50 50 — —
Output dv/dt (V/uS) 250 250 — —
Output ,2t (A2S) 18 18 — —
Output Tj (°C) Max. 125 125 150 150
Insulation Resistance 100 MΩ min (@500V DC)
Dielectric Strength 1,500V AC, 50/60 Hz for 1 minute
Vibration Resistance (max.) 10…55 Hz, 1.5 mm double amplitude (10 G)
Shock Resistance (max.) 1,000 m/s2 (100 G)
Operating: -30 °C…80 °C (-22...176 °F) with no icing or condensation
Ambient Temperature
Storage: -30 °C…100 °C (-22...212 °F) with no icing or condensation
Standards Compliance UL508, CSA C22.2, CE, VDE
Ambient Humidity Operating: 45%…85% (no condensation)
Weight Approx. 50 g
♣ 60 Hz full cycle time = 16.6 ms, 50 Hz full cycle time = 20 ms

Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs 9-177

Bulletin_700-SC.qxd 09/02/2004 08:30 Page 9-178

Bulletin 700-SC
Solid-State Relays
Specifications, Continued

Load Current Versus Ambient Temperature Characteristics

700-SC_ _3... 700-SC_ _2...

Load current (A)

Load current (A)

Ambient temperature (°C) Ambient temperature (°C)

Inrush Current Resistivity✶

700-SCZ.... 700-SCT... 700-SCNN3... 700-SCNY3 700-SCNN2...

Inrush current (A. Peak)

Inrush current (A. Peak)

Inrush current (A. Peak)

10 20

Energizing time (ms) Energizing time (ms) Energizing time (ms)

✶ Inrush current resistivity is the ability of an SSR to withstand a large surge current for a short period of time. Surges are considered non-repetitive (max.
repeatability once every 2…5 seconds). Keep the inrush current to half the rated value if it occurs repetitively. Exceeding the non-repetitive inrush current will
damage the SSR.

9-178 Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs

Bulletin_700-SC.qxd 09/02/2004 08:30 Page 9-179

Bulletin 700-SC
Solid-State Relays
Approximate Dimensions
Αππροξιµατε ∆ιµενσιονσ

Note: Bulletin 700-SC is compatible with the 700-HN103, 700-HN104, and 700-HN128 sockets. All units in millimeters unless otherwise
indicated. To convert to inches multiply by 0.0394. Dimensions are not intended for manufacturing purposes.

Terminal Arrangement/
Internal Connections
(Bottom View)

1 4

5 8(+) (+)
28 max. Load Load
Load power
9 12(–) supply
(–)
13 Input 14
21.5 max. 36.5 max.
– +
42.5 max.
– +
Input voltage

Note: The plus and minus symbols shown

in parentheses are for DC loads.
Cat. No 700-SC…✶

✶ Bulletin 700-SC is compatible with cat. nos. 700-HN103, -HN104, and -HN128 socket.

Basic Application Considerations For Bulletin 700-SC

Connection
For DC Load Switching, Bulletin 700-SC will operate properly if the load is connected to either the positive or negative SSR load terminal.

High-density Mounting of Multiple SSRs

If multiple relays are mounted side by side, be aware that the outer wall of each SSR works as a radiator.
The SSR casing serves to dissipate heat. Install the relays so that they are adequately ventilated. If poor ventilation is unavoidable, reduce the
load current by half.

Protective Component
When controlling AC inductive loads, connect an inrush/surge absorbing device (varistor) across the SSR load terminals. If the SSR has built-
in surge suppression (Bulletins 700-SE and 700-SH) and additional surge suppression is required, connect the varistor across the terminals of
the load device. Select a varistor that meets the conditions of the load voltage outlined in the table below. Note: For additional details
applying solid-state relays, refer to pub. number 700-AT001A-EN-E, “Solid-State Relay Application Guide.” Document available at
http://www.theautomationbookstore.com

Load Voltage Varistor Voltage Varistor Surge Resistance

100…120V AC 240…270 V
200…240V AC 440…470 V 1000 A min.
380…480V AC 820…1000 V

For a DC inductive load, a diode should be connected parallel to the load to absorb the counter electromotive force (OFF) of the load.

Load

Input SSR Load power

supply

Note: For additional details when using Solid-State Relays, refer to pub. 700-AT001A-EN-E, “Solid-State Relay Application Guide” available at
the Automation Bookstore web site http://www.theautomationbookstore.com.

Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs 9-179

Bulletin_700-SE.qxd 09/02/2004 08:33 Page 9-180

Bulletin 700-SE
Solid-State Relays
Overview/Product Selection

Bulletin 700-SE Table of Contents

y 20 A (resistive) Max. Continuous Load (Output) Current with Heat
Sink Product Selection . . . this page
y 264V AC Max. Load Voltage Accessories . . . . . . . . . 9-181
y 5,12, or 24V DC Control/Input Voltage Options Specifications . . . . . . . 9-182
y Built-in Varistor Helps Absorb Most Electrical Surges Approximate
y Low Profile (Flat Pack) Design Dimensions . . . . . . . . . 9-184
y Quick-Connect #110 Input and #250 Output Terminals Certifications
y UL 508
y CSA C22.2
y CE
y TÜV

Product Selection
Output (Load)
Max. Continuous
Input-to-Output Current and Rated Rated Input (Control)
Isolation Method Zero Cross Function LED Indicator Voltage Range✶ Voltage Cat. No.
5V DC 700-SE05GZZ05
5 A @ 100…240V AC
12V DC 700-SE05GZZ12
(47…63 Hz)
24V DC 700-SE05GZZ24
5V DC 700-SE10GZZ05
10 A @ 100…240V AC
Yes 12V DC 700-SE10GZZ12
(47…63 Hz)
24V DC 700-SE10GZZ24
5V DC 700-SE20GZZ05
20 A @ 100…240V AC
12V DC 700-SE20GZZ12
(47…63 Hz)
24V DC 700-SE20GZZ24
Phototriac No
5V DC 700-SE05GNZ05
5 A @ 100…240V AC
12V DC 700-SE05GNZ12
(47…63 Hz)
24V DC 700-SE05GNZ24
5V DC 700-SE10GNZ05
10 A @ 100…240V AC
No 12V DC 700-SE10GNZ12
(47…63 Hz)
24V DC 700-SE10GNZ24
5V DC 700-SE20GNZ05
20 A @ 100…240V AC
12V DC 700-SE20GNZ12
(47…63 Hz)
24V DC 700-SE20GNZ24
✶ Maximum load current when mounted on the appropriate heat sink. Refer to page 9-172.

9-180 Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs

Bulletin_700-SE.qxd 09/02/2004 08:33 Page 9-181

Bulletin 700-SE
Solid-State Relays
Accessories
Αχχεσσοριεσ

Description Pkg. Quantity Cat. No.

Heat Sink— Panel or DIN Rail Mount✶ 1 700-S10

Cat. No. 700-S10

Heat Sink— Panel or DIN Rail Mount✶ 1 700-S20

Cat. No. 700-S20

DIN Symmetrical Rail, 1 m

35 mm x 7.5 mm 10 199-DR1
Zinc-plated, yellow chromated

Cat. No. 700-DR1

Thermally (heat) conductive grease, non-silicon based 1 46801-010-01
✶ Refer to “Load Current Vs. Ambient Temperature Characteristics” page 9-183 for information about how to select the correct size of heat sink for your
application (cat. no. 700-S10, 700-S20). For additional heat sink information refer to pub. 700-AT001A—EN-E, “Solid-State Relay Application Guide”.
Document available at the Automation Bookstore web site http://www.theautomationbookstore.com

Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs 9-181

Bulletin_700-SE.qxd 09/02/2004 08:33 Page 9-182

Bulletin 700-SE
Solid-State Relays
Specifications
Σπεχιφιχατιονσ

Control/Input Ratings✶
Max. Operating Impedance Control Voltage Levels
Rated Control Control Voltage Max. Reverse With Zero Cross Without Zero
Cat. No. Voltage Range Control Voltage Function Cross Function Pick-up Voltage Drop-out Voltage
700-SE_ _ _Z05 5V DC 4…6V DC –6 250 Ω ± 20% 300 Ω ± 20% 4V DC max.
700-SE_ _ _Z12 12V DC 9.6…14.4V DC –14.4 600 Ω ± 20% 800 Ω ± 20% 9.6V DC max. 1V DC min.
700-SE_ _ _Z24 24V DC 19.2…28.8V DC –28.8 1.6k Ω ± 20% 19.2V DC max.

Load/Output Ratings
Continuous Load Current (Resistive)
Cat. No. Rated Load Max. Load With Heat Sink† Without Heat Sink† Max. Inrush
Voltage Voltage Range Min. Max. Min. Max. Current‡
60 A (@50/60 Hz,
700-SE05… 0.1 A 5A 0.1 A 5A
1 cycle)
150 A (@50/60 Hz,
700-SE10… 100…240V AC 75…264V AC 0.1 A 10 A 0.1 A 5A
1 cycle)
220 A (@50/60 Hz,
700-SE20… 0.1 A 20 A 0.1 A 5A
1 cycle)

Characteristics
Item 700-SE_ _ _Z… 700-SE_ _ _N…
Load Switching Method/Device Triac
Pick-up time 1/2 of load power source cycle time§ + 1 ms max. 1 ms max.
Drop-out time 1/2 of load power source cycle time§ + 1 ms max.
Output ON voltage drop 1.6 V (RMS) max.
5 mA max (at 100 V AC)
Output Leakage current
10 mA max (at 200 V AC)
Output VDRM, VCEO (V) 600
SE05GZ = 100 SE05GN = 100
Output di/dt (A/uS)
SE10GZ & SE20 GZ = 50 SE10 GN & SE20GN = 50
Output dv/dt (V/uS) SE05GZ = 200, SE10GZ = 500, SE20GZ = 100 SE05GN = 200, SE10GN = 500, SE20GN = 100
Output ,2t (A2S) SE05GZ = 24.5, SE10GZ = 60, SE20GZ = 260 SE05GN = 24.5, SE10GN = 60, SE20GN = 260
Output Tj (°C) Max. 125
Insulation resistance 100 MΩ min (at 500V DC)
Dielectric strength 2,000V AC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min.
Vibration resistance (max.) 10…55 Hz, 1.5 mm double amplitude (10 G)
Shock resistance (max.) 1,000 m/s2 (100 G)
Operating: –30…80 °C (–22…176 °F) with no icing or condensation
Ambient temperature
Storage: –30…100 °C (–22…212 °F) with no icing or condensation
Ambient humidity Operating 45…85% (no condensation)
Standards Compliance UL 508, CSA C22.2 , CE, TÜV
Weight Approx. 37 g
✶ Each 5 A, 10 A, and 20 A model has 5V DC, 12V DC, and 24V DC input versions.
† Refer to “Load Current Vs. Ambient Temperature Characteristics” graphs page page 9-183 regarding maximum load current with and without heat sinks.
‡ If the SSR operation is continuous ON/OFF, this value should be reduced by 50%. Refer to the “Inrush Curent Resistivity” graphs on page page 9-183 for more
details.
§ 60 Hz full cycle time = 16.6 ms, 50 Hz full cycle time = 20 ms

9-182 Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs

Bulletin_700-SE.qxd 09/02/2004 08:33 Page 9-183

Bulletin 700-SE
Solid-State Relays
Specifications, Continued

Load Current vs. Ambient Temperature Characteristics✶

Inrush Current Resistivity†

✶ All graphs assume conductive grease (A-B repair part number W46801-010) is being used.
† Inrush current resistivity is the ability of an SSR to withstand a large surge current for a short period of time. Surges are considered non-repetitive (max.
repeatability once every 2…5 seconds). Keep the inrush current to half the rated value if it occurs repetitively. Exceeding the non-repetitive inrush current will
damage the SSR.

Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs 9-183

Bulletin_700-SE.qxd 09/02/2004 08:33 Page 9-184

Bulletin 700-SE
Solid-State Relays
Approximate Dimensions
Αππροξιµατε ∆ιµενσιονσ

Mounting Considerations✶†‡
Note: All units are in millimeters unless otherwise indicated. To convert to inches multiply by 0.0394. Dimensions are not intended for
manufacturing purposes.

✶ The proper mounting orientation of the heat sink is so the heat fins run perpendicular to the floor (vertical) to maximize ventilation flow. If the fins do not run
perpendicular to the floor, a 30% current derating is required.
† When attaching a heat sink to Bulletin 700-SE, apply a thin layer of heat conductive grease (approximately 0.002in. thick) on the heat sink to maximize heat
transfer between the SSR and the heat sink. Recommended types: Silicon based, Dow Corning 340, Toshiba YG6240; Non-silicon based, AOS company type
53300 (Cat No. 46801-010-01).
‡ Tighten the SSR’s panel/heat sink mounting screws to a torque of 0.78…0.98 N•m (6.9…8.7 lb.-in.)

Heat Sinks
Cat. No. 700-S10 Cat. No. 700-S20

Mounting Holes§ Mounting Holes

§ Tighten the heat sink’s panel mounting screws (M4) to a torque of 0.59…0.98 N•m (5.22…8.67 lb.-in.).

Basic Application Considerations

y Because the operation time of Bulletin 700-SE is extremely short, take measures to
suppress noise induced between the input terminals. If generation of strong noise is
expected, connect an external noise absorber such as an RC circuit.
y Do not apply excessive force to the terminals. Exercise care when pulling or inserting the
terminal clips.
y Bulletin 700-SE has a built-in varistor to absorb most inrush/surge currents when operating
AC inductive loads If additional suppression is required, connect an external varistor
across the load device terminals. Select a varistor that meets the load voltage outlined in
the table below.
y For additional details on applying solid-state relays, refer to pub. 700-AT001A-EN-E,
“Solid-State Relay Application Guide.” Document available at
www.theautomationbookstore.com.
Load Voltage Varistor Voltage Varistor Surge Resistance
100…120V AC 240…270 V
200…240V AC 440…470 V 1000 A min.
380…480V AC 820…1000 V

9-184 Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs

Bulletin_700-SF.qxd 09/02/2004 08:36 Page 9-185

Bulletin 700-SF
Solid-State Relays
Overview/Product Selection/Accessories

Bulletin 700-SF Table of Contents

y 3 A (resistive) Max. Continuous Load (Output) Current
Product Selection . . . this page
y 264V AC or 52.8V DC Max. Load Voltage Options
y 4…24V DC Control/Input Voltage Accessories . . . . . . . . . this page
y Photocoupler or Phototriac Isolation Option Between Control and Specifications . . . . . . . 9-186
Output Voltage Approximate
y LED Indicator for Input/Logic ON/OFF Status Monitoring Dimensions . . . . . . . . . 9-187
y 700-HN116 Socket Compatible Certifications
y UL 508
y CSA C22.2
y CE

Product Selection
Output (Load)
Max. Continuous
Input-to-Output Current and Rated Rated Input Control
Isolation Method Zero Cross Function LED Indicator Voltage Range Voltage Cat. No.
Photocoupler Yes 3 A @ 100…240V AC 5…24V DC 700-SFZY3Z25
Phototriac No (47 to 63 Hz) 24V DC 700-SFTY3Z24

Yes
Photocoupler Not Applicable 3 A @ 4…48V DC 4…24V DC 700-SFNY3Z25

Accessories
Description Pkg. Quantity Cat. No.

Screw Terminal Socket — Panel or DIN Rail Mounting 8-

blade miniature socket for use with DPDT HF relays. Order 10 700-HN116
must be for 10 sockets or multiples of 10.

Cat. No. 700-HN116

DIN Symmetrical Rail, 1 m

35 mm x 7.5 mm 10 199-DR1
Zinc-plated, yellow chromated

Cat. No. 199-DR1

Pre-printed identification tags — contains 10 sheets of pre-
printed and blank tags. Each sheet contains 13 sets of the
markings CR…9CR, TR…9TR, M…9M, F, R, 1S, and 117 blank 10 700-N40
tags. Tags are peel-off with sticky backing for easy placement
on relays.
Blank identification tags — contains 10 sheets of blank
identification tags for customer specialized printing. Each sheet
10 700-N41
contains 546 blank tags. Tags are peel-off with sticky backing
for easy placement on relays.

Retainer Clip — Secures relay in socket. Order must be for

10 700-HN114B✶
10 clips or multiples of 10.

Sample Retainer Clips

✶ Bulletin 700-SF must use 700-HN114 series B retainer clip.

Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs 9-185

Bulletin_700-SF.qxd 09/02/2004 08:36 Page 9-186

Bulletin 700-SF
Solid-State Relays
Specifications
Σπεχιφιχατιονσ

Control/Input Ratings
Max. Operating Control Voltage Levels
Rated Control Control Voltage Max. Reverse
Cat. No. Voltage Range Control Voltage Impedance Pick-up Voltage Drop-out Voltage
700-SFZY3Z25 5…24V DC 4…28V DC –32 15 mA max.✶ 4V DC max. 1V DC min.
700-SFTY3Z24 24V DC 19.2…28.8V DC –28.8 2 kΩ ± 20% 19.2V DC max. 1V DC min.
700-SFNY3Z25 5…24V DC 4…28V DC –28.8 1.5 kΩ + 20%/–10%† 4V DC max. 1V DC min.

Load/Output Ratings
Max. Load Voltage Continuous Load Current (Resistive)
Cat. No. Rated Load Voltage Range Min. Max.§ Max. Inrush Current‡
700-SFZY3Z25 0.1 A 3A
100…240V AC 75…264V AC 45 A @50/60 Hz, 1 cycle
700-SFTY3Z24 0.1 A 3A
700-SFNY3Z25 4…48V DC 3…52.8V DC 0.1 A 3A 18 A (10 ms)

Characteristics
Cat. No. 700-SFZY3Z25 700-SFTY3Z24 700-SFNY3Z25
Load Switching Method/Device Triac Transistor
1/2 cycle of load power source cycle
Pick-up time 1 ms max. 0.5 ms max.
time ♣ + 1 ms max.
Drop-out time 1/2 cycle of load power source cycle time♣ + 1 ms max. 2 ms max.
Output ON voltage drop 1.6 V (RMS) max. 1.5V max.
5 mA max. (at 100 V AC); 2.5 mA max. (at 100V AC);
Output Leakage current 5 mA max. (at 50V DC)
10 mA max. (at 200 V AC) 5 mA max. (at 200V AC)
Output VDRM, VCEO (V) 600 600 80
Output di/dt (A/uS) 50 50 —
Output dv/dt (V/uS) 250 250 —
Output ,2t (A2S) 18 18 —
Output Tj (°C) Max. 125 125 150
Insulation resistance 100 MΩ min. (at 500V DC)
Dielectric strength 1,500V AC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min.
Vibration resistance (max.) 10…55 Hz, 1.5 mm double amplitude (10 G)
Shock resistance (max.) 1,000 m/s2 (100 G)
Operating: –30…80 °C (–22…176 °F) with no icing or condensation
Ambient temperature
Storage: –30…100 °C (–22…212 °F) with no icing or condensation
Ambient humidity 45…85% (no condensation)
Standards Compliance UL508, CSA C22.2, CE, VDE
Weight Approx. 50 g
✶ With constant curent input circuit system, SSR impedance varies with a change in input voltage.
† Input impedance reaches its maximum at the operating voltage.
‡ If the SSR operation is continuous ON/OFF, this value should be reduced by 50%. Refer to the “Inrush Current Resistivity” graphs on page 9-187 for more
details.
§ Refer to “Load Current vs. Ambient Temperature Characteristics” on page 9-176 for additional load current details.
♣ 60 Hz full cycle time = 16.6 ms, 50 Hz full cycle time 20 ms

9-186 Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs

Bulletin_700-SF.qxd 09/02/2004 08:36 Page 9-187

Bulletin 700-SF
Solid-State Relays
Specifications, Continued/Approximate Dimensions

Note: These data are non-repetitive. Keep the inrush current to half the rated value if it occurs repetitively. Inrush current resistivity is the
ability of an SSR to withstand a large surge current for a short period of time. Surges are considered non-repetitive (max. repeatability
once every 2…5 seconds). Keep the inrush current to half the rated value if it occurs repetitively. Exceeding the non-repetitive inrush
current will damage the SSR.
Load Current vs. Ambient Inrush Current Resistivity✶ Inrush Current Resistivity✶
Temperature Characteristics
700-SF… 700-SFZ… 700SFT… 700-SFN…

✶ Inrush current resistivity is the ability of an SSR to withstand a large surge current for a short period of time. Surges are considered non-repetitive (max.
repeatability once every 2…5 seconds). Keep the inrush current to half the rated value if it occurs repetitively. Exceeding the non-repetitive inrush current will
damage the SSR.
Approximate Dimensions
All units are in millimeters unless otherwise indicated. To convert to inches multiply by 0.0394. Dimensions are not intended for manufacturing
purposes.

Note: The 700-SF is compatible with the 700-HN116 socket.

Basic Application Considerations of Bulletin 700-SF
High Density Mounting of Multiple SSRs
If multiple SSRs are mounted side by side be aware that the outer case wall of the SSR acts as a radiator. The SSR case serves to dissipate
heat. Install the relays so that they are adequately ventilated. If poor ventilation is unavoidable, reduce the load current by half.
Connection
For DC load switching, the 700-SF SSR will operate properly if the load is connected to either the positive or negative load terminals.
Protective Component To Extend SSR Life
When controlling AC inductive loads, connect an inrush/surge absorbing device (varistor) across the SSR load terminals. If the SSR has built-
in surge suppression (Bulletins 700-SE and 700-SH) and additional surge suppression is required, connect the varistor across the terminals of
the load device. Select a varistor that meets the conditions of the load voltage outlined in the table below.
Load Voltage Varistor Voltage Varistor Surge Resistance
100…120V AC 240…270 V
200…240V AC 440…470 V 1000 A min.
380…480V AC 820…1000 V

Note: For additional details applying solid-state relays, refer to pub. number 700-AT001A-EN-E, Solid-State Relay Application Guide.
Document available at http://www.theautomationbookstore.com.
For a DC inductive load, a diode should be connected parallel to the load to absorb the counter electromotive force (OFF) of the load.

Load
Load power
Input SSR supply

Note: For additional details when using Solid-State Relays, refer to pub. 700-AT001A—EN-E, “Solid-State Relay Application Guide” available
at the Automation Bookstore web site http://www.theautomationbookstore.com.

Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs 9-187

Bulletin_700-SH.qxd 09/02/2004 08:40 Page 9-188

Bulletin 700-SH
Solid-State Relays
Overview/Product Selection

Bulletin 700-SH Table of Contents

y 40 A (resistive) Max. Continuous Load (Output) Current with
Appropriate Heat Sink Product Selection . . . this page
y 264V AC or 528V AC Max. Load Voltage Options Accessories . . . . . . . . . 9-189
y 5…24V DC, 100…120V AC, 200…240V AC Control (Input) Voltage Specifications . . . . . . . 9-190
Options Approximate
y LED Indicator for Input/Logic ON/OFF Status Monitoring Dimensions . . . . . . . . . 9-193
y Built-in Varistor to Absorb Most Surges Basic Application
y Protective Cover for Added Safety (Meets VDE 106 Finger Safe Considerations . . . . . . 9-194
Standard) Certifications
y UL 508
y CSA C22.2
y CE
y TÜV✶
✶ Cat. No. 700-SH_ _ H225 not CE
or TÜV approved.

Product Selection
Output (Load) Max.
Input-to-Output Zero Cross LED Continuous Current and Rated Input Control
Isolation Method Function Indicator Rated Voltage Range† Voltage Cat. No.
Phototriac 5…24V DC 700-SH05GZ25
5 A @ 24…240V AC‡ 100…120V AC 700-SH05GA12
Photocoupler
200…240V AC 700-SH05GA22
Phototriac 5…24V DC 700-SH10GZ25
10 A @ 24…240V AC‡ 100…120V AC 700-SH10GA12
Photocoupler 200…240V AC 700-SH10GA22
10 A @ 200…480V AC‡ 5…24V DC 700-SH10HZ25
Phototriac Yes Yes 5…24V DC 700-SH25GZ25
25 A @ 24…240V AC‡ 100…120V AC 700-SH25GA12
Photocoupler
200…240V AC 700-SH25GA22
Photocoupler 25 A @ 200…480V AC‡ 5…24V DC 700-SH25HZ25
Phototriac 5…24V DC 700-SH40GZ25
40 A @ 24…240V AC‡ 100…120V AC 700-SH40GA12
Photocoupler 200…240V AC 700-SH40GA22
40 A @ 200…480V AC‡ 5…24V DC 700-SH40HZ25
† Maximum load current when mounted on the appropriate heat sink. Refer to [S-497952].
‡ 47…63 Hz

9-188 Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs

Bulletin_700-SH.qxd 09/02/2004 08:40 Page 9-189

Bulletin 700-SH
Solid-State Relays
Accessories
Αχχεσσοριεσ

Description Pkg. Quantity Cat. No.

Heat Sink— Panel or DIN Rail Mount✶ 1 700-S10

Cat. No. 700-S10

Heat Sink— Panel or DIN Rail Mount✶ 1 700-S20

Cat. No. 700-S20

Heat Sink— Panel or DIN Rail Mount✶ 1 700-S30

Cat. No. 700-S30

DIN Symmetrical Rail, 1 m

35 mm x 7.5 mm 10 199-DR1
Zinc-plated, yellow chromated

Cat. No. 199-DR1

Thermally (heat) conductive grease, non-
1 46801-010-01
silicon based
✶ For information regarding selection of the proper heat sink for your application, refer to “Heat Sink Size Vs. Load Current” graph on page page 9-191 or “Load
Current Vs. Ambient Temperature Characteristics” on page 9-192. For additional heat sink information refer to pub. 700-AT001A-EN-E, “Solid-State Relay
Application Guide”. Document available at: the Automation Bookstore web site http://www.theautomationbookstore.com

Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs 9-189

Bulletin_700-SH.qxd 09/02/2004 08:40 Page 9-190

Bulletin 700-SH
Solid-State Relays
Specifications
Σπεχιφιχατιονσ

Control/Input Ratings
Rated Control Max. Operating Max. Reverse
Cat. No. Voltage Control Voltage Range Control Voltage Impedance✶ Control Voltage Levels
Pick-up Voltage Drop-out Voltage
5...24V DC 4...32V DC -32V DC 15 mA max†
4V DC max. 1V DC min.
700-SH_ _G…
100...120V AC 75...132V AC NA 36 kΩ +/-20% 75V AC max.‡ 20V AC min.‡
200...240V AC 150…264V AC NA 72 kΩ +/-20% 150V AC max.‡ 40V AC min.‡
700-SH_ _ H… 5…24V DC 4…32V DC -32V DC 5 mA max.† 4V DC max. 1V DC min.

Load/Output Ratings
Continuous Load Current (Resistive)

Cat. No. Rated Load Max. Load With Heat Sink (A)§ Without Heat Sink (A)§ Max. Inrush
Voltage Voltage Range Min. Max. Min. Max. Current♣
60 A (@50/60 Hz,
700-SH05G… 0.1 A 5A 0.1 A 3A
24…240V AC 19 …264V AC 1 cycle)
700-SH10G… 0.1 A 10 A 0.1 A 4 A 150 A (@50/60 Hz,
700-SH10H… 200…480V AC 180…528 VAC 0.2 A 10 A 0.2 A 4 A 1 cycle)
700-SH25G… 24…240V AC 19…264V AC 0.1 A 25 A 0.1 A 4 A 220 A (@ 50/60
700-SH25H… 200…480V AC 180…528V AC 0.2 A 25 A 0.2 A 4 A Hz, 1 cycle)
700-SH40G… 24…240V AC 19…264V AC 0.1 A 40 A 0.1 A 6 A 440 A (@ 50/60
700-SH40H… 200…480V AC 180…528V AC 0.2 A 40 A 0.2 A 6 A Hz, 1 cycle)
✶ The input impedance is measured at the maximum value of the rated supply voltage.
† With a constant current input system, SSR impedance varies with a change in input voltage.
‡ Refer to graphs, “Temperature Characteristics…” and “Must Release Voltage” on page 9-191 for further details.
§ When specified heat sink is used. Refer to accessories, page 9-189 for applicable heat sinks. For more details, refer to graphs “Load Current Vs. Ambient
Temperature Characteristics” on page 9-192, and the “Heat Sink vs. Load Current” graph on page 9-191.
♣ If the SSR operation is continuous ON/OFF, this value should be reduced by 50%. Refer to “Inrush Current Resistivity” graphs on page 9-191 for more details.

9-190 Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs

Bulletin_700-SH.qxd 09/02/2004 08:40 Page 9-191

Bulletin 700-SH
Solid-State Relays
Specifications, Continued

Characteristics
Cat. No. 700-SH05G, -SH10G, SH25G 700-SH40G 700-SH10H, -SH25H, SH40H
Load Switching Method/Device Triac Thyristor
1/2 of load power source cycle time§+ 1 ms max. (DC input)
Pick-up time
3/2 of load power source cycle time§ + 1 ms max. (AC input)
1/2 of load power source cycle time§+ 1 ms max. (DC input)
Drop-out time
3/2 of load power source cycle time§ + 1 ms max. (AC input)
Output ON voltage drop 1.6 V (RMS) max. 1.8 V (RMS) max
5 mA max (at 100V AC) 10 mA max. (@ 200V AC)
Output Leakage current
10 mA max (at 200V AC) 20 mA max. (@ 400V AC)
Output VDRM, VCEO (V) 600 600 1200
-SHO5G = 100,
Output di/dt (A/uS) 50 100
-SHO10G, -SH25G = 50
-SHO5G = 200,
Output dv/dt (V/uS) 100 300
-SHO10G, -SH25G = 100
-SHO5G = 24.5,
Output ,2t (A2S) 1260 SH10H, SH25H = 260, SH40H = 1800
-SHO10G = 112.5 -SH25G = 260
Output Tj (°C) Max. 125
Insulation Resistance 100 MΩ min. (at 500V DC)
Dielectric Strength 2,500V AC, 50/60 Hz for 1 minute
Vibration Resistance (max.) 10…55 Hz, 1.5 mm double amplitude (10 G)
Shock Resistance (max.) 1,000 m/s2 (100 G)
Operating: –30…80 °C (–22…176 °F) with no icing or condensation
Ambient Temperature
Storage: –30…100 °C (–22…212 °F) with no icing or condensation
Ambient Humidity Operating: 45%…85% (no condensation)
Standards Compliance✶ UL508, CSA C22.2, CE, TÜV
Weight Approx. 60 g Approx. 70 g Approx. 80 g
✶ Cat. No. 700-SH_ _ _HZ25 not CE or TÜV approved.
§ 60 Hz cycle time = 16.6 ms, 50 Hz cycle time = 20 ms

Inrush Current Resistivity†

† Inrush current resistivity is the ability of an SSR to withstand a large surge current for a short period of time. Surges are considered non-repetitive (max.
repeatability once every 2…5 seconds). Keep the inrush current to half the rated value if it occurs repetitively. Exceeding the non-repetitive inrush current will
damage the SSR.
‡ The heat sink size refers to the combined area of the sides of the heat sink that radiate heat. For example, when a current of 18 A is allowed to flow through the
SSR at 40 °C, the graph shows that the heat sink size is about 450 cm2 . Therefore, if the heat sink is square, one side of the heat sink must be 15 cm (152 x 2
= 450) or longer.

Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs 9-191

Bulletin_700-SH.qxd 09/02/2004 08:40 Page 9-192

Bulletin 700-SH
Solid-State Relays
Specifications, Continued

Load Current vs. Ambient Temperature Characteristics✶†

✶ For the above 4 graphs, the line “with iron plate measuring 100 x 100 x 0.8 in means the SSR is mounted directly to an iron plate of at least this size.
† All graphs assume thermally conductive grease is applied to the solid-state relay.

9-192 Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs

Bulletin_700-SH.qxd 09/02/2004 08:41 Page 9-193

Bulletin 700-SH
Solid-State Relays
Approximate Dimensions
Αππροξιµατε ∆ιµενσιονσ

Mounting Considerations✶†‡§♣
All units are in mm’s unless otherwise indicated. To convert to inches multiply by 0.0394. Dimensions are not intended for manufacturing purposes.

Cat. No. 700-SH05…

Cat. No. 700-SH40

✶ The proper mounting orientation of the heat sink is so the heat fins run perpendicular to the floor (vertical) to maximize ventilation flow.
† If the fins do not run perpendicular to the floor, a 30% current derating is required.
‡ When attaching a heat sink to Bulletin 700-SH, apply a thin layer of heat conductive grease (approximately 0.002in. thick) on the heat sink to maximize heat
transfer between the SSR and the heat sink. Recommended types: Silicon based, Dow Corning 340, Toshiba YG6240; Non-silicon based, AOS company type
53300 (Cat. No. 46801-010-01).
§ Tighten the SSR panel/heat sink mounting screws to a torque of 0.78…0.98 N•m (6.9…8.7 lb•in).
♣ Tighten the SSR terminal wiring screws as follows M4: 0.98…1.37 N•m (8.67…12.12 lb•in), M5: 1.57…2.35 Nm (13.89…20.8 lb•in).

Heat Sinks➤a

Cat. No. 700-S10

Cat. No. 700-S20

Cat. No. 700-S30

➤ Tighten the heat sink mounting screws (M4) to a torque of 0.98…1.37 N•m (8.67…12.12 lb•in).
a Heat sink weight: cat. nos. 700-S10 = 200 g, 700-S20 = 400 g, 700-S30 = 560 g.

Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs 9-193

Bulletin_700-SH.qxd 09/02/2004 08:41 Page 9-194

Bulletin 700-SH
Solid-State Relays
Basic Application Considerations
Βασιχ Αππλιχατιον Χονσιδερατιονσ

Load Connection
y For an AC load, use a power supply rated at 50 or 60 Hz. The maximum operating frequency is 10 Hz.
y The Bulletin 700-SH has a built-in varistor for surge/inrush protection of AC loads. If additional suppression is required, connect an external
varistor across the load device terminals. Select a varistor which meets the load voltage condition outlined in the table below.

Load Voltage Varistor Voltage Varistor Surge Resistance

100…120V AC 240…270 V
200…240V AC 440…470 V 1000 A min.
380…480V AC 820…1000 V

Zero Cross Function

A SSR with a zero cross function operates when an AC load voltage reaches the zero point or its vicinity. This reduces clicking noises when
the load is switched, and minimizes the influence of an inductive load, such as a lamp, heater, or motor, on the power supply because the
inrush current of the load is reduced. This can also minimize the scale of the inrush current protection circuit.

Output (load voltage)

ON
Input
OFF

At a low applied voltage, such as 24V AC, the load current is not fully supplied. When the unit is switched ON, the voltage required to power
the unit deprives the output signal of the necessary voltage level and thus creates loss time. The lower the load voltage is, the greater the
loss time is. This condition, however, will not create any serious problems.

Loss time

For a DC inductive load, a diode should be connected parallel to the load to absorb the counter electromotive force (OFF) of the load.

Load
Load power
Input SSR supply

Note: For additional details when using Solid-State Relays, refer to pub. 700-AT001A-EN-E, “Solid-State Relay Application Guide” available at
the Automation Bookstore web site http://www.theautomationbookstore.com.

9-194 Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs

Bulletin_700-SK.qxd 09/02/2004 08:44 Page 9-195

Bulletin 700-SK
Solid-State Relays
Overview/Product Selection

Bulletin 700-SK Table of Contents

y High Response Speed Models
Product Selection . . . this page
y Input Sensor Module to Allow High Voltage 100…240V AC or
12…24V DC Sensor Accessories . . . . . . . . . this page
y Interface to Low Voltage (Logic) Device Such as a PC Output Module Specifications . . . . . . . 9-196
For Typical SSR Applications Approximate
y LED Indicator Dimensions . . . . . . . . . 9-198
y Input Modules and Output Modules Can Be Used With the Certifications
700-HN121 Socket y UL 508
Bulletin 100S-D safety contactors provide mechanically linked, y CSA C22.2
positively guided contacts, which are required in feedback circuits for y CE
modern safety applications. The positively guided N.C. auxiliary y TÜV
contacts will not change state when a power contact welds.

Product Selection
Input/Sensor Module
Input-to-Output Logic Level Rated Input Sensor
Isolation Method LED Indicator Response Speed Supply Voltage Supply Current Voltage Cat. No.
10 Hz 100…240V AC✶ 700-SKICA18
Photocoupler Yes 4…32V DC 0.1…100 mA
High-speed (1 kHz) 12…24V DC 700-SKICZ24

Output/SSR Module
Output (Load) Max.
Input-to-Output Isolation Continuous Current and Rated Input Control
Method Zero Cross Function LED Indicator Rated Voltage Range Voltage Cat. No.
Yes 700-SKOZ2Z25
Phototriac 2 A @ 100…240V AC✶
No 700-SKON2Z25
Yes 5…24V DC
2 A @ 5…48V DC 700-SKOC2Z25
Photocoupler Not Applicable
1.5 A @ 48…200V DC 700-SKOC1Z25
✶ 47…63 Hz

Accessories
Description Pcs./Pkg. Cat. No.

Screw Terminal Socket — Panel or DIN Rail Mounting

5-blade miniatue socket. Socket includes a retainer clip. Order must 10 700-HN121
be in multiples of ten ✶

Cat. No. 700-HN121

DIN Symmetrical Rail, 1 m

35 mm x 7.5 mm 10 199-DR1
Cat. No. 199-DR1 Zinc-plated, yellow chromated

Pre-printed identification tags — contains 10 sheets of pre-printed

and blank tags. Each sheet contains 13 sets of the markings
10 700-N40
CR…9CR, TR…9TR, M…9M, F, R, 1S, and 117 blank tags. Tags are
peel-off with sticky backing for easy placement on relays.

Blank identification tags — contains 10 sheets of blank identification

tags for customer specialized printing. Each sheet contains 546 blank
10 700-N41
tags. Tags are peel-off with sticky backing for easy placement on
relays.

Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs 9-195

Bulletin_700-SK.qxd 09/02/2004 08:44 Page 9-196

Bulletin 700-SK
Solid-State Relays
Specifications
Σπεχιφιχατιονσ

Input Sensor Module

Input Sensor Ratings
Max. Operating Input
Cat. No. Rated Input Voltage Voltage Range Input Current Pick-up Voltage Drop-out Voltage
700-SKICZ24 12…24V DC 6.6…32V DC 8 mA max. 6.6V DC max. 3.6V DC min.
700-SKICA18 100…240V AC 60…264V AC 15 mA max. 60V AC max. 20V AC min.

Output Logic Ratings

Cat. No. Logic Level Supply Voltage Logic Level Supply Current Draw
700-SKICZ24
4…32V DC 0.1…100 mA
700-SKICA18

Characteristics
Cat. No. 700-SKICA18 700-SKICZ24
Pick-up time 20 ms max. 0.1 ms max.
Drop-out time 20 ms max. 0.1 ms max.
Response frequency 10 Hz 1 kHz
Output ON voltage drop 1.6 V max.
Leakage current 5 µA max.
Output VDRM, VCEO (V) 80 (ref. value) 80 (ref. value)
Output di/dt (A/uS) — —
Output dv/dt (V/uS) — —
Output ,2t (A2S) — —
Output Tj (°C) Max. 150 150
Insulation resistance 100 MΩ min. between input and output
Dielectric strength 4,000V AC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min. between input and output
Vibration resistance (max.) 10…55 Hz, 1.5 mm double amplitude (10 G)
Shock resistance (max.) 1,000 m/s2 (100 G)
Operating –30…80 °C (–22…176 °F) with no icing or condensation
Ambient temperature
Storage –30…100 °C (–22…212 °F) with no icing or condensation
Standards Compliance UL 508, CSA C22.2, CE, TÜV
Ambient humidity Operating 45…85% (no condensation)
Weight Approx. 18 g

Output SSR Module

Control/Input Ratings
Max. Operating Control Max. Reverse Pick-up Drop-out
Cat. No. Rated Control Voltage Voltage Range Control Voltage Impedance✶ Voltage Voltage
700-SKOZ2Z25 15 mA max.
at 25 °C
700-SKON2Z25 (77 °F) 4V DC
5…24V DC 4…32V DC -32V DC 1V DC min.
max.
700-SKOC2Z25
8 mA max.
700-SKOC1Z25

Load/Output Ratings
Continuous Load Current
Cat. No. Rated Load Maximum (Resistive)
Voltage Load Voltage Range Min. Max.‡ Max. Inrush Current†
700-SKOZ2Z25 30 A (@50/60 Hz, 1
100…240V AC 75…264V AC 0.05 A 2A
700-SKON2Z25 cycle)
700-SKOC2Z25 5…48V DC 4…60V DC 0.1 A 2A 8 A (10 ms)
700-SKOC1Z25 48…200V DC 40…200V DC 0.1 A 1.5 A 8 A (10 ms)
✶ With a constant current input system. SSR impedance varies with a change in input voltage.
† If the SSR operation is continuous ON/OFF, this value should be reduced by 50%. Refer to the “Inrush Current Resistivity” graphs on page 9-197 for more
details.
‡ Refer to “Load Current Versus Ambient Temperature Characteristics” graphs onpage 9-197 for additional details.

9-196 Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs

Bulletin_700-SK.qxd 09/02/2004 08:44 Page 9-197

Bulletin 700-SK
Solid-State Relays
Specifications, Continued

Output Module, Continued

Characteristics
Cat. No. 700-SKOZ2Z25 700-SKON2Z25 700-SKOC2Z25 700-SKOC1Z25
Load Switching Method/Device Triac Transistor
1/2 cycle of load power source cycle time✶ + 1 ms
Pick-up time 1 ms max.
max.
Drop-out time 1/2 of load power source cycle time✶ + 1 ms max. 2 ms max.
Response frequency 20 Hz 100 kHz
Output ON voltage drop 1.6V max. 2.5V max.
Leakage current 1.5 mA max. 1 mA max.
Output VDRM, VCEO (V) 600 (ref.value) 600 (ref.value) 80 (ref.value) 400 (ref.value)
Output di/dt (A/uS) 30 30 — —
Output dv/dt (V/uS) 300 300 — —
Output ,2t (A2S) 10.4 10.4 — —
Output Tj (°C) Max. 125 125 150 150
Insulation resistance 100 MΩ min. between input and output
Dielectric strength 4,000V AC, 50/60 Hz for 1 min. between input and output
Vibration resistance (max.) 10…55 Hz, 1.5 mm double amplitude (10 G)
Shock resistance (max.) 1,000 m/s2 (100 G)
Operating –30…80 °C (–22…176 °F) with no icing or condensation
Ambient temperature
Storage –30…100 °C (–22…212 °F) with no icing or condensation
Standards Compliance UL 508, CSA C22.2, CE, TÜV
Ambient humidity Operating 45…85% (no condensation)
Weight Approx. 18 g
✶ 60 Hz cycle time = 16.6 ms, 50 Hz cycle time = 20 ms

Load Current vs. Ambient Temperature Characteristics

Inrush Current
Resistivity†

† Inrush current resistivity is the ability of an SSR to withstand a large surge current for a short period of time. Surges are considered non-repetitive (max.
repeatability once every 2…5 seconds). Keep the inrush current to half the rated value if it occurs repetitively. Exceeding the non-repetitive inrush current will
damage the SSR.

Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs 9-197

Bulletin_700-SK.qxd 09/02/2004 08:44 Page 9-198

Bulletin 700-SK
Solid-State Relays
Approximate Dimensions
Αππροξιµατε ∆ιµενσιονσ

All units are in millimeters unless otherwise indicated. To convert to inches multiply by 0.0394. Dimensions are not to be used for
manufacturing purposes.
Note: The input module (700-SKI) and output module (700-SKO) are compatible with the 700-HN121 socket.

Terminal Arrangement/
1
5.2 Internal Connections
(Bottom View)
3

0.5 4 (+) 3
29 max.
9.6

17.4 (–)
4.75 4

1 5 Load

13 max. 28 max. 5 7.5 4.7

4
0.5 4.75 Input

10 1 5
(–) (+)
2
20

Application Considerations of Bulletin 700-SK

Connection
For DC load switching, Bulletin 700-SK SSR will operate properly if the load is connected to either the positive or negative SSR load terminal.
The load can be connected to either positive or negative output terminals of the SSR.

Protective Element (to extend SSR life)

Since the SSR does not incorporate a surge absorption component, be sure to connect a surge absorption component when using the SSR
to control an inductive load.
For additional details applying solid-state relays, refer to pub. number 700-AT001A-EN-E, “Solid-State Relay Application Guide.” Document
available at the Automation Bookstore web site http://www.theautomationbookstore.com.

9-198 Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs

Bulletin_900-TC_a.qxd 09/02/2004 08:47 Page 9-199

Bulletin 900-TC
Digital Temperature Controller
Product Overview/Quick Selection

Bulletin 900 — Single-Loop Electronic Digital Product Selection . . . 9-200

Temperature/Heater Controllers Input Ranges . . . . . . . 9-203
y Single-Loop, High Value, ON/OFF, or Analog Output Controllers Specifications . . . . . . . 9-204
y 1/8 DIN (Bulletin 900-TC8), 1/16 DIN (Bulletin 900-TC16), and 1/32 DIN (Bulletin 900-
TC32) Sizes Approximate
y Various Sensor Inputs Dimensions . . . . . . . . . 9-206
Bulletin – Thermocouple Wiring Terminals . . . . 9-208
– Platinum RTD
900-TC32
– Non-Contact Temperature Sensor
Option Units . . . . . . . . 9-209
– Analog Input (0…50 mV) Installation . . . . . . . . . . 9-210
y Auto-Tuning and Self-tuning Available to Simplify Startup Peripheral Devices . . 9-212
y Heating, Cooling, or Heating/Cooling Control Available Controller Config.
y High Visibility 4-digit LED Displays, Easy to See in High Levels of Ambient Light
from Keypad . . . . . . . . 9-212
y Integral Keypad with Tactile Feedback for Setup and Modification of Parameters
y Optional 900Builder™ Personal Computer (PC) Software Simplifies Configuration, File Standards Compliance
Save/Recall, Graphics, and Trending and Certifications
y Water-Resistant Construction UL Type 4X or IP66 for Indoor Use (except 900-TC8)
Bulletin Bulletin y NEMA/EEMAC ICS 2
900-TC16 900-TC8 y cULus, CE
(Industrial Controls and
Systems)
y UL, CSA, IEC

Quick Selection
Bulletin 900-TCx Quick Selection
Bulletin No.
Item 900-TC8 900-TC16 900-TC32
48 mm (W) x 96 mm (H) x 48 mm (W) x 48 mm (H) x 48 mm (W) x 24 mm (H) x
Dimensions
78 mm (D) 78 mm (D) 100 mm (D)
Sample Rate 500 ms
Indication Accuracy ±0.5% PV +1 digit max.
Heating/Cooling Control Mode Yes Yes Yes
Control Method ON/OFF or 2-PID (auto-tune and self-tune) with time proportioning ON/OFF outputs
Thermocouple Input Yes Yes Yes
Platinum Resistance Temperature Sensor Yes Yes Yes
Inputs
Analog Input (0...50 mV) Yes Yes Yes
Non-Contact Temperature Sensor Yes Yes Yes
Relay Output Yes Yes Yes
Outputs Voltage Output for Solid-State Relay Yes Yes Yes
4…20 mA (DC) Analog Yes Yes No
None No No Yes
1 Point No No Yes
Alarms
2 Points No Yes No
3 Points Yes No No
RS-232C Communications Function Yes No No
RS-485 Communications Function Yes Yes Yes
Event Input Yes Yes No
Run/Stop via Keypad or Interrupts Yes Yes Keypad
Multiple SP Selection via Keypad or Interrupts Yes Yes Keypad
Heater Burnout Alarm Yes Yes No

Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs 9-199

Bulletin_900-TC_a.qxd 09/02/2004 08:47 Page 9-200

Bulletin 900-TC
Digital Temperature Controller
Product Selection
Προδυχτ Σελεχτιον

Standard Controller Models

Supports Controller Cat.
DIN Size Power Max No. of Heater No. with Controller Cat. No.
Bulletin (DImensions) Supply Alarms Burnout Thermocouple with Platinum RTD
No. (mm) Voltage Supported Control Output Type Alarm Output Support Support
No 900-TC8RTZ25 900-TC8RPZ25
Relay Output
Yes 900-TC8RTHZ25 900-TC8RPHZ25
100…240V AC 3 No 900-TC8VTZ25 900-TC8VPZ25
Voltage output (for driving SSR)
Yes 900-TC8VTHZ25 900-TC8VPHZ25
1/8 DIN 4...20 mA Analog Output No 900-TC8ACTZ25 900-TC8ACPZ25
900-TC8
48 mm (W) x 96 mm
✶† No 900-TC8RTU25 900-TC8RPU25
(H) x 78 mm (D) Relay Output
Yes 900-TC8RTHU25 900-TC8RPHU25
24 V AC/
3 No 900-TC8VTU25 900-TC8VPU25
V DC Voltage output (for driving SSR)
Yes 900-TC8VTHU25 900-TC8VPHU25
4...20 mA Analog Output No 900-TC8ACTU25 900-TC8ACPU25
Relay Output Yes‡ 900-TC16RTZ25 900-TC16RPZ25
100…240V AC 2 Voltage output (for driving SSR) Yes‡ 900-TC16VTZ25 900-TC16VPZ25
1/16 DIN 4...20 mA Analog Output No 900-TC16ACTZ25 900-TC16ACPZ25
900-TC16
48 mm (W) x 48 mm
✶† Relay Output Yes‡ 900-TC16RTU25 900-TC16RPU25
(H) x 78 mm (D)
24 V AC/
2 Voltage output (for driving SSR) Yes‡ 900-TC16VTU25 900-TC16VPU25
V DC
4...20 mA Analog Output No 900-TC16ACTU25 900-TC16ACPU25
Relay Output 900-TC32RTZ25 900-TC32RPZ25
100…240V AC 1 No
Voltage output (for driving SSR) 900-TC32VTZ25 900-TC32VPZ25
24 V AC/ Relay Output 900-TC32RTU25 900-TC32RPU25
1/32 DIN 1 No
900-TC32 V DC Voltage output (for driving SSR) 900-TC32VTU25 900-TC32VPU25
48 mm (W) x 24 mm
§♣ Relay Output 900-TC32CRTZ25 900-TC32CRPZ25
(H) x 100 mm (D) 100…240V AC RS485 No
Voltage output (for driving SSR) 900-TC32CVTZ25 900-TC32CVPZ25
24 V AC/ Relay Output 900-TC32CRTU25 900-TC32CRPU25
RS485 No
V DC Voltage output (for driving SSR) 900-TC32CVTU25 900-TC32CVPU25
✶ A current transformer (CT) is not provided with the unit.
† When the heating and cooling function or the heater burnout alarm is used, one of the relay alarm outputs will be disabled for each function used.
‡ The heater burnout alarm is available by mounting the Cat. No. 900-TC16EIM or the Cat. No. 900-TC16COM in the 900-TC16RTZ25, RPZ25, VTZ25, VPZ25,
RTU25, RPU25, VTU25, or VPU25. Heater burnout does not apply to analog output style controllers.
§ If the heating/cooling function is used, ALM1 will be used for the cooling control output and so the alarm output relay will not be available.
♣ Cat. Nos. with a C designator (e.g., Cat. No. 900-TC32C___) include RS-485 communications, but do not have an alarm (or cooling) output.

Option Units (Bulletins 900-TC8 and 900-TC16 — Only One Option Unit per Controller)
The unit provides communications or event input functionality.
Bulletin No. Name Function Cat. No.
RS-232C communications➤ 900-TC8232
Communications Unit
900-TC8 RS-485 communications 900-TC8COM
Event Input Unit Event inputa 900-TC8EIM
Communications and Heater Burnout
RS-485 communications and heater burnout alarm 900-TC16COM
Unit
900-TC16 Event Input Unit and Heater Burnout Event input and heater burnout alarma 900-TC16EIM
Event Input Unit Event Inputa 900-TC16ACEIM
Communications Unit RS-485 Communications 900-TC16ACCOM
➤ Enables direct RS-232 connection to personal computer using 900Builder software. A Cat. No. 900-CP1X cable or equivalent is also required.
a Provides two event inputs.
 Heater burnout is not available for 4…20 mA analog output style 900-TC16 controllers such as the 900-TC16ACTU25

9-200 Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs

Bulletin_900-TC_a.qxd 09/02/2004 08:47 Page 9-201

Bulletin 900-TC
Digital Temperature Controller
Accessories/General Modifications
Αχχεσσοριεσ

Current Transformer (Use with Bulletins 900-TC8 and 900-TC16 Only for Heater Burnout)
For Use With Bulletin No. Hole Diameter✶ Cat. No.
5.8 dia. 900-CT1
900-TC8, 900-TC16
12.0 dia. 900-CT2
✶ The hole diameter is the only functional difference between the Cat. No. 900-CT1 and the Cat. No. 900-CT2. Current output to controller is the same.

Interface Converter (RS-232/USB to RS-485) Model

Converts personal computer RS-232 or USB (Ser. B or later) communications to RS-485. Use for interface with a single Bulletin 900-TC8, or
Bulletin 900-TC16 with a Cat. No. 900-TCxxCOM unit installed or a single Cat. No. 900-TC32C_ designated controller. Also allows interface
to up to 31 controllers connected on a RS-485 link/network. See page 9-203 for additional details.
Bulletin No. Size Power Supply Voltage Cat. No.
100…240V AC 900-CONVZ25
900-CONV 30 mm (W) x 80 mm (H) x 78 mm (D)
24V AC/DC 900-CONVU25

RS-232 Interface Cable

Allows connection between a 900-TC8 with a 900-TC8232 option unit and a PC using 900Builder software (see page 9-209) or PC with
900Builder and a 900-CONV RS232-to-RS485 converter (see page 9-205).
Accessory Cat. No.
RS-232 cable with 9-pin female D shell and 3 flying leads (3 m) 900-CP1X

900Builder Personal Computer Configuration Software

Allows graphical configuration and monitoring of controller parameters with data-logging and trending, plus program upload/download
capability for any Bulletin 900-TCx controller.
Accessory Cat. No.
900Builder™ Personal Computer Configuration Software for Bulletin 900-TCx Temperature Controllers (available in CD format only) 900-BLDSW1

General Functions
Bulletin 900-TC8

Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs 9-201

Bulletin_900-TC_a.qxd 09/02/2004 08:47 Page 9-202

Bulletin 900-TC
Digital Temperature Controller
General Functions, Continued

9-202 Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs

Bulletin_900-TC_a.qxd 09/02/2004 08:47 Page 9-203

Bulletin 900-TC
Digital Temperature Controller
Input Ranges (In Degrees C)
Ινπυτ Ρανγεσ

✶ Applicable standards by input type are as follows:

K, J, T, E, N, R, S, B: JIS C1602-1995
L: Fe-CuNi, DIN 43710-1985
U: Cu-CuNi, DIN 43710-1985
† JPt100: JIS C1604-1989, JIS C1606-1989
Pt100: JIS C1604-1997, IEC 751
Shaded ranges indicate default settings.
‡ The non-contact temperature sensor must be configurable for type K thermocouple output within either of the four specified ranges. For example, an OMRON
ES1A infrared sensor.

Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs 9-203

Bulletin_900-TC_b.qxd 09/02/2004 08:52 Page 9-204

Bulletin 900-TC
Digital Temperature Controller
Specifications✶
Σπεχιφιχατιονσ

Bulletins 900-TC8, 900-TC16, and 900-TC32

Technical/Control Ratings
Supply Voltage (Line) 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 24 V AC, 50/60 Hz or, 24 V DC
Operating Voltage Range (Line) 85…110% of rated supply voltage
900-TC8 5.4 VA @120V AC, 9 VA @ 240V AC 5 VA @ 24 V AC, 4 W @ 24 V DC
Power
900-TC16 4.7 VA @120V AC, 7 VA @ 240V AC 4 VA @ 24 V AC, 3 W @ 24 V DC
Consumption
900-TC32 4.3 VA @ 120V AC, 7 VA @ 240V AC 4 VA @ 24 V AC, 2.5 W @ 24 V DC
Thermocouple K, J, T, E, L, U, N, R, S, B (controller applies cold junction compensation)
Platinum Resistance Thermometer Pt100, JPt100 (controller RTD excitation current: approx. 1 mA) 2- or 3-wire configuration
Sensor Input
Non-Contact Temperature Sensor 10…70 °C, 60…120 °C, 115…165 °C, 160…260 °C
Voltage Input 0…50 mV
900-TC8 SPST-NO, 250V AC @ 5 A, 30V DC @ 10 A (max. resistive load), electrical life: 100 000 operations
Electro-mechanical
900-TC16 SPST-NO, 250V AC @ 3 A, 30V DC @ 10 A (max. resistive load), electrical life: 100 000 operations
Relay output
900-TC32 SPST-NO, 250V AC @ 2 A, 30V DC @ 2 A (max. resistive load), electrical life: 100 000 operations
900-TC8 12V DC (PNP), max. load current: 40 mA, with current limit protection
Control Voltage output
900-TC16 12V DC (PNP), max. load current: 21 mA, with current limit protection
Output (SSR compatible)
900-TC32 12V DC (PNP), max. load current: 21 mA, with current limit protection
900-TC8 DC: 4...20 mA, max. load 600 ohms, resolution 2,600
Analog 900-TC16 DC: 4...20 mA, max. load 600 ohms, resolution 2,600
900-TC32 NA
900-TC8 SPST-NO, 250V AC @ 3 A, 30V DC @ 5 A (max. resistive load), electrical life: 100 000 operations
Alarm Output
900-TC16, 900-TC32 SPST-NO, 250V AC @ 1 A, 30V DC @ 2 A (max. resistive load), electrical life: 100 000 operations
ON: 1K Ω (max.)
Contact
OFF: 100K Ω (min.)
Event Input ‡
ON: Voltage Drop 1.5V (max.)
Non-contact
OFF: Leakage current 0.1 mA (max.)
Control Method ON/OFF control or 2-PID (auto-tune and self-tune)
Setting Method Digital setting using front panel keys or 900Builder software
Indication Method 7-segment digital display and single-lighting indicator
900-TC8 Process Value Display: 14.0 mm; Set Point Display: 9.5 mm
Character
900-TC16 Process Value Display: 9.9 mm; Set Point Display: 6.4 mm
height
900-TC32 Process Value Display: 7.0 mm; Set Point Display: 3.5 mm
Thermocouple (±0.5% of indicated value or ±1°C, whichever greater) ±1 digit max. †
Indication Platinum Resistance Thermometer (RTD) (±0.5% of indicated value or ±1°C, whichever greater) ±1 digit max.
Accuracy Analog Input (0…50 mV) ±0.5% FS±1 digit max.
CT Input (900-TC8, 900-TC16) ±5% FS±1 digit max.
Hysteresis 0.1…999.9 EU (in units of 0.1 EU)
Proportional Band (P) 0.1…999.9 EU (in units of 0.1 EU)
Integral Time (I) 0…3999 s (in units of 1 s)
Derivative Time (D) 0…3999 s (in units of 1 s)
Control Period 1…99 s (in units of 1 s)
Manual Reset Value 0.0…100.0% (in units of 0.1%)
Alarm Setting Range –1999…+9999 (decimal point position depends on input type)
Sampling Period 500 ms
Other Functions According to Controller model
✶ Unless noted, specifications apply to Bulletins 900-TC8, 900-TC16, and 900-TC32.
† The indication of K thermocouples in the –200…+1300 °C range, and T and N thermocouples at a temperature of –100 °C or less, and U and L thermocouples
at any temperature is ±2 °C ±1 digit maximum. The indication of B thermocouples at a temperature of 400 °C or less is unrestricted. The indication of R and S
thermocouples at a temperature of 200 °C or less is ±3 °C ±1 digit maximum.
‡ Applies to 900-TC8 or 900-TC16.

9-204 Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs

Bulletin_900-TC_b.qxd 09/02/2004 08:52 Page 9-205

Bulletin 900-TC
Digital Temperature Controller
Specifications, Continued

Bulletins 900-TC8, 900-TC16, and 900-TC32, Continued

General/Environmental Ratings
900-TC8 Approx. 390 g (13.8 ounces)
900-TC16 Approx. 215 g (7.6 ounces)
Weight (includes carton) 900-TC32 Approx. 160 g (5.6 ounces)
900-TC8232, COM, EIM Approx. 20 g (0.7 ounces)
900-TC16COM, EIM Approx. 35 g (1.2 ounces)
Ambient Temperature –10…+55 °C (with no condensation or icing)
Ambient Humidity 25…85%
Storage Temperature –25…+65 °C (with no condensation or icing)
Insulation Resistance 20 MΩ min. (at 500V DC)
Dielectric Strength 2000V AC, 50 or 60 Hz for 1 min. (between different charging terminals)
Maximum Vibration 10…55 Hz, 10 m/s2 (1 G) for 10 minutes each in X, Y, and Z directions
200 m/s2 (20 G), 3 times each in 3 axes, 6 directions (when using a relay: 100
Maximum Shock
m/s2 [10 G])
Front panel: UL Type 4X for indoor use (equivalent to IP66), rear case: IP20,
Protective Structure
terminals: IP00 VDE 0106
Installation Environment Installation category II, pollution class 2 (IEC 61010-1 compliant)
Memory Protection EEPROM (non-volatile memory) (number of writes: 100 000)
Emission Enclosure EN55011 Group 1 class A
Emission AC Mains EN55011 Group 1 class A
Immunity ESD EN61000-4-2: 4 kV contact discharge (level 2); 8 kV air discharge (level 3)
EN61000-4-3: 10V/m (amplitude modulated, 80 MHz…1 GHz) (level 3) 10V/m
Immunity RF-Interference
EMC (pulse modulated, 900 MHz)
Immunity Conducted Disturbance EN61000-4-6: 10V (0.15…80 MHz) (level 3)
Immunity Burst EN61000-4-4: 2 kV power-line (level 3); 2 kV I/O signal-line (level 4)
Surge Immunity EN61000-4-5: 1 kV line to line (level 2), 2 kV line to ground (level 3)
Voltage DIPs/Short Interruptions EN61000-4-11: 100%/0.5 period
UL3121-1, CSA C22.2 No. 14-95, E.B.1402C; conforms to EN50081-2,
Conformity to Standards EN50082-2, EN61010-1 (IEC 61010-1); conforms to VDE 0106/part 100 (finger
protection) when the terminal cover is mounted.
Communications
Transmission Path Connection Multiple points
900-TC8 RS-232C or RS-485 (2-wire, half duplex)
Communications Method ✶ 900-TC16 RS-485 (2-wire, half duplex)
900-TC32 RS-485 (2-wire, half duplex)
Synchronization Method Start-stop synchronization
Baud Rate 1200/2400/4800/9600/19 200 bps
Transmission Code ASCII
Data Bit Length † 7 or 8 bits
Stop Bit Length † 1 or 2 bits
Error Detection, Vertical Parity None, even, odd
Flow Control Not available
900-TC8 ✶ RS-485/RS-232C
Interface 900-TC16 † RS-485
900-TC32 † RS-485
Retry Function Not available
Communications Buffer 40 bytes
Heater Burnout Alarm (Use with Bulletins 900-TC8 and 900-TC16 Only)
Max. Heater Current Single-Phase AC 50 A
Input Current Readout Accuracy ±5%FS ±1 digit max.
Heater Burnout Alarm Setting Range 0.0…50.0 A (0.1 A units) ‡
Min. Detection ON Time 190 ms §
Current Transformer (Sold Separately) Ratings (Use with Bulletins 900-TC8 and 900-TC16 Only)
Dielectric Strength 1000V AC (1 min.)
Vibration Resistance 50 Hz 98 m/s2 (10 G)
900-CT1 Approx. 19 g (0.67 ounces)
Weight (includes carton)
900-CT2 Approx. 65 g (2.3 ounces)
Conformity to Standards
NEMA/EEMAC ICS 2 (Industrial Controls and Systems)
Standards
UL, CSA, IEC
✶ RS-232C communications is only supported for Bulletin 900-TC8 (Cat. No. 900-TC8232 option board installed). All controllers support RS-485 communications
(32 linked/networked devices) by appropriate option unit or correct controller catalog number.
† The baud rate, data bit length, stop bit length, or vertical parity can be individually set using the communications configuration function group.
‡ When the configured value of the heater burnout alarm is 00 A, the heater burnout alarm will always be OFF. When the configured value is 50.0 A, the heater
burnout alarm will always be ON.
§ When the heater ON time is less than 190 ms, heater burnout detection and heater current measurement will not be carried out.

Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs 9-205

Bulletin_900-TC_b.qxd 09/02/2004 08:52 Page 9-206

Bulletin 900-TC
Digital Temperature Controller
Approximate Dimensions
Αππροξιµατε ∆ιµενσιονσ

Approximate dimensions are shown in millimeters unless otherwise indicated (to convert to inches, multiply by 0.0394). Dimensions are not to
be used for manufacturing purposes.

Bulletin 900-TC8 Bulletin 900-TC16

Panel Cutouts
y Recommended panel thickness is 1…5 mm.
y Group mounting is not possible in the vertical direction. (Maintain
the specified mounting space between Controllers when they are
group mounted. IP66 UL Type 4X is not possible when group
mounting.)
y To mount the unit so that it is waterproof, apply the waterproof
gasket to the unit.
y When two or more units are mounted together, make sure that the
surrounding ambient temperature does not exceed the allowable
operating temperature specification.

Safety Terminal Cover✶

Panel Cutouts
y Recommended panel thickness is 1…8 mm.
y Group mounting is not possible in the vertical direction. (Maintain
the specified mounting space between controllers when they are
group mounted. UL Type 4X is not possible when group
mounting.)
y To mount the unit so that it is waterproof, apply the waterproof
gasket to the unit
y When two or more units are mounted together, make sure that the
surrounding ambient temperature does not exceed the allowable
operating temperature specification.

Safety Terminal Cover✶

✶ Conforms to VDE 0106 (finger protection) when installed on the controller.

9-206 Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs

Bulletin_900-TC_b.qxd 09/02/2004 08:53 Page 9-207

Bulletin 900-TC
Digital Temperature Controller
Approximate Dimensions, Continued

Approximate dimensions are shown in millimeters unless otherwise indicated (to convert to inches, multiply by 0.0394). Dimensions are not to
be used for manufacturing purposes.

Bulletin 900-TC32

Panel Cutouts
y Recommended panel thickness is 1…5 mm.
y When carrying out maintenance on the unit, the I/O wiring terminal block can be removed from the module with the terminal leads still
attached.
y Group mounting is not possible in the vertical direction. (Maintain the specified mounting space between controllers when they are group
mounted. IP66 UL Type 4X is not possible when group mounting.)
y To mount the unit so that it is waterproof, apply the waterproof gasket to the unit.
y When two or more units are mounted together, make sure that the surrounding ambient temperature does not exceed the allowable
operating temperature specification.

Current Transformer (Sold Separately) (Bulletins 900-TC8 and 900-TC16 Only)

Cat. No. 900-CT1 Cat. No. 900-CT2

Note: The hole diameter is the major functional difference between the Cat. No. 900-CT1 and the Cat. No. 900-CT2. The current output signal
is the same.

Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs 9-207

Bulletin_900-TC_b.qxd 09/02/2004 08:53 Page 9-208

Bulletin 900-TC
Digital Temperature Controller
Wiring Terminals
Ωιρινγ Τερµιναλσ

y The voltage output (SSR control output) is not electrically isolated from the controller’s internal circuits. When using a grounded
thermocouple, do not connect the control output terminals to earth ground. If the control output terminals are connected to earth ground,
errors will occur in the measured temperature values as a result of ground loop leakage current.
y Standard insulation is applied to the power supply I/O sections. If reinforced insulation is required, connect the input and output terminals to
a device without any exposed current-carrying parts or to a device with standard insulation suitable for the maximum operating voltage of
the power supply I/O section.
Note: Input power supply available: 100…240 V AC, or 24 V AC/DC

Bulletin 900-TC8

Option Unit Terminals

(See page 9-198)

Bulletin 900-TC16

Option Unit Terminals

(See page 9-198)

Bulletins 900-TC8 and 900-TC16

y Separate input leads and power lines to protect the Bulletin 900-TC8/900-TC16 and its lines from external noise.
y We recommend using solderless lugs when wiring to the Bulletin 900-TC8/900-TC16 wire terminals. However, if lugs are not used, the
controller’s screw terminals will accept two solid or stranded wires (no mixing) 14…24 AWG.
y Tighten the terminal screws using a torque 1.13…1.36 Nm (10…12 lb-in).
y Use the following type of solderless lugs for M3.5 screws.

9-208 Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs

Bulletin_900-TC_b.qxd 09/02/2004 08:53 Page 9-209

Bulletin 900-TC
Digital Temperature Controller
Wiring Terminals, Continued/Option Units

Wiring Terminals, Continued

y The voltage output (SSR control output) is not electrically isolated from the controller’s internal circuits. When using a grounded
thermocouple, do not connect the control output terminals to earth ground. If the control output terminals are connected to earth ground,
errors will occur in the measured temperature values as a result of ground loop leakage current.
y Standard insulation is applied to the power supply I/O sections. If reinforced insulation is required, connect the input and output terminals to
a device without any exposed current-carrying parts or to a device with standard insulation suitable for the maximum operating voltage of
the power supply I/O section.
Note: Input power supply available: 100…240 V AC, or 24 V AC/DC

Bulletin 900-TC32

Option Units
Bulletin 900-TC8

Cat. No. 900-TC8232 Cat. No. 900-TC8EIM Cat. No. 900-TC8COM

RS-232C Communications Unit Event Input Unit RS-485 Communications Unit‡

✶ With 900Builder Software

† 900-CP1x or equivalent cable provides the physical connection between the PC and controller.
‡ Typically, an RS-232 to RS-485 converter such as the Cat. No. 900-CONVZ25 (see page 9-203) will be required between the personal computer (with
900Builder software) and the Bulletin 900-TCx controller. In that case, a 900-CPx or equivalent cable provides the physical connection between the converter
and the PC. RS-485 allows linking up to 31 controllers with a single personal computer.

Bulletin 900-TC16

Cat. No. 900-TC16COM Cat. No. 900-TC16ACCOM Cat. No. 900-TC16EIM Cat. No. 900-TC16ACEIM
RS-485 Communications/ RS-485 Communications/ Event Input/ Event Input Unit
Heater Burnout Alarm Unit Unit Heater Burnout Alarm Unit

Communications Event Input/Heater Burnout

Heater Burnout Detection
§ Typically, an RS-232 to RS-485 converter such as the Cat. No. 900-CONVZ25 (see page 9-203) will be required between the personal computer (with
900Builder software) and the Bulletin 900-TCx controller. RS-485 allows linking up to 31 controllers with a single personal computer.

Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs 9-209

Bulletin_900-TC_b.qxd 09/02/2004 08:53 Page 9-210

Bulletin 900-TC
Digital Temperature Controller
Installation
Ινσταλλατιον

Bulletin 900-TC8 Mounting the Bulletin 900-TC16 in a Panel/Enclosure

Panel Mounting 1. Insert the Bulletin 900-TC16 into the mounting hole in the panel.
Ensure the waterproof gasket is in place if this is a IP66 UL Type
1. Insert the Bulletin 900-TC8 into the mounting hole in the panel
4X enclosure.
from the front. Ensure the waterproof gasket is in place if this is a
2. Push the panel adapter along the Bulletin 900-TC16 body from
UL Type 4X enclosure.
the rear terminals up to the panel, and secure it temporarily.
2. Push the mounting bracket along the Bulletin 900-TC8 body from
3. Tighten the two screws on the adapter. When tightening the two
the rear terminals up to the panel, and secure it temporarily.
screws, tighten them alternately, keeping the torque to 0.29…
3. Tighten the screw on each mounting bracket alternately until the
0.39 N•m (2.57…3.45 lb•in).
ratchet stops tightening.
Attaching the Safety Terminal Cover
Make sure that the UP arrow mark is facing up, and then fit the
terminal cover into the holes on the top and bottom of the controller.
All Bulletin 900-TC16 controllers are provided with a terminal cover.
Installing the Option Units
If communications, event input, or heater burnout functions are
required, mount the applicable option unit into the controller. The
heater burnout function is supported on either the 900-TC16EIM or
900-TC16COM units. One option unit (max.) per controller.

Assembly Directions

Bulletin 900-TC8

Removing the Unit from its Case

To remove the Bulletin 900-TC8 unit from its case whether it is
mounted in a panel or not, use a suitable Phillips screwdriver for the
screw located at the bottom on the front of the case.
1. While pressing down on the hook located at the top of the case
front, turn the screw (located at the bottom on the front)
counterclockwise using a Phillips screwdriver.
2. Hold both sides of the front case and draw out the unit towards
you. With the unit removed, option boards can be installed or
replaced.
3. When replacing/inserting the unit into the case/panel, confirm that
the waterproof gasket is in place. While pressing down on the
hook located at the top of the front case, turn the screw (located
at the bottom on the front) clockwise using a Phillips screwdriver
and tighten to a torque of 0.3…0.5 N•m (2.66…4.43 lb•in). Make
sure that electronic parts do not come in contact with the case.

1. Insert the tools (see drawing above) into the slots (one on the top
and one on the bottom) and release the case hooks.
2. Insert the tool in the space between the front and rear case
selections and slightly pull out the front case. Hold the top and
bottom of the front case and pull it toward yourself to remove it.
3. Mount the option unit in the center position. Match the upper and
lower option unit (board) retaining claws with the connection
points and insert/lock the option unit in place.
4. Before inserting the unit into the panel/enclosure, confirm that the
waterproof gasket is in place. Insert the front case into the rear
case until you hear a click. When inserting the front case, press
down the hooks on the top and bottom of the rear case so that
Bulletin 900-TC16 they firmly hook together. Make sure that electronic parts do not
Panel Mounting come in contact with the case.

9-210 Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs

Bulletin_900-TC_b.qxd 09/02/2004 08:53 Page 9-211

Bulletin 900-TC
Digital Temperature Controller
Installation, Continued

Bulletin 900-TC32 Wiring Precautions

Panel Mounting Bulletin 900-TC32
1. Insert the Bulletin 900-TC32 into the mounting hole in the panel Connect the terminals as specified below.
from the front. Ensure the waterproof gasket is in place if this is a Terminal No. Cables Pin Terminals
IP66 UL Type 4X enclosure.
1…6 AWG24…14 2.1 dia. max.
2. Push the panel mounting adapter along the Bulletin 900-TC32
body from the rear terminals up to the panel, and secure it 7…9 AWG28…22 1.3 dia. max.
temporarily. The exposed current-carrying part to be inserted into terminals must
3. Tighten the two screws on the adapter. When tightening the two be 5…6 mm.
screws, tighten them alternately, keeping the torque to within
approximately 0.29…0.39 N•m (2.57…3.45 lb•in).

Tighten the terminal screws to the torque specified below.

Terminal No. Screw Maximum Tightening Torque
1…6 M2.6 0.23…0.25 N•m (2.04…2.21 lb•in)
7…9 M2 0.12…0.14 N•m (1.06…1.24 lb•in)

Removing and Attaching the Wiring Terminal Cover Plate

A damaged Bulletin 900-TC32 can quickly be replaced by removing
the field terminal plate.
1. Press in firmly on the fasteners at both sides of the terminals to
unlock the terminal plate and pull it upwards.

2. Remove the terminal plate with the field wires attached.

3. Before you replace/insert the terminal plate on the replacement

Bulletin 900-TC32, make sure that the pins match the positions of
the holes in the terminal plate, and press it into place on the
controller.

Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs 9-211

Bulletin_900-TC_b.qxd 09/02/2004 08:53 Page 9-212

Bulletin 900-TC
Digital Temperature Controller
Peripheral Devices/Controller Configuration From Keypad
Περιπηεραλ ∆εϖιχεσ

Temperature Controller Connection to a Solid-State Relay (SSR)

The 12V DC output of a temperature controller is typically used to interface to an SSR, such as the Allen-Bradley Bulletin 700-Sx line. An SSR
provides high current (e.g., 40 A) switching capability plus longer life than a mechanical relay. See the Relays and Timers Selection Guide
(Publication 700-SG003B-EN-P) for additional information.

Bulletin 700-SX

Controller Configuration from Keypad

Controller configuration of parameters can be done using the four keys on the bottom of the controller along with the two LED displays. The
configuration system is structured, which means a set path must be followed to get from one parameter to another.
User manuals, which provide details about configuring the Bulletin 900-TCx controllers, are available on-line at the Automation Bookstore
web site http://www.ab.theautomationbookstore.com:
y Bulletin 900-TC8: Publication 900-UM002B-EN-E
y Bulletin 900-TC16: Publication 900-UM001B-EN-E
y Bulletin 900-TC32: Publication 900-UM003B-EN-E

9-212 Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs

Bulletin_900-TC_b.qxd 09/02/2004 09:35 Page 9-213

Bulletin 900-TC
Digital Temperature Controller
Controller Configuration From Keypad, Continued

Initial Setup, ON/OFF Control

The following is an example of the structure to alter the configuration of a controller parameter.
Note: On the Bulletin 900-TC8/900-TC32, the key is the M key.

Typical Application Example Typical Example

Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs 9-213

Bulletin_900-CONV.qxd 09/02/2004 09:00 Page 9-214

Bulletin 900-CONV
Interface Converter
Product Overview/Specifications

Bulletin 900 — Interface Converter Table of Contents

y Enables RS-232 or USB ✶ (ser. B or later converter) to RS-485
Communications between a Personal Computer (PC) using Approximate
900Builder™ Software and up to 31 Bulletin 900-TCx Controllers — Dimensions . . . . . . . . . 9-215
Ideal for Industrial Applications External
y All Signal Lines have 1500V AC Insulation at the RS-232C (USB: 500 Connections . . . . . . . . 9-216
V AC) and RS-485 Sides Using Opto-Couples; Power Supply Lines Bulletin 900-CONV
have 1500V AC Insulation Using a Transformer Front Display . . . . . . . 9-217
y Diagnostic LEDs Indicate Power Available and Active Data Terminal
Transmission Specifications . . . . . . . 9-216
y On-Board Wiring and Data Configuration Diagrams Simplify Startup Operations . . . . . . . . . . 9-217
y DIN Rail or Panel Mountable
y cURus, CE
✶ Requires loading free software into PC. Available at the Allen-Bradley web site
http://www.ab.com/industrialcontrols/products/Temp_controls/index.html.

Standard Models
Bulletin No. Size Power Supply Voltage Cat. No.
100…240V AC 900-CONVZ25
900-CONV† 30 mm (W) x 80 mm (H) x 78 mm (D)
24V AC/DC 900-CONVU25
† Converts personal computer RS-232/USB communications to RS-485. Use for interface with a single Bulletin 900-TCx, or multiple (up to 31) controllers with
RS-485 communications.

Specifications
Technical/Control Ratings
Communications Master Device (PC) RS-232C
Method Slave Device (900-TCx Controller) RS-485 (2-wire, half duplex) (selectable)
Synchronization Method Start-stop synchronization
Max. transmission
15 m
RS-232C distance
Interface Max. number of
1 unit
connectable units
Master Device (PC) Max. transmission
5 m or when the total time (hub delay time plus the cable delay time) is less than or equal to 70 ns
distance
USB
Max. number of
Interface 1 unit
connectable slave units
USB Standard V1.1
Max. transmission
500 m
distance
Slave Device (900-TCx) RS-485
Interface Max. number of
connectable 31 units (for multi-drop connection)
slave units
Baud Rate 1200/2400/4800/9600/19 200/38 400 bps (Default setting: 9600)
Data Bit Length 7 or 8 bits (Default setting: 7)
Stop Bit Length 1 or 2 bits (Default setting: 2)
Communications Parity None, even, odd (Default setting: Even)
Echoback Selection Echoback: With/without (Default setting: Without)
Selection Switch Response Delay Approx. 30 ms
General/Environmental Ratings
Supply Voltage 100…240V AC, 50/60 Hz 24 V AC, 50/60 Hz or 24 V DC
Operating Voltage Range 85…110% of rated supply voltage
Power Consumption 5 VA max. 24 V AC: 3 VA max., 24 V DC: 3 W max.
RS-232C –10…+55 °C (with no icing)
Ambient Temperature
USB 0...+55 °C (with no icing)
Ambient Humidity 25…85% (with no condensation)
Storage Temperature –20…+65 °C

9-214 Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs

Bulletin_900-CONV.qxd 09/02/2004 09:00 Page 9-215

Bulletin 900-CONV
Interface Converter
Specifications, Continued/Approximate Dimensions

Specifications, Continued
General/Environmental Ratings
20 MΩ min. measured at 500V DC between the following:
External terminals ↔ casing
Insulation Resistance RS-232C terminals ↔ RS-485 terminals power supply terminals
Communications Phototransistor coupler
Isolation Method
Power supply Isolating transformer
1,500 V AC for 1 min. between the external terminal and case, and between the RS-232C
Dielectric Strength
RS-485 block power supply terminal
Noise Immunity 500 V AC for 1 min. between the RS-232C/USB block and RS-485 block
Vibration (Max.) 10…55 Hz, 0.5 mm single amplitude for 10 min. each in X, Y, and Z directions (1 G)
Shock (Max.) 98 m/s2 (10 G), 3 times each in X, Y, and Z directions
Weight Approx. 150 g
Front Panel Operation Parts Conforms to IEC standards, equivalent to IP20 (when terminal cover mounted) ✶
Enclosure Rating
Terminals Equivalent to VDE 0106/100 (when terminal cover mounted) ✶
No protective functions (communications data is not protected for power interruptions
Memory Protection
during communications)
Radiated Emission EN61326 class A
Conducted Emission EN61326 class A
Immunity ESD EN61000-4-2: 4 kV contact discharge (level 2); 8 kV air discharge (level 3)
EMC EN61000-4-3: 10V/m (amplitude modulated, 80 MHz…1 GHz) (level 3)
Immunity RF-Interference
10V/m (pulse modulated, 900 MHz)
Immunity Conducted Disturbance EN61000-4-6: 10V (0.15…80 MHz) (level 3)
Immunity Burst EN61000-4-3: 2 kV power-line (level 3); 2 kV I/O signal-line (level 4)
UL508, CSA C22.2 No. 14-95
Conformity to Standards Conforms to EN50081-2, EN50082-2, EN61010-1 (IEC 61010-1)
Conforms to VDE 0106/part 100 (Finger Protection), when the terminal cover is mounted.
✶ When USB communication is used, the cover must be removed

Approximate Dimensions
Approximate dimensions are shown in millimeters unless otherwise indicated (to convert to inches, multiply by 0.0394). Dimensions are not to
be used for manufacturing purposes.

Cat. No. 900-CONVZ25

Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs 9-215

Bulletin_900-CONV.qxd 09/02/2004 09:00 Page 9-216

Bulletin 900-CONV
Interface Converter
External Connections
Εξτερναλ Χοννεχτιονσ

RS-485 Connection

✶ If RS-485 is selected as the communications method (i.e., pin 9 of the DIP switch is set to OFF), terminals 8 and 9, and terminals 11 and 12 are connected
internally.
† A 100…240 V AC, 24 V AC, or 24 V DC (not polarity sensitive) input power supply is required.

Terminal Signal
Function Number Name Direction Explanation
For connecting the operating power supply 1 and 4 PWR — 100…240V AC or 24 V AC/DC model
Connection terminals for RS-232C 3 SG — Connect to signal ground.
communications with master device (DIP 5 SD Input Receives data from SD of the master device.
switch pin 8: OFF) 6 RD Output Sends data to RD of the master device.
8 RDA (–) SD and RD for RS-485 (cold side)
Input/
Terminals 8 and 9 are connected internally when pin 9 of the DIP switch is set to
9 SDA (–) output
Used for RS-485 communications with OFF.
slave device (DIP switch pin 9: OFF) 11 RDB (+) SD and RD for RS-485 (hot side)
Input/
Terminals 11 and 12 are connected internally when pin 9 of the DIP switch is set to
12 SDB (+) output
OFF.
Note: Terminals 2 and 10 are not used.

Connection to an RS-232C Master Device

Set the same communications conditions (baud rate, stop bits, data length, and parity) for the master device, the Interface Converter, and
slave devices.

‡ With RS-485 communications, connect a terminating resistance (120Ω, 1/2 W recommended) to both ends of the communications link/network.
§ The Bulletin 900-TCx communications number must be set.
♣ A pre-fabricated 3 m RS-232 cable with a 9-pin female D-shell connector on one end and three flying leads at the other is available from Allen-Bradley (Cat. No.
900-CP1X).
➤ RS-485 allows connecting 32 devices.
a Use a commercially available USB cable
 To use the USB mode requires the download of “free” software into your PC. This software can be found at the following website:
the Allen-Bradley web site http://www.ab.com/industrialcontrols/temp_control/index.html
Once at this site, go to “Get Software” (upper right of screen) and click on “Virtual Communications Port USB Driver” and follow the instructions.

Terminal Specifications
Make sure to check the input and output specifications for the signal pins of connected devices before connecting the terminals.

9-216 Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs

Bulletin_900-CONV.qxd 09/02/2004 09:00 Page 9-217

Bulletin 900-CONV
Interface Converter
Bulletin 900-CONV Front Display/Operations

Bulletin 900-CONV Front Display

Caution: Make sure to use the Bulletin 900-CONV with the terminal cover mounted when using in machinery that must conform to EN/IEC
standards.

Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs 9-217

Bulletin_900.qxd 09/02/2004 09:02 Page 9-218

Bulletin 900
900Builder™ Software
Product Overview/Product Selection

Bulletin 900 — 900Builder™ Personal Computer (PC) Table of Contents

Configuration Software for Bulletin 900-TCx Temperature
Controllers Additional Features . 9-219
y Provides a Graphic Configuration Option to Using the Controller’s
On-Board Keypad and Displays
y Simplifies Controller Configuration by Use of Fill-in-the-Blank Menus
y On-Line Monitoring of Parameters by Controller Simulated Graphic
or Bar Chart Faceplates
y Provides Data-Logging and Graphic Trending Feature
y Uses Microsoft® Windows® Environment to Allow Viewing Multiple
Applications Simultaneously
y ActiveX Feature Allows Saving Parameters for Use by Other
Windows® Applications Such as Excel
y RS-232 Direct Connection to Bulletin 900-TC8 with Bulletin 900-
TC8232 Option Unit
y RS-485 Connection with up to 31 Controllers via Bulletin 900-CONV
RS-232/RS-485 Converter Module
y Rev. 1.1 supports analog output and 24 V AC/DC controllers

Product Selection
Product Name/Description Cat. No.
900Builder™ Personal Computer Configuration Software for Bulletin 900-TCx Temperature Controllers (available in CD format only) 900-BLDSW1

Computer Hardware Requirements

The 1.0 release requires a PC with the following minimum specification:
y Pentium® P90
y 16MB RAM, 32 recommended
y 15MB free disk space
y CD-ROM Drive (4x speed, with 32 bit device driver) (optional)
y SVGA resolution monitor (800 x 600)
y Microsoft® Windows®-supported mouse
y Microsoft® Windows®-supported printer (optional)
y Free serial 9-pin COM Port for connection to controller or RS-232 to RS-485 converter (Bulletin 900-CONV) (required for configuration)

Computer Operating System Requirements

Either of the following operating systems can be used with 900Builder
y Microsoft® Windows® 95
y Microsoft® Windows® 98
y Microsoft® Windows NT® 4.0 (service pack 6)
y Microsoft® Windows® 2000

9-218 Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs

Bulletin_900.qxd 09/02/2004 09:02 Page 9-219

Bulletin 900
900Builder™ Software
Additional Features
Αδδιτιοναλ Φεατυρεσ

y Store parameters to PC memory or disk

y Retrieve parameters from PC memory or disk
y On-line help
y Communications active display

y Faceplate display with active bar graph for real-time monitoring

y Parameters also displayed data value format for precise indication
y Colors can be modified to meet the application
y Slider tool (center of graphic) allows on-line set point change

Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs 9-219

Bulletin_900.qxd 09/02/2004 09:02 Page 9-220

Bulletin 900
900Builder™ Software
Notes

9-220 Visit our website: www.ab.com/catalogs